The URL can be used to link to this page

23-117 Adams Pool for Blackberry Farm Pool ImprovementsBlackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form CONTRACT Project # 2022-07P Page 1 Contract This public works contract (“Contract”) is entered into by and between City of Cupertino (“City”) and Adams Pool Solutions (“Contractor”), for work on the Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements Project (“Project”). The parties agree as follows: 1.Award of Contract. In response to the Notice Inviting Bids, Contractor has submitted a Bid Proposal to perform the Work to construct the Project. On July 18, 2023, City authorized award of this Contract to Contractor for the amount set forth in Section 4, below. 2.Contract Documents. The Contract Documents incorporated into this Contract include and are comprised of all of the documents listed below. The definitions provided in Article 1 of the General Conditions apply to all of the Contract Documents, including this Contract. 2.1 Notice Inviting Bids; 2.2 Instructions to Bidders; 2.3 Addenda, if any; 2.4 Bid Proposal and attachments thereto; 2.5 Contract; 2.6 Payment and Performance Bonds; 2.7 General Conditions; 2.8 Special Conditions; 2.9 Project Plans and Specifications; 2.10 Change Orders, if any; 2.11 Notice of Potential Award; 2.12 Notice to Proceed; and 2.13 The following: Blackberry Farm Accessibility Report, Truck Traffic Restrictions Map 3.Contractor’s Obligations. Contractor will perform all of the Work required for the Project, as specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor must provide, furnish, and supply all things necessary and incidental for the timely performance and completion of the Work, including all necessary labor, materials, supplies, tools, equipment, transportation, onsite facilities, and utilities, unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents. Contractor must use its best efforts to diligently prosecute and complete the Work in a professional and expeditious manner and to meet or exceed the performance standards required by the Contract Documents. Contractor agrees to carry out its work in compliance with any applicable local, State or Federal order regarding COVID-19. 4.Payment. As full and complete compensation for Contractor’s timely performance and completion of the Work in strict accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract Documents, City will pay Contractor $320,609.25 (“Contract Price”) for all of Contractor’s direct and indirect costs to perform the Work, including all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, taxes, insurance, bonds and all overhead costs, in accordance with the payment provisions in the General Conditions. 5.Time for Completion. Contractor will fully complete the Work for the Project, meeting all requirements to begin filling pools by March 1, 2024. All work must be ready for final acceptance by April 22, 2023. By signing below, Contractor expressly waives any claim for delayed early completion. 6.Liquidated Damages. If Contractor fails to complete the Work within the Contract Time, City will assess liquidated damages in the amount of $1,500 per day for each day of Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form CONTRACT Project # 2022-07P Page 2 unexcused delay in achieving Final Completion, and such liquidated damages may be deducted from City’s payments due or to become due to Contractor under this Contract. 7. Labor Code Compliance. 7.1 General. This Contract is subject to all applicable requirements of Chapter 1 of Part 7 of Division 2 of the Labor Code, including requirements pertaining to wages, working hours and workers’ compensation insurance, as further specified in Article 9 of the General Conditions. 7.2 Prevailing Wages. This Project is subject to the prevailing wage requirements applicable to the locality in which the Work is to be performed for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to perform the Work, including employer payments for health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship and similar purposes. Copies of these prevailing rates are available online at http://www.dir.ca.gov/DLSR. 7.3 DIR Registration. City may not enter into the Contract with a bidder without proof that the bidder and its Subcontractors are registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code § 1725.5, subject to limited legal exceptions. 8. Workers’ Compensation Certification. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1861, by signing this Contract, Contractor certifies as follows: “I am aware of the provisions of Labor Code § 3700 which require every employer to be insured against liability for workers’ compensation or to undertake self-insurance in accordance with the provisions of that code, and I will comply with such provisions before commencing the performance of the Work on this Contract.” 9. Conflicts of Interest. Contractor, its employees, Subcontractors and agents, may not have, maintain or acquire a conflict of interest in relation to this Contract in violation of any City ordinance or requirement, or in violation of any California law, including Government Code § 1090 et seq., or the Political Reform Act, as set forth in Government Code § 81000 et seq. and its accompanying regulations. Any violation of this Section constitutes a material breach of the Contract. 10. Independent Contractor. Contractor is an independent contractor under this Contract and will have control of the Work and the means and methods by which it is performed. Contractor and its Subcontractors are not employees of City and are not entitled to participate in any health, retirement, or any other employee benefits from City. 11. Notice. Any notice, billing, or payment required by or pursuant to the Contract Documents must be made in writing, signed, dated and sent to the other party by personal delivery, U.S. Mail, a reliable overnight delivery service, or by email as a PDF file. Notice is deemed effective upon delivery, except that service by U.S. Mail is deemed effective on the second working day after deposit for delivery. Notice for each party must be given as follows: City: Public Works Department 10300 Torre Ave Cupertino, CA 95014 408-777-3245 Attn: Jo Anne Johnson joannej@cupertino.org Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form CONTRACT Project # 2022-07P Page 3 Copy to: PWInvoices pwinvoices@cupertino.org Contractor: Name: Adams Pool Solutions Address 3675 Old Santa Rita Rd City/State/Zip: Pleasanton, CA 94588 Phone: 925-828-3100 Attn: Debra Eula Email:Debbie@adamspools.com Copy to:____________________________________ 12. General Provisions. 12.1 Assignment and Successors. Contractor may not assign its rights or obligations under this Contract, in part or in whole, without City’s written consent. This Contract is binding on Contractor’s and City’s lawful heirs, successors and permitted assigns. 12.2 Third Party Beneficiaries. There are no intended third party beneficiaries to this Contract. 12.3 Governing Law and Venue. This Contract will be governed by California law and venue will be in the Santa Clara County Superior Court, and no other place. Contractor waives any right it may have pursuant to Code of Civil Procedure § 394, to file a motion to transfer any action arising from or relating to this Contract to a venue outside of Santa Clara County, California. 12.4 Amendment. No amendment or modification of this Contract will be binding unless it is in a writing duly authorized and signed by the parties to this Contract. 12.5 Integration. This Contract and the Contract Documents incorporated herein, including authorized amendments or Change Orders thereto, constitute the final, complete, and exclusive terms of the agreement between City and Contractor. 12.6 Severability. If any provision of the Contract Documents is determined to be illegal, invalid, or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remaining provisions of the Contract Documents will remain in full force and effect. 12.7 Iran Contracting Act. If the Contract Price exceeds $1,000,000, Contractor certifies, by signing below, that it is not identified on a list created under the Iran Contracting Act, Public Contract Code § 2200 et seq. (the “Act”), as a person engaging in investment activities in Iran, as defined in the Act, or is otherwise expressly exempt under the Act. 12.8 Authorization. Each individual signing below warrants that he or she is authorized to do so by the party that he or she represents, and that this Contract is legally binding on that party. If Contractor is a corporation, signatures from two officers of the corporation are required pursuant to California Corporation Code § 313. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form CONTRACT Project # 2022-07P Page 4 The parties agree to this Contract as witnessed by the signatures below: CITY: Approved as to form: s/_______________________________ s/__________________________________ ________________________________ ___________________________________ Name, Title Name, Title Date: ___________________________ Date: ______________________________ Attest: s/_______________________________ _________________________________ Name, Title Date: ___________________________ CONTRACTOR: ___________________________________________________ Business Name s/_______________________________ Seal: _________________________________ Name, Title Date: ____________________________ Second Signature (See Section 12.8): s/_______________________________ _________________________________ Name, Title Date: ____________________________ ___________________________________________________ Contractor’s California License Number(s) and Expiration Date(s) END OF CONTRACT Tony adams Adams pool solutions Tony adams CEO Oct 3, 2023 Oct 9, 2023 Debra Eula CFO Christopher D. Jensen Christopher D. Jensen City Attorney Oct 9, 2023 Pamela Wu City Manager Oct 10, 2023 Kirsten Squarcia City Clerk Oct 10, 2023 ANY PROPRIETOR/PARTNER/EXECUTIVEOFFICER/MEMBER EXCLUDED? INSR ADDL SUBRLTR INSD WVD PRODUCER CONTACTNAME: FAXPHONE(A/C, No):(A/C, No, Ext): E-MAILADDRESS: INSURER A : INSURED INSURER B : INSURER C : INSURER D : INSURER E : INSURER F : POLICY NUMBER POLICY EFF POLICY EXPTYPE OF INSURANCE LIMITS(MM/DD/YYYY) (MM/DD/YYYY) AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY UMBRELLA LIAB EXCESS LIAB WORKERS COMPENSATIONAND EMPLOYERS' LIABILITY DESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS / LOCATIONS / VEHICLES (ACORD 101, Additional Remarks Schedule, may be attached if more space is required) AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE EACH OCCURRENCE $ DAMAGE TO RENTEDCLAIMS-MADE OCCUR $PREMISES (Ea occurrence) MED EXP (Any one person) $ PERSONAL & ADV INJURY $ GEN'L AGGREGATE LIMIT APPLIES PER:GENERAL AGGREGATE $ PRO-POLICY LOC PRODUCTS - COMP/OP AGGJECT OTHER:$ COMBINED SINGLE LIMIT $(Ea accident) ANY AUTO BODILY INJURY (Per person) $ OWNED SCHEDULED BODILY INJURY (Per accident) $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS HIRED NON-OWNED PROPERTY DAMAGE $AUTOS ONLY AUTOS ONLY (Per accident) $ OCCUR EACH OCCURRENCE CLAIMS-MADE AGGREGATE $ DED RETENTION $ PER OTH-STATUTE ER E.L. EACH ACCIDENT E.L. DISEASE - EA EMPLOYEE $ If yes, describe under E.L. DISEASE - POLICY LIMITDESCRIPTION OF OPERATIONS below INSURER(S) AFFORDING COVERAGE NAIC # COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY Y / N N / A (Mandatory in NH) SHOULD ANY OF THE ABOVE DESCRIBED POLICIES BE CANCELLED BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE THEREOF, NOTICE WILL BE DELIVERED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE POLICY PROVISIONS. THIS IS TO CERTIFY THAT THE POLICIES OF INSURANCE LISTED BELOW HAVE BEEN ISSUED TO THE INSURED NAMED ABOVE FOR THE POLICY PERIOD INDICATED. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY REQUIREMENT, TERM OR CONDITION OF ANY CONTRACT OR OTHER DOCUMENT WITH RESPECT TO WHICH THIS CERTIFICATE MAY BE ISSUED OR MAY PERTAIN, THE INSURANCE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES DESCRIBED HEREIN IS SUBJECT TO ALL THE TERMS, EXCLUSIONS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH POLICIES. LIMITS SHOWN MAY HAVE BEEN REDUCED BY PAID CLAIMS. THIS CERTIFICATE IS ISSUED AS A MATTER OF INFORMATION ONLY AND CONFERS NO RIGHTS UPON THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. THIS CERTIFICATE DOES NOT AFFIRMATIVELY OR NEGATIVELY AMEND, EXTEND OR ALTER THE COVERAGE AFFORDED BY THE POLICIES BELOW. THIS CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE DOES NOT CONSTITUTE A CONTRACT BETWEEN THE ISSUING INSURER(S), AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OR PRODUCER, AND THE CERTIFICATE HOLDER. IMPORTANT: If the certificate holder is an ADDITIONAL INSURED, the policy(ies) must have ADDITIONAL INSURED provisions or be endorsed. If SUBROGATION IS WAIVED, subject to the terms and conditions of the policy, certain policies may require an endorsement. A statement on this certificate does not confer rights to the certificate holder in lieu of such endorsement(s). COVERAGES CERTIFICATE NUMBER: REVISION NUMBER: CERTIFICATE HOLDER CANCELLATION © 1988-2015 ACORD CORPORATION. All rights reserved.ACORD 25 (2016/03) CERTIFICATE OF LIABILITY INSURANCE DATE (MM/DD/YYYY) $ $ $ $ $ The ACORD name and logo are registered marks of ACORD 9/14/2023 License # 0L72977 (925) 482-1000 (925) 482-1001 18058 Earl Adams Tile-Coping & Plastering DBA Adams Pool Solutions 3675 Old Santa Rita Rd. Pleasanton, CA 94588 42307 36056 A 1,000,000 XXPHPK2545452 5/1/2023 5/1/2024 300,000 5,000 1,000,000 2,000,000 2,000,000 1,000,000A X PHPK2545452 5/1/2023 5/1/2024 10,000,000B SE23EXC868879IC 5/1/2023 5/1/2024 10,000,000 0 C X 1027161 5/1/2023 5/1/2024 1,000,000 1,000,000 1,000,000 D Contractor's Polluti MP23ECPZ0B6U0IC 5/1/2023 5/1/2024 Each Incident 2,000,000 RE: Project No. 2022-07P - Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements - 21979 San Fernando Ave., Cupertino, CA 95014 The City, including its Council, officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants are listed as Additional Insureds as respects to General Liability and Auto Liability. Coverage is primary and non-contributory. Waiver of Subrogation applies to General Liability and Workers Compensation. 30 Days Notice of Cancellation, 10 Days Notice of Cancellation for Non-Payment applies. City of Cupertino 10300 Torre Avenue Cupertino, CA 95014 EARLADA-01 SBANUELOSCRUZ Legacy Risk & Insurance Services1850 Mt. Diablo Blvd., Suite 400 Walnut Creek, CA 94596 certificates@legacyrisk.net Philadelphia Indemnity Ins. Co Navigators Insurance Co Pacific Compensation Insurance Company Navigators Specialty Ins Co X X X X X XX X X X Page of Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with its permission. SECTION II – WHO IS AN INSURED is amended to include as an additional insured the person(s) or organization(s) shown in the endorsement Schedule, but only with respect to liability for “bodily injury,” “property damage” or “personal and advertising injury” arising out of or relating to your negligence in the performance of “your work” for such person(s) or organization(s) that occurs on or after the effective date shown in the endorsement Schedule. This insurance is primary to and non-contributory with any other insurance maintained by the person or organization (Additional Insured), except for loss resulting from the sole negligence of that person or organization. This condition applies even if other valid and collectible insurance is available to the Additional Insured for a loss or ”occurrence” we cover for this Additional Insured. The Additional Insured’s limits of insurance do not increase our limits of insurance, as described in SECTION III – LIMITS OF INSURANCE. All other terms, conditions, and exclusions under the policy are applicable to this endorsement and remain unchanged. 11 Effective Date: Name of Person or Organization (Additional Insured): Blanket When Required by Contract SCHEDULE COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY COVERAGE PART This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: PRIMARY AND NON-CONTRIBUTORY INSURANCE ADDITIONAL INSURED THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. PI-GL-005 (07/12) (DUO$GDPV7LOH&RSLQJ 3ODVWHULQJ,QF 3ROLF\1R3+3. 3ROLF\3HULRG Philadelphia Indemnity Insurance Company PI-GLD-SWP (01/18) PI-GLD-SWP (01/18) Page 7 of 8 © 2017 Philadelphia Consolidated Holding Corp. Includes copyrighted material of Insurance Services Office, Inc., with permission. I. Unintentional Failure To Disclose Hazards SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 6. Representations is amended to include the following: It is agreed that, based on our reliance on your representations as to existing hazards, if you should unintentionally fail to disclose all such hazards prior to the beginning of the policy period of this Coverage Part, we shall not deny coverage under this Coverage Part because of such failure. J. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others To Us SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, 8. Transfer of Rights of Recovery Against Others To Us is deleted in its entirety and replaced by the following: If the insured has rights to recover all or part of any payment we have made under this Coverage Part, those rights are transferred to us. The insured must do nothing after loss to impair them. At our request, the insured will bring "suit" or transfer those rights to us and help us enforce them. Therefore, the insured can waive the insurer’s rights of recovery prior to the occurrence of a loss, provided the waiver is made in a written contract. K. Liberalization SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, is amended to include the following additional condition: If we revise this endorsement to provide more coverage without additional premium charge, we will automatically provide the additional coverage to all endorsement holders as of the day the revision is effective in your state. L. Primary Insurance – Non-Contributing (Additional Insureds) SECTION IV – COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY CONDITIONS, is amended to include the following additional condition and supersedes any other provision to the contrary: 1.When required in writing by an agreement, contract or permit with any additional insured, the insurance afforded to such additional insured is primary. Other insurance listing such additional insured as a named insured in the Declarations will apply as excess and not contribute as primary to the insurance afforded by this policy. 2.Any agreement, contract, lease or permit requiring: a.You to include any person or organization as an additional insured; b.You to waive your rights of recovery against any person or organization; or c.That this insurance be primary; Must be signed prior to an “occurrence” or offense. (DUO$GDPV7LOH&RSLQJ 3ODVWHULQJ,QF 3ROLF\1R3+3. Therefore, the insured can waive the insurer’s rights of recovery prior to the occurrence of a,g loss, provided the waiver is made in a written contract. Page 1 of 2 THIS ENDORSEMENT CHANGES THE POLICY. PLEASE READ IT CAREFULLY. BLANKET ADDITIONAL INSURED This endorsement modifies insurance provided under the following: BUSINESS AUTO COVERAGE FORM With respect to coverage provided by this endorsement, the provisions of the Coverage Form apply unless modified by the endorsement. A. SECTION II – COVERED AUTOS LIABILITY COVERAGE, A. Coverage, 1. Who Is An Insured is amended by adding the following: The following are also "insureds": Any person or organization for whom you are required by an “insured contract” to procure “bodily injury” or “property damage” liability insurance arising out of the operation of a covered "auto'' with your permission. However, this additional insurance does not apply to: 1.The owner or anyone else from whom you hire or borrow a covered "auto." This exception does not apply if the covered "auto" is a "trailer” connected to a covered "auto” you own; 2.Your "employee” if the covered “auto" is owned by that "employee” or a member of his or her household; 3.Anyone using a covered "auto” while he or she is working in a business of selling, servicing, repairing, parking or storing "autos" unless that business is yours; 4.Anyone other than your "employees," partners (if you are a partnership), members (if you are a limited liability company), or a lessee or borrower or any of their "employees," while moving property to or from a covered "auto''; or 5.A partner (if you are a partnership), or a member (if you are a limited liability company) for covered ''auto” owned by him or her or a member of his or her household. B.The “insured contract” must be in effect during the policy period shown in the Declarations and must have been executed prior to the “bodily injury” or “property damage”. C.This person or organization is an “insured” only to the extent you are liable due to your ongoing operations for that “insured”, whether the work is performed by you or for you, and only to the extent you are held liable for an “accident” occurring while a covered “auto” is being driven by you or one of your employees. D.There is no coverage provided to this person or organization for “bodily injury” to its employees or for “property damage” to its property. E.Coverage for this person or organization shall be limited to the extent of your negligence or fault according to the applicable principles of comparative negligence or fault. F.The defense of any claim or “suit” must be tendered by this person or organization as soon as practicable to all other insurers which potentially provide insurance for such claim or “suit”. G.A person’s or organization’s status as an “insured” under this endorsement ends when your operations for that “insured” are completed. PI-CA-003 (04/14) &BSM"EBNT5JMF$PQJOH1MBTUFSJOH *OD 1PMJDZ/P1)1, 1PMJDZ1FSJPE PI-CA-003 (04/14) Page 2 of 2 H.The coverage extended to any additional insured by this endorsement is limited to, and subject to all terms, conditions, and exclusions of the Coverage Part to which this endorsement is attached. In addition, coverage shall not exceed the terms and conditions that are required by the terms of the written agreement to add any “insured,” or to procure insurance. I.The following additional exclusions apply: The insurance afforded to any person or organization as an “insured” under this endorsement does not apply to “loss”: 1.Which occurs prior to the date your contract is effective with such person or organization; 2.Arising out of the sole negligence of any person or organization that would not be an “insured” except for this endorsement; or 3.Which occurs after you returned the leased or rented “auto” to the lessor or the policy period ends, whichever occurs first. &BSM"EBNT5JMF$PQJOH1MBTUFSJOH *OD 1PMJDZ/P1)1, 1PMJDZ1FSJPE ϭŽĨϭtϵϵϬϯϭϱͮŽĐdǇƉĞ͗^&KZ ϭϬͮϭϳ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lackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form NOTICE INVITING BIDS Project # 2022-07P Page 1 Notice Inviting Bids 1. Bid Submission. City of Cupertino (“City”) will accept electronically submitted bids for its Blackberry Farm Pool Improvement Project (“Project”), by or before June 27, 2023, at 2:00 p.m., via electronic submission to the City’s “Business Opportunities” online portal in the manner set forth in Section 1 of the Instructions to Bidders, at which time the bids will be opened by the City. 2. Project Information. 2.1 Location and Description. The Project is located at 21979 San Fernando Ave, Cupertino, and is described as follows: Resurfacing one (1) approximately 3,000 SF recreational lap pool, resurfacing one (1) approximately 2,000 SF slide pool and related pool accessibility improvements, 2.2 Time for Final Completion. The Project must be complete with pools ready to be filled by March 1, 2024. City anticipates that the Work will begin on or about September 18, 2023, but the anticipated start date is provided solely for convenience and is neither certain nor binding. 3. License and Registration Requirements. 3.1 License. This Project requires a valid California contractor’s license for the following classification(s): A or C53-Swimming Pool Contractor. 3.2 DIR Registration. City may not accept a Bid Proposal from or enter into the Contract with a bidder, without proof that the bidder is registered with the California Department of Industrial Relations (“DIR”) to perform public work pursuant to Labor Code § 1725.5, subject to limited legal exceptions. 4. Contract Documents. The plans, specifications, bid forms and contract documents for the Project, and any addenda thereto (“Contract Documents”) may be downloaded from City’s website located at: https://apps.cupertino.org/bidmanagement/index.aspx. A printed copy of the Contract Documents are not available. 5. Bid Security. Each bidder must submit bid security equal to ten percent of the maximum bid amount, in the form of a cashier’s or certified check made payable to City, or a bid bond executed by a surety licensed to do business in the State of California on the Bid Bond form included with the Contract Documents, in the manner set forth in Section 4 of the Instructions to Bidders. The bid security must guarantee that within ten days after City issues the Notice of Potential Award, the successful bidder will execute the Contract and submit the payment and performance bonds, insurance certificates and endorsements, and any other submittals required by the Contract Documents and as specified in the Notice of Potential Award. 6. Prevailing Wage Requirements. 6.1 General. Pursuant to California Labor Code § 1720 et seq., this Project is subject to the prevailing wage requirements applicable to the locality in which the Work is to be performed for each craft, classification or type of worker needed to perform the Work, including employer payments for health and welfare, pension, vacation, apprenticeship and similar purposes. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project # 2022-07P Page 3 Instructions to Bidders Each Bid Proposal submitted to the City of Cupertino (“City”) for its Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements Project (“Project”) must be submitted in accordance with the following instructions and requirements: 1. Bid Submission. 1.1 General. Each Bid Proposal must be signed and submitted to City, using the form provided in the Contract Documents, by or before the date and time set forth in Section 1 of the Notice Inviting Bids, or as amended by subsequent addendum , via electronic submission only as specified below in Section 1.2. Faxed, hand- delivered, mailed or emailed Bid Proposals will not be accepted, unless otherwise specified. Late submissions will not be considered. City reserves the right to postpone the date or time for receiving or opening bids. Each bidder is solely responsible for all of its costs to prepare and submit its bid and by submitting a bid waives any right to recover those costs from City. The bid price(s) must include all costs to perform the Work as specified, including all labor, material, supplies, and equipment and all other direct or indirect costs such as applicable taxes, insurance and overhead. 1.2 Electronic Submission. The Bid Proposal and all required forms and attachments must be submitted in PDF format on the City’s “Business Opportunities” portal at https://apps.cupertino.org/bidmanagement/index.aspx. To submit a bid, (1) select the folder icon in the “Actions” column for the Project; (2) select the “Electronic Submission” tab; (3) when the log-in screen appears, enter the log-in credentials used to access the Contract Documents and/or create an account, as appropriate; (4) after logging in, carefully follow all instructions for electronic submission of the Bid Proposal and all required forms and attachments. Each bidder should familiarize itself with the City’s “Business Opportunities” portal before the bid deadline. Electronic submission may take more time than anticipated. Each bidder should plan accordingly and afford itself ample time to upload its bid. Bids that are in the process of uploading but are not completely uploaded by the bid deadline will be automatically rejected by the portal. The portal will not allow submission after the bid deadline. On the next Working Day following the bid opening, the City will post the bid results to https://apps.cupertino.org/bidmanagement/index.aspx. 1.3 DIR Registration. Subject to limited legal exceptions for joint venture bids and federally-funded projects, City may not accept a Bid Proposal from a bidder without proof that the bidder is registered with the DIR to perform public work under Labor Code § 1725.5. If City is unable to confirm that the bidder is currently registered with the DIR, City may disqualify the bidder without opening its bid. (Labor Code §§ 1725.5 and 1771.1(a).) 2. Bid Proposal Form and Enclosures. Each Bid Proposal must be completed legibly using the Bid Proposal form included with the Contract Documents. The Bid Proposal form must be fully completed without interlineations, alterations, or erasures. Any necessary corrections must be clear and legible, and must be initialed by the bidder’s authorized representative. A Bid Proposal submitted with exceptions or terms such as “negotiable,” “will negotiate,” or similar, will be considered nonresponsive. Each Bid Proposal must be accompanied by a completed Subcontractor List and Non-Collusion Declaration using the forms included with the Contract Documents, a PDF copy of the bid security, and any additional forms required by the Notice Inviting Bids or Instructions to Bidders. In addition to Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project # 2022-07P Page 4 submitting a PDF copy of the bid security, each bidder must also send the original form of bid security to the City, as set forth in Section 4, below. 3. Authorization and Execution. Each Bid Proposal must be signed by the bidder’s authorized representative. A Bid Proposal submitted by a partnership must be signed in the partnership name by a general partner with authority to bind the partnership. A Bid Proposal submitted by a corporation must be signed with the legal name of the corporation, followed by the signature and title of two officers of the corporation with full authority to bind the corporation to the terms of the Bid Proposal, under California Corporation Code § 313. 4. Bid Security. Each bid must be guaranteed by bid security of ten percent of the maximum bid amount, in the form of a cashier’s or certified check made payable to the City, or bid bond using the form included in the Contract Documents and executed by a surety licensed to do business in the State of California. 4.1 Form of Security and Submission. In addition to submitting a PDF copy of the bid security, the wet-inked original bid bond, cashier’s or certified check, must be sent to the City via U.S. Mail or a reliable overnight delivery service in a sealed envelope addressed to City of Cupertino, Office of the City Clerk, 10300 Torre Avenue, Cupertino, CA 95014 and clearly labeled with the bidder’s legal name and address, the Project title, and date and time of the bid deadline. The envelope containing the original form of bid security must be postmarked or otherwise dated to show that it was submitted to the United States Postal Service or overnight delivery service by or before the date of the bid deadline. 4.2 Bid Guarantee. The bid security must guarantee that, within ten days after issuance of the Notice of Potential Award, the bidder will: execute and submit the enclosed Contract for the bid price; submit payment and performance bonds for 100% of the maximum Contract Price; and submit the insurance certificates and endorsements and any other submittals, if any, required by the Contract Documents or the Notice of Potential Award. A Bid Proposal may not be withdrawn for a period of 60 days after the bid opening without forfeiture of the bid security, except as authorized for material error under Public Contract Code § 5100 et seq. 5. Requests for Information. Questions or requests for clarifications regarding the Project, the bid procedures, or any of the Contract Documents must be submitted in writing to Jo Anne Johnson, Project Manager, at joannej@cupertino.org. Oral responses are not authorized and are not binding on the City. Bidders should submit any such written inquiries at least five Working Days before the scheduled bid opening. Questions received any later might not be addressed before the bid deadline. An interpretation or clarification by City in response to a written inquiry will be issued in an addendum. 6. Pre-Bid Investigation. 6.1 General. Each bidder is solely responsible at its sole expense for diligent and thorough review of the Contract Documents, examination of the Project site, and reasonable and prudent inquiry concerning known and potential site and area conditions prior to submitting a Bid Proposal. Each bidder is responsible for knowledge of conditions and requirements which reasonable review and investigation would have disclosed. However, except for any areas that are open to the public at large, bidders may not enter property owned or leased by the City or the Project site without prior written authorization from City. 6.2 Document Review. Each bidder is responsible for review of the Contract Documents and any informational documents provided “For Reference Only,” e.g., Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project # 2022-07P Page 5 as-builts, technical reports, test data, and the like. A bidder is responsible for notifying City of any errors, omissions, inconsistencies, or conflicts it discovers in the Contract Documents, acting solely in its capacity as a contractor and subject to the limitations of Public Contract Code § 1104. Notification of any such errors, omissions, inconsistencies, or conflicts must be submitted in writing to the City no later than five Working Days before the scheduled bid opening. (See Section 5, above.) City expressly disclaims responsibility for assumptions a bidder might draw from the presence or absence of information provided by City. 6.3 Project Site. Questions regarding the availability of soil test data, water table elevations, and the like should be submitted to the City in writing, as specified in Section 5, above. Any subsurface exploration at the Project site must be done at the bidder’s expense, but only with prior written authorization from City. All soil data and analyses available for inspection or provided in the Contract Documents apply only to the test hole locations. Any water table elevation indicated by a soil test report existed on the date the test hole was drilled. The bidder is responsible for determining and allowing for any differing soil or water table conditions during construction. Because groundwater levels may fluctuate, difference(s) in elevation between ground water shown in soil boring logs and ground water actually encountered during Project construction will not be considered changed Project site conditions. Actual locations and depths must be determined by bidder’s field investigation. The bidder may request access to underlying or background information on the Project site in City’s possession that is necessary for the bidder to form its own conclusions, including, if available, record drawings or other documents indicating the location of subsurface lines, utilities, or other structures. 6.4 Utility Company Standards. The Project must be completed in a manner that satisfies the standards and requirements of any affected utility companies or agencies (collectively, “utility owners”). The successful bidder may be required by the third party utility owners to provide detailed plans prepared by a California registered civil engineer showing the necessary temporary support of the utilities during coordinated construction work. Bidders are directed to contact the affected third party utility owners about their requirements before submitting a Bid Proposal. 7. Bidders Interested in More Than One Bid. No person, firm, or corporation may submit or be a party to more than one Bid Proposal unless alternate bids are specifically called for. However, a person, firm, or corporation that has submitted a subcontract proposal or quote to a bidder may submit subcontract proposals or quotes to other bidders. 8. Addenda. Any addenda issued prior to the bid opening are part of the Contract Documents. Subject to the limitations of Public Contract Code § 4104.5, City reserves the right to issue addenda prior to bid time. Each bidder is solely responsible for ensuring it has received and reviewed all addenda prior to submitting its bid. Bidders should check City’s website periodically for any addenda or updates on the Project at: https://apps.cupertino.org/bidmanagement/index.aspx. 9. Brand Designations and “Or Equal” Substitutions. Any specification designating a material, product, thing, or service by specific brand or trade name, followed by the words “or equal,” is intended only to indicate quality and type of item desired, and bidder s may request use of any equal material, product, thing, or service. All data substantiating the proposed substitute as an equal item must be submitted with the written request for substitution. A request for substitution must be submitted within 35 days after Notice of Potential Award unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents. This provision does not apply to materials, products, things, or services that may lawfully be designated by a specific brand or trade name under Public Contract Code § 3400(c). Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project # 2022-07P Page 6 10. Bid Protest. Any bid protest against another bidder must be submitted in writing and received by City at 10300 Torre Ave, Cupertino, CA 95014 sent via email at joannej@cupertino.org before 5:00 p.m. no later than two Working Days following the date upon which the City posts the bid results (“Bid Protest Deadline”) and must comply with the following requirements: 10.1 General. Only a bidder who has actually submitted a Bid Proposal is eligible to submit a bid protest against another bidder. Subcontractors are not eligible to submit bid protests. A bidder may not rely on the bid protest submitted by another bidder, but must timely pursue its own protest. If required by City, the protesting bidder must submit a non-refundable fee in the amount specified by City, based upon City’s reasonable costs to administer the bid protest. Any such fee must be submitted to City no later than the Bid Protest Deadline, unless otherwise specified. For purposes of this Section 10, a “Working Day” means a day that City is open for normal business, and excludes weekends and holidays observed by City. Pursuant to Public Contract Code § 4104, inadvertent omission of a Subcontractor’s DIR registration number on the Subcontractor List form is not grounds for a bid protest, provided it is corrected within 24 hours of the bid opening or as otherwise provided under Labor Code § 1771.1(b). 10.2 Protest Contents. The bid protest must contain a complete statement of the basis for the protest and must include all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Bid Protest Deadline will not be considered. The protest must refer to the specific portion or portions of the Contract Documents upon which the protest is based. The protest must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the protesting bidder and any person submitting the protest on behalf of or as an authorized representative of the protesting bidder. 10.3 Copy to Protested Bidder. Upon submission of its bid protest to City, the protesting bidder must also concurrently transmit the protest and all supporting documents to the protested bidder, and to any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest, by email or hand delivery to ensure delivery before the Bid Protest Deadline. 10.4 Response to Protest. The protested bidder may submit a written response to the protest, provided the response is received by City before 5:00 p.m., within two Working Days after the Bid Protest Deadline or after actual receipt of the bid protest, whichever is sooner (the “Response Deadline”). The response must attach all supporting documentation. Material submitted after the Response Deadline will not be considered. The response must include the name, address, email address, and telephone number of the person responding on behalf of or representing the protested bidder if different from the protested bidder. 10.5 Copy to Protesting Bidder. Upon submission of its response to the bid protest to the City, the protested bidder must also concurrently transmit by email or hand delivery, by or before the Response Deadline, a copy of its response and all supporting documents to the protesting bidder and to any other bidder who has a reasonable prospect of receiving an award depending upon the outcome of the protest. 10.6 Exclusive Remedy. The procedure and time limits set forth in this Section are mandatory and are the bidder’s sole and exclusive remedy in the event of a bid protest. A bidder’s failure to comply with these procedures will constitute a waiver Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Project # 2022-07P Page 7 of any right to further pursue a bid protest, including filing a G overnment Code Claim or initiation of legal proceedings. 10.7 Right to Award. City reserves the right, acting in its sole discretion, to reject any bid protest that it determines lacks merit, to award the Contract to the bidder it has determined to be the responsible bidder submitting the lowest responsive bid, and to issue a Notice to Proceed with the Work notwithstanding any pending or continuing challenge to its determination. 11. Reservation of Rights. City reserves the unfettered right, acting in its sole discretion, to waive or to decline to waive any immaterial bid irregularities; to accept or reject any or all bids; to cancel or reschedule the bid; to postpone or abandon the Project entirely; or to perform all or part of the Work with its own forces. The Contract will be awarded, if at all, within 60 days after opening of bids or as otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, to the responsible bidder that submitted the lowest responsive bid. Any planned start date for the Project represents the City’s expectations at the time the Notice Inviting Bids was first issued. City is not bound to issue a Notice to Proceed by or before such planned start date, and it reserves the right to issue the Notice to Proceed when the City determines, in its sole discretion, the appropriate time for commencing the Work. The City expressly disclaims responsibility for any assumptions a bidder might draw from the presence or absence of information provided by the City in any form. Each bidder is solely responsible for its costs to prepare and submit a bid, including site investigation costs. 12. Bonds. Within ten calendar days following City’s issuance of the Notice of Potential Award to the apparent low bidder, the bidder must submit payment and performance bonds to City as specified in the Contract Documents using the bond forms included in the Contract Documents. All required bonds must be calculated on the maximum total Contract Price as awarded, including additive alternates, if applicable. 13. License(s). The successful bidder and its Subcontractor(s) must possess the California contractor’s license(s) in the classification(s) required by law to perform the Work. The successful bidder must also obtain a City business license within 10 days following City’s issuance of the Notice of Potential Award. Subcontractors must also obtain a City business license before performing any Work. 14. Ineligible Subcontractor. Any Subcontractor who is ineligible to perform work on a public works project under Labor Code §§ 1777.1 or 1777.7 is prohibited from performing work on the Project. 15. Safety Orders. If the Project includes construction of a pipeline, sewer, sewage disposal system, boring and jacking pits, or similar trenches or open excavations, which are five feet or deeper, each bid must include a bid item for adequate sheeting, shoring, and bracing, or equivalent method, for the protection of life or limb, which comply with safety orders as required by Labor Code § 6707. END OF INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 26 General Conditions Article 1 - Definitions Definitions. The following definitions apply to all of the Contract Documents unless otherwise indicated, e.g., additional definitions that apply solely to the Specifications or other technical documents. Defined terms and titles of documents are capitalized in the Contract Documents, with the exception of the following (in any tense or form): “day,” “furnish,” “including,” “install,” “work day” or “working day.” Allowance means a specific amount that must be included in the Bid Proposal for a specified purpose. Article, as used in these General Conditions, means a numbered Article of the General Conditions, unless otherwise indicated by the context. Change Order means a written document duly approved and executed by City, which changes the scope of Work, the Contract Price, or the Contract Time. City means the municipality which has entered into the Contract with Contractor for performance of the Work, acting through its City Council, officers, employees, City Engineer, and any other authorized representatives. City Engineer means the City Engineer for City and his or her authorized delegee(s). Claim means a separate demand by Contractor for a change in the Contract Time or Contract Price, that has previously been submitted to City in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and which has been rejected by City, in whole or in part; or a written demand by Contractor objecting to the amount of Final Payment. Contract means the signed agreement between City and Contractor for performing the Work required for the Project, and all documents expressly incorporated therein. Contract Documents means, collectively, all of the documents listed as such in Section 2 of the Contract, including the Notice Inviting Bids; the Instructions to Bidders; addenda, if any; the Bid Proposal, and attachments thereto; the Contract; the Notice of Potential Award and Notice to Proceed; the payment and performance bonds; the General Conditions; the Special Conditions; the Project Plans and Specifications; any Change Orders; and any other documents which are clearly and unambiguously made part of the Contract Documents. The Contract Documents do not include documents provided “For Reference Only,” or documents that are intended solely to provide information regarding existing conditions. Contract Price means the total compensation to be paid to Contractor for performance of the Work, as set forth in the Contract and as may be amended by Change Order or adjusted for an Allowance. The Contract Price is not subject to adjustment due to inflation or due to the increased cost of labor, material, supplies or equipment following submission of the Bid Proposal. Contract Time means the time specified for complete performance of the Work, as set forth in the Contract and as may be amended by Change Order. Contractor means the individual, partnership, corporation, or joint-venture that has signed the Contract with City to perform the Work. Day means a calendar day unless otherwise specified. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 27 Design Professional means the licensed individual(s) or firm(s) retained by City to provide architectural, engineering, or electrical engineering design services for the Project. If no Design Professional has been retained for this Project, any reference to Design Professional is deemed to refer to the Engineer. DIR means the California Department of Industrial Relations. Drawings has the same meaning as Plans. Engineer means the City Engineer for the City of Cupertino and his or her authorized delegees. Excusable Delay is defined in Section 5.3(B), Excusable Delay. Extra Work means new or unforeseen work added to the Project, as determined by the Engineer in his or her sole discretion, including Work that was not part of or incidental to the scope of the Work when the Contractor’s bid was submitted; Work that is substantially different from the Work as described in the Contract Documents at bid time ; or Work that results from a substantially differing and unforeseeable condition. Final Completion means Contractor has fully completed all of the Work required by the Contract Documents to the City’s satisfaction, including all punch list items and any required commissioning or training, and has provided the City with all required submittals, including the instructions and manuals, product warranties, and as-built drawings. Final Payment means payment to Contractor of the unpaid Contract Price, including release of undisputed retention, less amounts withheld or deducted pursuant to the Contract Documents. Furnish means to purchase and deliver for the Project. Government Code Claim means a claim submitted pursuant to California Government Code § 900 et seq. Hazardous Materials means any substance or material identified now or in the future as hazardous under any Laws, or any other substance or material that may be considered hazardous or otherwise subject to Laws governing handling, disposal, or cleanup. Including, whether or not capitalized, means “including, but not limited to,” unless the context clearly requires otherwise. Inspector means the individual(s) or firm(s) retained or employed by City to inspect the workmanship, materials, and manner of construction of the Project and its components to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and all Laws. Install means to fix in place for materials, and to fix in place and connect for equipment. Laws means all applicable local, state, and federal laws, regulations, rules, codes, ordinances, permits, orders, and the like enacted or imposed by or under the auspices of any governmental entity with jurisdiction over any of the Work or any performance of the Work , including health and safety requirements. Non-Excusable Delay is defined in Section 5.3(D), Non-Excusable Delay. Plans means the City-provided plans, drawings, details, or graphical depictions of the Project requirements, but does not include Shop Drawings. Project means the public works project referenced in the Contract. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 28 Project Manager means the individual designated by City to oversee and manage the Project on City’s behalf and may include his or her authorized delegee(s) when the Project Manager is unavailable. If no Project Manager has been designated for this Project, any reference to Project Manager is deemed to refer to the Engineer. Recoverable Costs is defined in Section 5.3(F), Recoverable Costs. Request for Information or RFI means Contractor’s written request for information about the Contract Documents, the Work or the Project, submitted to City in the manner and format specified by City. Section, when capitalized in these General Conditions, means a numbered section or subsection of the General Conditions, unless the context clearly indicates otherwise. Shop Drawings means drawings, plan details or other graphical depictions prepared by or on behalf of Contractor, and subject to City acceptance, which are intended to provide details for fabrication, installation, and the like, of items required by or shown in the Plans or Specifications. Specialty Work means Work that must be performed by a specialized Subcontractor with the specified license or other special certification, and that the Contractor is not qualified to self- perform. Specifications means the technical, text specifications describing the Project requirements, which are prepared for and incorporated into the Contract by or on behalf of City, and does not include the Contract, General Conditions or Special Conditions. Subcontractor means an individual, partnership, corporation, or joint-venture retained by Contractor directly or indirectly through a subcontract to perform a specific portion of the Work. The term Subcontractor applies to subcontractors of all tiers, unless otherwise indicated by the context. A third party such as a utility performing related work on the Project is not a Subcontractor, even if Contractor must coordinate its Work with the third party. Technical Specifications has the same meaning as Specifications. Work means all of the construction and services necessary for or incidental to completing the Project in conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Work Day or Working Day, whether or not capitalized, means a weekday when the City is open for business, and does not include holidays observed by the City. Holidays observed by the City and furlough days are: a. New Year’s Day, January 1; b. Martin Luther King Jr.’s Birthday, third Monday in January; c. Lincoln’s Birthday, February 12; d. Presidents’ Day, third Monday in February; e. Memorial Day, last Monday in May; f. Independence Day, July 4; g. Labor Day, first Monday in September; h. Veterans’ Day, November 11; i. Thanksgiving Day, as designated by the President; j. The Day following Thanksgiving Day; Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 29 k. Christmas Day, December 25; l. City Closure, December 24, 26, 27,28,29,30 and 31: and m. Each day appointed by the Governor of California and formally recognized by the Santa Clara County Board of Supervisors as a day of mourning, thanksgiving, or special observance. Worksite means the place or places where the Work is performed, which includes, but may extend beyond the Project site, including separate locations for stagin g, storage, or fabrication. Article 2 - Roles and Responsibilities 2.1 City. (A) City Council. The City Council has final authority in all matters affecting the Project, except to the extent it has delegated authority to the Engineer. (B) Engineer. The Engineer, acting within the authority conferred by the City Council, is responsible for administration of the Project on behalf of City, including authority to provide directions to the Design Professional and to Contractor to ensure proper and timely completion of the Project. The Engineer’s decisions are final and conclusive within the scope of his or her authority, including interpretation of the Contract Documents. (C) Project Manager. The Project Manager assigned to the Project will be the primary point of contact for the Contractor and will serve as City’s representative for daily administration of the Project on behalf of City. Unless otherwise specified, all of Contractor’s communications to City (in any form) will go to or through the Project Manager. City reserves the right to reassign the Project Manager role at any time or to delegate duties to additional City representatives, without prior notice to or consent of Contractor. (D) Design Professional. The Design Professional is responsible for the overall design of the Project and, to the extent authorized by City, may act on City’s behalf to ensure performance of the Work in compliance with the Plans and Specifications, including any design changes authorized by Change Order. The Design Professional’s duties may include review of Contractor’s submittals, visits to any Worksite, inspecting the Work, evaluating test and inspection results, and participation in Project-related meetings, including any pre-construction conference, weekly meetings, and coordination meetings. The Design Professional’s interpretation of the Plans or Specifications is final and conclusive. 2.2 Contractor. (A) General. Contractor must provide all labor, materials, supplies, equipment, services, and incidentals necessary to perform and timely complete the Work in strict accordance with the Contract Documents, and in an economical and efficient manner in the best interests of City, and with minimal inconvenience to the public. (B) Responsibility for the Work and Risk of Loss. Contractor is responsible for supervising and directing all aspects of the Work to facilitate the efficient and timely completion of the Work. Contractor is solely responsible for and required to exercise full control over the Work, including the construction means, methods, techniques, sequences, procedures, safety precautions and programs, and coordination of all portions of the Work with that of all other contractors and Subcontractors, except to the Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 30 extent that the Contract Documents provide other specific instructions. Contractor’s responsibilities extend to any plan, method or sequence suggested, but not required by City or specified in the Contract Documents. From the date of commencement of the Work until either the date on which City formally accepts the Project or the effective date of termination of the Contract, whichever is later, Contractor bears all risks of injury or damage to the Work and the materials and equipment delivered to any Worksite, by any cause including fire, earthquake, wind, weather, vandalism or theft. (C) Project Administration. Contractor must provide sufficient and competent administration, staff, and skilled workforce necessary to perform and timely complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. Before starting the Work, Contractor must designate in writing and provide complete contact information, including telephone numbers and email address, for the officer or employee in Contractor’s organization who is to serve as Contractor’s primary representative for the Project, and who has authority to act on Contractor’s behalf. A Subcontractor may not serve as Contractor’s primary representative. (D) On-Site Superintendent. Contractor must, at all times during performance of the Work, provide a qualified and competent full-time superintendent acceptable to City, and assistants as necessary, who must be physically present at the Project site while any aspect of the Work is being performed. The superintendent must have full authority to act and communicate on behalf of Contractor, and Contractor will be bound by the superintendent’s communications to City. City’s approval of the superintendent is required before the Work commences. If City is not satisfied with the superintendent’s performance, City may request a qualified replacement of the superintendent. Failure to comply may result in temporary suspension of the Work, at Contractor’s sole expense and with no extension of Contract Time, until an approved superintendent is physically present to supervise the Work. Contractor must provide written notice to City, as soon as practicable, before replacing the superintendent. (E) Standards. Contractor must, at all times, ensure that the Work is performed in an efficient, skillful manner following best practices and in full compliance with the Contract Documents and Laws and applicable manufacturer’s recommendations. Contractor has a material and ongoing obligation to provide true and complete information, to the best of its knowledge, with respect to all records, documents, or communications pertaining to the Project, including oral or written reports, statements, certifications, Change Order requests, or Claims. (F) Meetings. Contractor, its project manager, superintendent and any primary Subcontractors requested by City, must attend a pre-construction conference, if requested by City, as well as weekly Project progress meetings scheduled with City. If applicable, Contractor may also be required to participate in coordination meetings with other parties relating to other work being performed on or near the Project site or in relation to the Project, including work or activities performed by City, other contractors, or other utility owners. (G) Construction Records. Contractor will maintain up-to-date, thorough, legible, and dated daily job reports, which document all significant activity on the Project for each day that Work is performed on the Project. The daily report for each day must include the number of workers at the Project site; primary Work activities; major deliveries; problems encountered, including injuries, if any; weather and site conditions; and delays, if any. Contractor will take date and time-stamped photographs to document general progress of the Project, including site conditions prior to construction activities, before and after photographs at offset trench laterals, existing improvements and utilities, damage and restoration. Contractor will maintain copies of all subcontracts, Project-related correspondence with subcontractors, and records of meetings with Subcontractors. Upon Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 31 request by the City, Contractor will permit review of and/or provide copies of any of these construction records. (H) Responsible Party. Contractor is solely responsible to City for the acts or omissions of any Subcontractors, or any other party or parties performing portions of the Work or providing equipment, materials or services for or on behalf of Contractor or the Subcontractors. Upon City’s written request, Contractor must promptly and permanently remove from the Project, at no cost to City, any employee or Subcontractor or employee of a Subcontractor who the Engineer has determined to be incompetent, intemperate or disorderly, or who has failed or refused to perform the Work as required under the Contract Documents. (I) Correction of Defects. Contractor must promptly correct, at Contractor’s sole expense, any Work that is determined by City to be deficient or defective in any way, including workmanship, materials, parts or equipment. Workmanship, materials, parts or equipment that do not conform to the requirements under the Plans, Specifications and every other Contract Document, as determined by City, will be considered defective and subject to rejection. Contractor must also promptly correct, at Contractor’s sole expense, any Work performed beyond the lines and grades shown on the Plans or established by City, and any Extra Work performed without City’s prior written approval. If Contractor fails to correct or to take reasonable steps toward correcting defective Work within five days following notice from City, or within the time specified in City’s notice to correct, City may elect to have the defective Work corrected by its own forces or by a third party, in which case the cost of correction will be deducted from the Contract Price. If City elects to correct defective Work due to Contractor’s failure or refusal to do so, City or its agents will have the right to take possession of and use any equipment, supplies, or materials available at the Project site or any Worksite on City property, in order to effectuate the correction, at no extra cost to City. Contractor’s warranty obligations under Section 11.2, Warranty, will not be waived nor limited by City’s actions to correct defective Work under these circumstances. Alternatively, City may elect to retain defective Work, and deduct the difference in value, as determined by the Engineer, from payments otherwise due to Contractor. This paragraph applies to any defective Work performed by Contractor during the one-year warranty period under Section 11.2. (J) Contractor’s Records. Contractor must maintain all of its records relating to the Project in any form, including paper documents, photos, videos , electronic records, approved samples, and the construction records required pursuant to paragraph (G), above. Project records subject to this provision include complete Project cost records and records relating to preparation of Contractor’s bid, including estimates, take-offs, and price quotes or bids. (1) Contractor’s cost records must include all supporting documentation, including original receipts, invoices, and payroll records, evidencing its direct costs to perform the Work, including, but not limited to, costs for labor, materials and equipment. Each cost record should include, at a minimum, a description of the expenditure with references to the applicable requirements of the Contract Documents, the amount actually paid, the date of payment, and whether the expenditure is part of the original Contract Price, related to an executed Change Order, or otherwise categorized by Contractor as Extra Work. Contractor’s failure to comply with this provision as to any claimed cost operates as a waiver of any rights to recover the claimed cost. (2) Contractor must continue to maintain its Project-related records in an organized manner for a period of five years after City’s acceptance of the Project or following Contract termination, whichever occurs first. Subject to prior notice to Contractor, City is entitled to inspect or audit any of Contractor’s Project records Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 32 relating to the Project or to investigate Contractor’s plant or equipment during Contractor’s normal business hours. The record-keeping requirements set forth in this subsection 2.2(J) will survive expiration or termination of the Contract. (K) Copies of Project Documents. Contractor and its Subcontractors must keep copies, at the Project site, of all Work-related documents, including the Contract, permit(s), Plans, Specifications, Addenda, Contract amendments, Change Orders, RFIs and RFI responses, Shop Drawings, as-built drawings, schedules, daily records, testing and inspection reports or results, and any related written interpretations. These documents must be available to City for reference at all times during construction of the Project. 2.3 Subcontractors. (A) General. All Work which is not performed by Contractor with its own forces must be performed by Subcontractors. City reserves the right to approve or reject any and all Subcontractors proposed to perform the Work, for reasons including the subcontractor’s poor reputation, lack of relevant experience, financial instability, and lack of technical ability or adequate trained workforce. Each Subcontractor must obtain a City business license before performing any Work. (B) Contractual Obligations. Contractor must require each Subcontractor to comply with the provisions of the Contract Documents as they apply to the Subcontractor’s portion(s) of the Work, including the generally applicable terms of the Contract Documents, and to likewise bind their subcontractors. Contractor will provide that the rights that each Subcontractor may have against any manufacturer or supplier for breach of warranty or guarantee relating to items provided by the Subcontractor for the Project, will be assigned to City. Nothing in these Contract Documents creates a contractual relationship between a Subcontractor and City, but City is deemed to be a third-party beneficiary of the contract between Contractor and each Subcontractor. (C) Termination. If the Contract is terminated, each Subcontractor’s agreement must be assigned by Contractor to City, subject to the prior rights of any surety, but only if and to the extent that City accepts, in writing, the assignment by written notification, and assumes all rights and obligations of Contractor pursuant to each such subcontract agreement. (D) Substitution of Subcontractor. If Contractor requests substitution of a listed Subcontractor under Public Contract Code § 4107, Contractor is solely responsible for all costs City incurs in responding to the request, including legal fees and costs to conduct a hearing, and any increased subcontract cost to perform the Work that was to be performed by the listed Subcontractor. If City determines that a Subcontractor is unacceptable to City based on the Subcontractor’s failure to satisfactorily perform its Work, or for any of the grounds for substitution listed in Public Contract Code § 4107(a), City may request removal of the Subcontractor from the Project. Upon receipt of a written request from City to remove a Subcontractor pursuant to this paragraph, Contractor will immediately remove the Subcontractor from the Project and , at no further cost to City, will either (1) self-perform the remaining Work to the extent that Contractor is duly licensed and qualified to do so, or (2) substitute a Subcontractor that is acceptable to City, in compliance with Public Contract Code § 4107, as applicable. 2.4 Coordination of Work. (A) Concurrent Work. City reserves the right to perform, have performed, or permit performance of other work on or adjacent to the Project site while the Work is being performed for the Project. Contractor is responsible for coordinating its Work with other Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 33 work being performed on or adjacent to the Project site, including by any utility companies or agencies, and must avoid hindering, delaying, or interfering with the work of other contractors, individuals, or entities, and must ensure safe and reasonable site access and use as required or authorized by City. To the full extent permitted by law, Contractor must hold harmless and indemnify City against any and all claims arising from or related to Contractor’s avoidable, negligent, or willful hindrance of, delay to, or interference with the work of any utility company or agency or another contractor or subcontractor. (B) Coordination. If Contractor’s Work will connect or interface with work performed by others, Contractor is responsible for independently measuring and visually inspecting such work to ensure a correct connection and interface. Contractor is responsible for any failure by Contractor or its Subcontractors to confirm measurements before proceeding with connecting Work. Before proceeding with any portion of the Work affected by the construction or operations of others, Contractor must give the Project Manager prompt written notification of any defects Contractor discovers which will prevent the proper execution of the Work. Failure to give notice of any known or reasonably discoverable defects will be deemed acknowledgement by Contractor that the work of others is not defective and will not prevent the proper execution of the Work. Contractor must also promptly notify City if work performed by others, including work or activities performed by City’s own forces, is operating to hinder, delay, or interfere with Contractor’s timely performance of the Work. City reserves the right to backcharge Contractor for any additional costs incurred due to Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements in this Section 2.4. 2.5 Submittals. Unless otherwise specified, Contractor must submit to the Engineer for review and acceptance, all schedules, Shop Drawings, samples, product data, and similar submittals required by the Contract Documents, or upon request by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified, all submittals, including Requests for Information, are subject to the general provisions of this Section, as well as specific submitta l requirements that may be included elsewhere in the Contract Documents, including the Special Conditions or Specifications. The Engineer may require submission of a submittal schedule at or before a pre-construction conference, as may be specified in the Notice to Proceed. (A) General. Contractor is responsible for ensuring that its submittals are accurate and conform to the Contract Documents. (B) Time and Manner of Submission. Contractor must ensure that its submittals are prepared and delivered in a manner consistent with the current City-accepted schedule for the Work and within the applicable time specified in the Contract Documents, or if no time is specified, in such time and sequence so as not to delay the performance of the Work or completion of the Project. (C) Required Contents. Each submittal must include the Project name and contract number, Contractor’s name and address, the name and address of any Subcontractor or supplier involved with the submittal, the date, and references to applicable Specification section(s) and/or drawing and detail number(s). (D) Required Corrections. If corrections are required, Contractor must promptly make and submit any required corrections as specified in full conformance with the requirements of this Section, or other requirements that apply to that submittal. (E) Effect of Review and Acceptance. Review and acceptance of a submittal by City will not relieve Contractor from complying with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor is responsible for any errors in any submittal, and review or acceptance of a submittal by City is not an assumption of risk or liability by City. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 34 (F) Enforcement. Any Work performed or any material furnished, installed, fabricated or used without City’s prior acceptance of a required submittal is performed or provided at Contractor’s risk, and Contractor may be required to bear the costs incident thereto, including the cost of removing and replacing such Work, repairs to other affected portions of the Work or material, and the cost of additional time or services required of City, including costs for the Design Professional, Project Manager, or Inspector. (G) Excessive RFIs. A RFI will be considered excessive or unnecessary if City determines that the explanation or response to the RFI is clearly and unambiguously discernable from the Contract Documents. City’s costs to review and respond to excessive or unnecessary RFIs may be deducted from payments otherwise due to Contractor. 2.6 Shop Drawings. When Shop Drawings are required by the Specifications or requested by the Engineer, they must be prepared according to best practices at Contractor’s expense. The Shop Drawings must be of a size and scale to clearly show all necessary details. Unless otherwise specified by City, Shop Drawings must be provided to the Engineer for review and acceptance at least 30 days before the Work will be performed. If City requires changes, the corrected Shop Drawings must be resubmitted to the Engineer for review within the time specified by the Engineer. For all Project components requiring Shop Drawings, Contractor will not furnish materials or perform any Work until the Shop Drawings for those components are accepted by City. Contractor is responsible for any errors or omissions in the Shop Drawings, shop fits and field corrections; any deviations from the Contract Documents; and for the results obtained by the use of Shop Drawings. Acceptance of Shop Drawings by City does not relieve Contractor of Contractor’s responsibility. 2.7 Access to Work. Contractor must afford prompt and safe access to any Worksite by City and its employees, agents, or consultants authorized by City; and upon request by City, Contractor must promptly arrange for City representatives to visit or inspect manufacturing sites or fabrication facilities for items to be incorporated into the Work. 2.8 Personnel. Contractor and its Subcontractors must employ only competent and skillful personnel to perform the Work. Contractor and its Subcontractor’s supervisors, security or safety personnel, and employees who have unescorted access to the Project site must possess proficiency in English sufficient to read, understand, receive, and implement oral or written communications or instructions relating to their respective job functions, including safety and security requirements. Upon written notification from the Engineer, Contractor and its Subcontractors must immediately discharge any personnel who are incompetent, disorderly, disruptive, threatening, abusive, or profane, or otherwise refuse or fail to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents or Laws, including Laws pertaining to health and safety. Any such discharged personnel, may not be re- employed or permitted on the Project in any capacity without City’s prior written consent. Article 3 - Contract Documents 3.1 Interpretation of Contract Documents. (A) Plans and Specifications. The Plans and Specifications included in the Contract Documents are complementary. If Work is shown on one but not on the other, Contractor must perform the Work as though fully described on both, consistent with the Contract Documents and reasonably inferable from them as being necessary to produce the indicated results. The Plans and Specifications are deemed to include and require everything necessary and reasonably incidental to completion of the Work, whether or Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 35 not particularly mentioned or shown. Contractor must perform all Work and services and supply all things reasonably related to and inferable from the Contract Documents. In the event of a conflict between the Plans and Specifications, the Specifications will control, unless the drawing(s) at issue are dated later than the Specification(s) at issue. Detailed drawings take precedence over general drawings, and large-scale drawings take precedence over smaller scale drawings. Any arrangement or division of the Plans and Specifications into sections is for convenience and is not intended to limit the Work required by separate trades. A conclusion presented in the Plans or Specifications is only a recommendation. Actual locations and depths must be determined by Contractor’s field investigation. Contractor may request access to underlying or background information in City’s possession that is necessary for Contractor to form its own conclusions. (B) Duty to Notify and Seek Direction. If Contractor becomes aware of a changed condition in the Project, or of any ambiguity, conflict, inconsistency, discrepancy, omission, or error in the Contract Documents, including the Plans or Specifications, Contractor must promptly submit a Request for Information to the Engineer and wait for a response from City before proceeding further with the related Work. The RFI must notify City of the issue and request clarification, interpretation or direction. The Engineer’s clarification, interpretation or direction will be final and binding on Contractor. If Contractor proceeds with the related Work before obtaining City’s response, Contractor will be responsible for any resulting costs, including the cost of correcting any incorrect or defective Work that results. Timely submission of a clear and complete RFI is essential to avoiding delay. Delay resulting from Contractor’s failure to submit a timely and complete RFI to the Engineer is Non-Excusable Delay. If Contractor believes that City’s response to an RFI justifies a change to the Contract Price or Contract Time, Contractor must perform the Work as directed, but may submit a timely Change Order request in accordance with the Contract Documents. (See Article 5 and 6.) (C) Figures and Dimensions. Figures control over scaled dimensions. (D) Technical or Trade Terms. Any terms that have well-known technical or trade meanings will be interpreted in accordance with those meanings, unless otherwise specifically defined in the Contract Documents. (E) Measurements. Contractor must verify all relevant measurements in the Contract Documents and at the Project site before ordering any material or performing any Work, and will be responsible for the correctness of those measurements or for costs that could have been avoided by independently verifying measurements. (F) Compliance with Laws. The Contract Documents are intended to comply with Laws and will be interpreted to comply with Laws. 3.2 Order of Precedence. Information included in one Contract Document but not in another will not be considered a conflict or inconsistency. Unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions, in case of any conflict or inconsistency among the Contract Documents, the following order of precedence will apply, beginning from highest to lowest, with the most recent version taking precedent over an earlier version: (A) Change Orders; (B) Addenda; (C) Contract; (D) Notice to Proceed; (E) Attachment B – Federal Contract Requirements (only if used); (F) Special Conditions; (G) General Conditions; (H) Payment and Performance Bonds; Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 36 (I) Specifications; (J) Plans; (K) Notice of Potential Award; (L) Notice Inviting Bids; (M) Attachment A – Federal Bidding Requirements (only if used); (N) Instructions to Bidders; (O) Contractor’s Bid Proposal and attachments; (P) the City’s standard specifications, as applicable; and (Q) Any generic documents prepared by and on behalf of a third party, that were not prepared specifically for this Project, such as the Caltrans Standard Specifications or Caltrans Special Provisions. 3.3 Caltrans Standard Specifications. Any reference to or incorporation of the Standard Specifications of the State of California, Department of Transportation (“Caltrans”), including “Standard Specifications,” “Caltrans Specifications,” “State Specifications,” or “CSS,” means the most current edition of Caltrans’ Standard Specifications , unless otherwise specified (“Caltrans Standard Specifications”), including the most current amendments as of the date that Contractor’s bid was submitted for this Project. The following provisions apply to use of or reference to the Caltrans Standard Specifications or Special Provisions: (A) Limitations. The “General Provisions” of the Caltrans Standard Specifications, i.e., sections 1 through 9, do not apply to these Contract Documents with the exception of any specific provisions, if any, which are expressly stated to apply to these Contract Documents. (B) Conflicts or Inconsistencies. If there is a conflict or inconsistency between any provision in the Caltrans Standard Specifications or Special Provisions and a provision of these Contract Documents, as determined by City, the provision in the Contract Documents will govern. (C) Meanings. Terms used in the Caltrans Standard Specifications or Special Provisions are to be interpreted as follows: (1) Any reference to the “Engineer” is deemed to mean the City Engineer. (2) Any reference to the “Special Provisions” is deemed to mean the Special Conditions, unless the Caltrans Special Provisions are expressly included in the Contract Documents listed in Section 2 of the Contract. (3) Any reference to the “Department” or “State” is deemed to mean City. 3.4 For Reference Only. Contractor is responsible for the careful review of any document, study, or report provided by City or appended to the Contract Documents solely for informational purposes and identified as “For Reference Only.” Nothing in any document, study, or report so appended and identified is intended to supplement, alter, or void any provision of the Contract Documents. Contractor is advised that City or its representatives may be guided by information or recommendations included in such reference documents, particularly when making determinations as to the acceptability of proposed materials, methods, or changes in the Work. Any record drawings or similar final or accepted drawings or maps that are not part of the Contract Documents are deemed to be For Reference Only. The provisions of the Contract Documents are not modified by any perceived or actual conflict with provisions in any document that is provided For Reference Only. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 37 3.5 Current Versions. Unless otherwise specified by City, any reference to standard specifications, technical specifications, or any City or state codes or regulations means the latest specification, code or regulation in effect at the time the Contract is signed. 3.6 Conformed Copies. If City prepares a conformed set of the Contract Documents following award of the Contract, it will provide Contractor with two hard copy (paper) sets and one copy of the electronic file in PDF format. It is Contractor’s responsibility to ensure that all Subcontractors, including fabricators, are provided with the conformed set of the Contract Documents at Contractor’s sole expense. 3.7 Ownership. No portion of the Contract Documents may be used for any purpose other than construction of the Project, without prior written consent from City. Contractor is deemed to have conveyed the copyright in any designs, drawings, specifications, Shop Drawings, or other documents (in paper or electronic form) developed by Contractor for the Project, and City will retain all rights to such works, including the right to possession. Article 4 - Bonds, Indemnity, and Insurance 4.1 Payment and Performance Bonds. Within ten days following issuance of the Notice of Potential Award, Contractor is required to provide a payment bond and a performance bond, each in the penal sum of not less than 100% of the Contract Price, and each executed by Contractor and its surety using the bond forms included with the Contract Documents. (A) Surety. Each bond must be issued and executed by a surety admitted in California. If an issuing surety cancels the bond or becomes insolvent, within seven days following written notice from City, Contractor must substitute a surety acceptable to City. If Contractor fails to substitute an acceptable surety within the specified time, City may, at its sole discretion, withhold payment from Contractor until the surety is replaced to City’s satisfaction, or terminate the Contract for default. (B) Supplemental Bonds for Increase in Contract Price. If the Contract Price increases during construction by five percent or more over the original Contract Price, Contractor must provide supplemental or replacement bonds within ten days of written notice from City pursuant to this Section, covering 100% of the increased Contract Price and using the bond forms included with the Contract Documents. 4.2 Indemnity. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Contractor must indemnify, defend, and hold harmless City, its Council, officers, officials, employees, agents, volunteers, and consultants (individually, an “Indemnitee,” and collectively the “Indemnitees”) from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, claims, causes of action, demands, charges, fines, costs, and expenses (including, without limitation, attorney fees, expert witness fees, paralegal fees, and fees and costs of litigation or arbitration) (collectively, “Liability”) of every nature arising out of or in connection with the acts or omissions of Contractor, its employees, Subcontractors, representatives, or agents, in bidding or performing the Work or in failing to comply with any obligation of Contractor under the Contract, except such Liability caused by the active negligence, sole negligence, or willful misconduct of an Indemnitee. This indemnity requirement applies to any Liability arising from alleged defects in the content or manner of submission of Contractor’s bid for the Contract. Contractor’s failure or refusal to timely accept a tender of defense pursuant to this Contract will be deemed a material breach of the Contract. City will timely notify Contractor upon receipt of any third-party claim relating to the Contract, as required by Public Contract Code § 9201. Contractor waives any right to express or implied indemnity against any Indemnitee. Contractor’s indemnity obligations under this Contract will survive the expiration or any early termination of the Contract. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 38 4.3 Insurance. No later than ten days following issuance of the Notice of Potential Award, Contractor must procure and provide proof of the insurance coverage required by this Section in the form of certificates and endorsements acceptable to City. The required insurance must cover the activities of Contractor and its Subcontractors relating to or arising from the performance of the Work, and must remain in full force and effect at all times during the period covered by the Contract, through the date of City’s acceptance of the Project. All required insurance must be issued by a company licensed to do business in the State of California, and each such insurer must have an A.M. Best’s financial strength rating of “A” or better and a financial size rating of “VIII” or better. If Contractor fails to provide any of the required coverage in full compliance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, City may, at its sole discretion, purchase such coverage at Contractor’s expense and deduct the cost from payments due to Contractor, or terminate the Contract for default. The procurement of the required insurance will not be construed to limit Contractor’s liability under this Contract or to fulfill Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Contract. (A) Policies and Limits. The following insurance policies and limits are required for this Contract, unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions: (1) Commercial General Liability (“CGL”) Insurance: The CGL insurance policy must be issued on an occurrence basis, written on a comprehensive general liability form, and must include coverage for liability arising from Contractor’s or its Subcontractor’s acts or omissions in the performance of the Work, including contractor’s protected coverage, contractual liability, products and completed operations, and broad form property damage, with limits of at least $2,000,000 per occurrence and at least $4,000,000 general aggregate. The CGL insurance coverage may be arranged under a single policy for the full limits required or by a combination of underlying policies with the balance provided by excess or umbrella policies, provided each such policy complies with the requirements set forth in this Section, including required endorsements. (2) Automobile Liability Insurance: The automobile liability insurance policy must provide coverage of at least $2,000,000 combined single-limit per accident for bodily injury, death, or property damage, including hired and non-owned auto liability. (3) Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employer’s Liability: The workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance policy must comply with the requirements of the California Labor Code, providing coverage of at least $1,000,000 or as otherwise required by the statute. If Contractor is self-insured, Contractor must provide its Certificate of Permission to Self-Insure, duly authorized by the DIR. (4) Pollution Liability Insurance: The pollution liability insurance policy must be issued on an occurrence basis, providing coverage of at least $2,000,000 for all loss arising out of claims for bodily injury, death, property damage, or environmental damage caused by pollution conditions resulting from the Work. (5) Builder’s Risk Insurance: The builder’s risk insurance policy must be issued on an occurrence basis, for all-risk or “all perils” coverage on a 100% completed value basis on the insurable portion of the Project for the benefit of City. (B) Notice. Each certificate of insurance must state that the coverage afforded by the policy or policies will not be reduced, cancelled or allowed to expire without at least Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 39 30 days written notice to City, unless due to non-payment of premiums, in which case ten days written notice must be made to City. (C) Waiver of Subrogation. Each required policy must include an endorsement providing that the carrier will waive any right of subrogation it may have against City. (D) Required Endorsements. The CGL policy, automobile liability policy, pollution liability policy, and builder’s risk policy must include the following specific endorsements: (1) The City, including its Council, officials, officers, employees, agents, volunteers and consultants (collectively, “Additional Insured”) must be named as an additional insured for all liability arising out of the operations by or on behalf of the named insured, and the policy must protect the Additional Insured against any and all liability for personal injury, death or property damage or destruction arising directly or indirectly in the performance of the Contract. The additional insured endorsement must be provided using ISO form CG 20 10 11 85 or an equivalent form approved by the City. (2) The inclusion of more than one insured will not operate to impair the rights of one insured against another, and the coverages afforded will apply as though separate policies have been issued to each insured. (3) The insurance provided by Contractor is primary and no insurance held or owned by any Additional Insured may be called upon to contribute to a loss. (4) This policy does not exclude explosion, collapse, underground excavation hazard, or removal of lateral support. (E) Contractor’s Responsibilities. This Section 4.3 establishes the minimum requirements for Contractor’s insurance coverage in relation to this Project, but is not intended to limit Contractor’s ability to procure additional or greater coverage. Contractor is responsible for its own risk assessment and needs and is encourage d to consult its insurance provider to determine what coverage it may wish to carry beyond the minimum requirements of this Section. Contractor is solely responsible for the cost of its insurance coverage, including premium payments, deductibles, or self-insured retentions, and no Additional Insured will be responsible or liable for any of the cost of Contractor’s insurance coverage. (F) Deductibles and Self-Insured Retentions. Any deductibles or self-insured retentions that apply to the required insurance (collectively, “deductibles”) in excess of $100,000 are subject to approval by the City’s Risk Manager, acting in his or her sole discretion, and must be declared by Contractor when it submits its certificates of insurance and endorsements pursuant to this Section 4.3. If the City’s Risk Manager determines that the deductibles are unacceptably high, at City’s option, Contractor must either reduce or eliminate the deductibles as they apply to City and all required Additional Insured; or must provide a financial guarantee, to City’s satisfaction, guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigation, claim administration, and legal expenses. (G) Subcontractors. Contractor must ensure that each Subcontractor is required to maintain the same insurance coverage required under this Section 4.3, with respect to its performance of Work on the Project, including those requirements r elated to the Additional Insureds and waiver of subrogation, but excluding pollution liability or builder’s risk insurance unless otherwise specified in the Special Conditions. A Subcontractor may be eligible for reduced insurance coverage or limits, but only to the extent approved in writing in advance by the City’s Risk Manager. Contractor must confirm that each Subcontractor has complied with these insurance requirements before the Subcontractor Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 40 is permitted to begin Work on the Project. Upon request by the City, Contractor must provide certificates and endorsements submitted by each Subcontractor to prove compliance with this requirement. The insurance requirements for Subcontractors do not replace or limit the Contractor’s insurance obligations. Article 5 - Contract Time 5.1 Time is of the Essence. Time is of the essence in Contractor’s performance and completion of the Work, and Contractor must diligently prosecute the Work and complete it within the Contract Time. (A) General. Contractor must commence the Work on the date indicated in the Notice to Proceed and must fully complete the Work in strict compliance with all requirements of the Contract Documents and within the Contract Time. Contractor may not begin performing the Work before the date specified in the Notice to Proceed. (B) Authorization. Contractor is not entitled to compensation or credit for any Work performed before the date specified in the Notice to Proceed, with the exception of any schedules, submittals, or other requirem ents, if any, that must be provided or performed before issuance of the Notice to Proceed. (C) Rate of Progress. Contractor and its Subcontractors must, at all times, provide workers, materials, and equipment sufficient to maintain the rate of progress necessary to ensure full completion of the Work within the Contract Time. If City determines that Contractor is failing to prosecute the Work at a sufficient rate of progress, City may, in its sole discretion, direct Contractor to provide additional workers , materials, or equipment, or to work additional hours or days without additional cost to City, in order to achieve a rate of progress satisfactory to City. If Contractor fails to comply with City’s directive in this regard, City may, at Contractor’s expense, separately contract for additional workers, materials, or equipment or use City’s own forces to achieve the necessary rate of progress. Alternatively, City may terminate the Contract based on Contractor’s default. 5.2 Schedule Requirements. Contractor must prepare all schedules using standard, commercial scheduling software acceptable to the Engineer, and must provide the schedules in electronic and paper form as requested by the Engineer. In addition to the general scheduling requirements set forth below, Contractor must also comply with any scheduling requirements included in the Special Conditions or in the Technical Specifications. (A) Baseline (As-Planned) Schedule. Within ten calendar days following City’s issuance of the Notice to Proceed (or as otherwise specified in the Notice to Proceed), Contractor must submit to City for review and acceptance a baseline (as-planned) schedule using critical path methodology showing in detail how Contractor plans to perform and fully complete the Work within the Contract Time, including labor, equipment, materials and fabricated items. The baseline schedule must show the order of the major items of Work and the dates of start and completion of each item, including when the materials and equipment will be procured. The schedule must also include the work of all trades, reflecting anticipated labor or crew hours and equipment loading for the construction activities, and must be sufficiently comprehensive and detailed to enable progress to be monitored on a day-by-day basis. For each activity, the baseline schedule must be dated, provided in the format specified in the Contract Documents or as required by City, and must include, at a minimum, a description of the activity, the start and completion dates of the activity, and the duration of the activity. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 41 (1) Specialized Materials Ordering. Within five calendar days following issuance of the Notice to Proceed, Contractor must order any specialized material or equipment for the Work that is not readily available from material suppliers. Contractor must also retain documentation of the purchase orders date(s). (B) City’s Review of Schedules. City will review and may note exceptions to the baseline schedule, and to the progress schedules submitted as required below, to assure completion of the Work within the Contract Time. Contractor is solely responsible for resolving any exceptions noted in a schedule and, within seven days, must correct the schedule to address the exceptions. City’s review or acceptance of Contractor’s schedules will not operate to waive or limit Contractor’s duty to complete the Project within the Contract Time, nor to waive or limit City’s right to assess liquidated damages for Contractor’s unexcused failure to do so. (C) Progress Schedules. After City accepts the final baseline schedule with no exceptions, Contractor must submit an updated progress schedule and three-week look- ahead schedule, in the format specified by City, for review and acceptance with each application for a progress payment, or when otherwise specified by City, until completion of the Work. The updated progress schedule must: show how the actual progress of the Work as constructed to date compares to the baseline schedule; reflect any proposed changes in the construction schedule or method of operations, including to achieve Project milestones within the Contract Time; and identify any actual or potential impacts to the critical path. Contractor must also submit periodic reports to City of any changes in the projected material or equipment delivery dates for the Project. (1) Float. The progress schedule must show early and late completion dates for each task. The number of days between those dates will be designated as the “float.” Any float belongs to the Project and may be allocated by the Engineer to best serve timely completion of the Project. (2) Failure to Submit Schedule. Reliable, up-to-date schedules are essential to efficient and cost-effective administration of the Project and timely completion. If Contractor fails to submit a schedule within the time periods specified in this Section, or submits a schedule to which City has noted exceptions that are not corrected, City may withhold up to ten percent from payment(s) otherwise due to Contractor until the exceptions are resolved, the schedule is corrected and resubmitted, and City has accepted the schedule. In addition, Contractor’s failure to comply with the schedule requirements in this Section 5.2 will be deemed a material default and a waiver of any claims for Excusable Delay or loss of productivity arising during any period when Contractor is out of compliance, subject only to the limits of Public Contract Code § 7102. (D) Recovery Schedule. If City determines that the Work is more than one week behind schedule, within seven days following written notice of such determination, Contractor must submit a recovery schedule, showing how Contractor intends to perform and complete the Work within the Contract Time, based on actual progress to date. (E) Effect of Acceptance. Contractor and its Subcontractors must perform the Work in accordance with the most current City-accepted schedule unless otherwise directed by City. City’s acceptance of a schedule does not operate to extend the time for completion of the Work or any component of the Work, and will not affect City’s right to assess liquidated damages for Contractor’s unexcused delay in completing the Work within the Contract Time. (F) Posting. Contractor must at all times prominently post a copy of the most current City-accepted progress or recovery schedule in its on-site office. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 42 (G) Reservation of Rights. City reserves the right to direct the sequence in which the Work must be performed or to make changes in the sequence of the Work in order to facilitate the performance of work by City or others, or to facilitate City’s use of its property. The Contract Time or Contract Price may be adjusted to the extent such changes in sequence actually increase or decrease Contractor’s time or cost to perform the Work. (H) Authorized Working Days and Times. Contractor is limited to working Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, during City’s normal business hours, except as provided in the Special Conditions or as authorized in writing by City. City reserves the right to charge Contractor for additional costs incurred by City due to Work performed on days or during hours not expressly authorized in the Contract Documents, including reimbursement of costs incurred for inspection, testing, and construction management services. 5.3 Delay and Extensions of Contract Time. (A) Notice of Delay. If Contractor becomes aware of any actual or potential delay affecting the critical path, Contractor must promptly notify the Engineer in writing, regardless of the nature or cause of the delay, so that City has a reasonable opportunity to mitigate or avoid the delay. (B) Excusable Delay. The Contract Time may be extended if Contractor encounters “Excusable Delay,” which is an unavoidable delay in completing the Work within the Contract Time due to causes completely beyond Contractor’s control, and which Contractor could not have avoided or mitigated through reasonable care, planning, foresight, and diligence, provided that Contractor is otherwise fully performing its obligations under the Contract Documents. Grounds for Excusable Delay may include fire, natural disasters including earthquake or unusually severe weather, acts of terror or vandalism, epidemic, unforeseeable adverse government actions, unforeseeable actions of third parties, encountering unforeseeable hazardous materials, unforeseeable site conditions, or suspension for convenience under Article 13. The Contract Time will not be extended based on circumstances which will not unavoidably delay completing the Work within the Contract Time based on critical path analysis. (C) Weather Delays. A “Weather Delay Day” is a Working Day during which Contractor and its forces, including Subcontractors, are unable to perform more than 40% of the critical path Work scheduled for that day due to adverse weather conditions which impair the ability to safely or effectively perform the scheduled critical path Work that day. Adverse weather conditions may include rain, saturated soil, and Project site clean-up required due to adverse weather. Determination of what constitutes critical path Work scheduled for that day will be based on the most current, City-approved schedule. Contractor will be entitled to a non-compensable extension of the Contract Time for each Weather Delay Day in excess of the normal Weather Delay Days within a given month as determined by reliable records, including monthly rainfall averages, for the preceding ten years (or as otherwise specified in the Special Conditions or Specifications). (1) Based on historic records for the Project location from the Western Regional Climate Center, Contractor’s schedule should assume the following number of normal Weather Delay Days and precipitation for each month: Month # Normal Weather Precipitation Delay Days January 6 2.86 Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 43 February 6 2.66 March 6 2.29 April 3 1.20 May 1 0.44 June 0 0.10 July 0 0.02 August 0 0.07 September 1 0.19 October 2 0.76 November 4 1.51 December 5 2.43 Total 34 14.53 (2) Contractor must fully comply with the applicable procedures in Article s 5 and 6 of the General Conditions regarding requests to modify the Contract Time. (3) Contractor will not be entitled to an extension of time for a Weather Delay Day to the extent Contractor is responsible for concurrent delay on that day. (4) Contractor must take reasonable steps to mitigate the consequences of Weather Delay Days, including prudent workforce management and protecting the Work, Project Site, materials, and equipment. (D) Non-Excusable Delay. Delay which Contractor could have avoided or mitigated through reasonable care, planning, foresight and diligence is “Non -Excusable Delay.” Contractor is not entitled to an extension of Contract Time or any compensation for Non- Excusable Delay, or for Excusable Delay that is concurrent with Non-Excusable Delay. Non-Excusable Delay includes delay caused by: (1) weather conditions which are normal for the location of the Project, as determined by reliable records, including monthly rainfall averag es, for the preceding ten years; (2) Contractor’s failure to order equipment and materials sufficiently in advance of the time needed for completion of the Work within the Contract Time; (3) Contractor’s failure to provide adequate notification to ut ility companies or agencies for connections or services necessary for completion of the Work within the Contract Time; (4) foreseeable conditions which Contractor could have ascertained from reasonably diligent inspection of the Project site or review of the Contract Documents or other information provided or available to Contractor; (5) Contractor’s failure, refusal, or financial inability to perform the Work within the Contract Time, including insufficient funds to pay its Subcontractors or suppliers; (6) performance or non-performance by Contractor’s Subcontractors or suppliers; (7) the time required to respond to excessive RFIs (see Section 2.5(G)); Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 44 (8) delayed submission of required submittals, or the time required for correction and resubmission of defective submittals; (9) time required for repair of, re-testing, or re-inspection of defective Work; (10) enforcement of Laws by City, or outside agencies with jurisdiction over the Work; or (11) City’s exercise or enforcement of any of its rights or Contractor’s duties pursuant to the Contract Documents, including correction of defective Work, extra inspections or testing due to non-compliance with Contract requirements, safety compliance, environmental compliance, or rejection and return of defective or deficient submittals. (E) Compensable Delay. Pursuant to Public Contract Code § 7102, in addition to entitlement to an extension of Contract Time, Contractor is entitled to compensation for costs incurred due to delay caused solely by City, when that delay is unreasonable under the circumstances involved and not within the contemplat ion of the parties (“Compensable Delay”). Contractor is not entitled to an extension of Contract Time or recovery of costs for Compensable Delay that is concurrent with Non-Excusable Delay. Delay due to causes that are beyond the control of either City or Contractor, including Weather Delay Days, discovery of Historic or Archeological Items pursuant to Section 7.18, or the actions or inactions of third parties or other agencies, is not Compensable Delay, and will only entitle Contractor to an extension of time commensurate with the time lost due to such delay. (F) Recoverable Costs. Contractor is not entitled to compensation for Excusable Delay unless it is Compensable Delay, as defined above. Contractor is entitled to recover only the actual, direct, reasonable, and substantiated costs (“Recoverable Costs”) for each working day that the Compensable Delay prevents Contractor from proceeding with more than 50% of the critical path Work scheduled for that day, based on the most recent progress schedule accepted by City. Recoverable Costs will not include home office overhead or lost profit. (G) Request for Extension of Contract Time or Recoverable Costs. A request for an extension of Contract Time or any associated Recoverable Costs must be submitted in writing to City within ten calendar days of the date the delay is first encountered, even if the duration of the delay is not yet known at that time, or any entitlement to the Contract Time extension or to the Recoverable Costs will be deemed waived. In addition to complying with the requirements of this Article 5, the request must be submitted in compliance with the Change Order request procedures in Article 6 below. Strict compliance with these requirements is necessary to ensure that any delay or consequences of delay may be mitigated as soon as possible, and to facilitate cost- efficient administration of the Project and timely performance of the Work. Any request for an extension of Contract Time or Recoverable Costs that does not strictly comply with all of the requirements of Article 5 and Article 6 will be deemed waived. (1) Required Contents. The request must include a detailed description of the cause(s) of the delay and must also describe the measures that Contractor has taken to mitigate the delay and/or its effects, including efforts to mitigate the cost impact of the delay, such as by workforce management or by a change in sequencing. If the delay is still ongoing at the time the request is submitted, the request should also include Contractor’s plan for continued mitigation of the delay or its effects. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 45 (2) Delay Days and Costs. The request must specify the number of days of Excusable Delay claimed or provide a realistic estimate if the duration of the delay is not yet known. If Contractor believes it is entitled to Recoverable Costs for Compensable Delay, the request must specify the amount and basis for the Recoverable Costs that are claimed or provide a realistic estimate if the amount is not yet known. Any estimate of delay duration or cost must be updated in writing and submitted with all required supporting documentation as soon as the actual time and cost is known. The maximum extension of Contract Time will be the number of days, if any, by which an Excusable Delay or a Compensable Delay exceeds any concurrent Non-Excusable Delay. Contractor is entitled to an extension of Contract Time, or compensation for Recoverable Costs, only if, and only to the extent that, such delay will unavoidably delay Final Completion. (3) Supporting Documentation. The request must also include any and all supporting documentation necessary to evidence the delay and its actual impacts, including scheduling and cost impacts with a time impact analysis using critical path methodology and demonstrating the unavoidable delay to Final Completion. The time impact analysis must be submitted in a form or format acceptable to City. (4) Burden of Proof. Contractor has the burden of proving that: the delay was an Excusable or Compensable Delay, as defined above; Contractor has fully complied with its scheduling obligations in Section 5.2, Schedule Requirements; Contractor has made reasonable efforts to mitigate the delay and its schedule and cost impacts; the delay will unavoidably result in delaying Final Completion; and any Recoverable Costs claimed by Contractor were actually incurred and were reasonable under the circumstances. (5) Legal Compliance. Nothing in this Section 5.3 is intended to require the waiver, alteration, or limitation of the applicability of Public C ontract Code § 7102. (6) No Waiver. Any grant of an extension of Contract Time, or compensation for Recoverable Costs due to Compensable Delay, will not operate as a waiver of City’s right to assess liquidated damages for Non-Excusable Delay. (7) Dispute Resolution. In the event of a dispute over entitlement to an extension of Contract Time or compensation for Recoverable Costs, Contractor may not stop Work pending resolution of the dispute, but must continue to comply with its duty to diligently prosecute the performance and timely completion of the Work. Contractor’s sole recourse for an unresolved dispute based on City’s rejection of a Change Order request for an extension of Contract Time or compensation for Recoverable Costs is to comply with the dispute resolution provisions set forth in Article 12 below. 5.4 Liquidated Damages. It is expressly understood that if Final Completion is not achieved within the Contract Time, City will suffer damages from the delay that are difficult to determine and accurately specify. Pursuant to Public Contract Code § 7203, if Contractor fails to achieve Final Completion within the Contract Time, City will charge Contractor in the amount specified in the Contract for each day that Final Completion is delayed beyond the Contract Time, as liquidated damages and not as a penalty. Any waiver of accrued liquidated damages, in whole or in part, is subject to approval of the City Council or its authorized delegee. (A) Liquidated Damages. Liquidated damages will not be assessed for any Excusable or Compensable Delay, as set forth above. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 46 (B) Milestones. Liquidated damages may also be separately assessed for failure to meet milestones specified elsewhere in the Contract Documents. (C) Setoff. City is entitled to deduct the amount of liquidated damages assessed against any payments otherwise due to Contractor, including progress payments, Final Payment, or unreleased retention. If there are insufficient Contract funds remaining to cover the full amount of liquidated damages assessed, City is entitled to recover the balance from Contractor or its performance bond surety. (D) Occupancy or Use. Occupancy or use of the Project in whole or in part prior to Final Completion does not constitute City’s acceptance of the Project and will not operate as a waiver of City’s right to assess liquidated damages for Contractor’s Non-Excusable Delay in achieving Final Completion. (E) Other Remedies. City’s right to liquidated damages under this Section applies only to damages arising from Contractor’s Non-Excusable Delay or failure to complete the Work within the Contract Time. City retains its right to pursue all other remedies under the Contract for other types of damage, including damage to property or persons, costs or diminution in value from defective materials or workmanship, costs to repair or complete the Work, or other liability caused by Contractor. Article 6 - Contract Modification 6.1 Contract Modification. Subject to the limited exception set forth in subsection (D) below, any change in the Work or the Contract Documents, including the Contract Price or Contract Time, will not be a valid and binding change to the Contract unless it is formalized in a Change Order, including a “no-cost” Change Order or a unilateral Change Order. Changes in the Work pursuant to this Article 6 will not operate to release, limit, or abridge Contractor’s warranty obligations pursuant to Article 11 or any obligations of Contractor’s bond sureties. (A) City-Directed Changes. City may direct changes in the scope or sequence of Work or the requirements of the Contract Documents, without invalidating the Contract. Such changes may include Extra Work as set forth in subsection (C) below, or deletion or modification of portions of the Work. Contractor must promptly comply with City-directed changes in the Work in accordance with the original Contract Documents, even if Contractor and City have not yet reached agreement as to adjustments to the Contract Price or Contract Time for the change in the Work or for the Extra Work. Contractor is not entitled to extra compensation for cost savings resulting from “value engineering” pursuant to Public Contract Code § 7101, except to the extent authorized in advance by City in writing, and subject to any applicable procedural requirements for submitting a proposal for value engineering cost savings. (B) Disputes. In the event of a dispute over entitlement to or the amount of a change in Contract Time or a change in Contract Price related to a City-directed change in the Work, Contractor must perform the Work as directed and may not delay its Work or cease Work pending resolution of the dispute, but must continue to comply with its duty to diligently prosecute the performance and timely completion of the Work, including the Work in dispute. Likewise, in the event that City and Contractor dispute whether a portion or portions of the Work are already required by the Contract Documents or constitute Extra Work, or otherwise dispute the interpretation of any portion(s) of the Contract Documents, Contractor must perform the Work as directed and may not delay its Work or cease Work pending resolution of the dispute, but must continue to comply with its duty to diligently prosecute the performance and timely completion of the Work, including the Work in dispute, as directed by City. If Contractor refuses to perform the Work in dispute, Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 47 City may, acting in its sole discretion, elect to delete the Work from the Contract and reduce the Contract Price accordingly, and self-perform the Work or direct that the Work be performed by others. Alternatively, City may elect to terminate the Contract for convenience or for cause. Contractor’s sole recourse for an unresolved dispute related to changes in the Work or performance of any Extra Work is to comply with the dispute resolution provisions set forth in Article 12, below. (C) Extra Work. City may direct Contractor to perform Extra Work related to the Project. Contractor must promptly perform any Extra Work as directed or authorized by City in accordance with the original Contract Documents, even if Contractor and City have not yet reached agreement on adjustments to the Contract Price or Contract Time for such Extra Work. If Contractor believes it is necessary to perform Extra Work due to changed conditions, Contractor must promptly notify the Engineer in writing, specifically identifying the Extra Work and the reason(s) the Contractor believes it is Extra Work. This notification requirement does not constitute a Change Order request pursuant to Section 6.2, below. Contractor must maintain detailed daily records that itemize the cost of each element of Extra Work, and sufficiently distinguish the direct cost of the Extra Work from the cost of other Work performed. For each day that Contractor performs Extra Work, or Work that Contractor contends is Extra Work, Contractor must submit no later than the following Working Day, a daily report of the Extra Work performed that day and the related costs, together with copies of certified payroll, invoices, and other documentation substantiating the costs (“Extra Work Report”). The Engineer will make any adjustments to Contractor’s Extra Work Report(s) based on the Engineer’s records of the Work. When an Extra Work Report(s) is agreed on and signed by both City and Contractor, the Extra Work Report(s) will become the basis for payment under a duly authorized and signed Change Order. Failure to submit the required documentation by close of business on the next Working Day is deemed a full and complete waiver for any change in the Contract Price or Contract Time for any Extra Work performed that day. (D) Minor Changes and RFIs. Minor field changes, including RFI replies from City, that do not affect the Contract Price or Contract Time and that are approved by the Engineer acting within his or her scope of authority, do not require a Change Order. By executing an RFI reply from City, Contractor agrees that it will perform the Work as clarified therein, with no change to the Contract Price or Contract Time. (E) Remedy for Non-Compliance. Contractor’s failure to promptly comply with a City-directed change is deemed a material breach of the Contract, and in addition to all other remedies available to it, City may, at its sole discretion, hire another contractor or use its own forces to complete the disputed Work at Contractor’s sole expense, and may deduct the cost from the Contract Price. 6.2 Contractor Change Order Requests. Contractor must submit a request or proposal for a change in the Work, compensation for Extra Work, or a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time as a written Change Order request or proposal. (A) Time for Submission. Any request for a change in the Contract Price or the Contract Time must be submitted in writing to the Engineer within ten calendar days of the date that Contractor first encounters the circumstances, information or conditions giving rise to the Change Order request, even if the total amount of the requested change in the Contract Price or impact on the Contract Time is not yet known at that time. If City requests that Contractor propose the terms of a Change Order, unless otherwise specified in City’s request, Contractor must provide the Engineer with a written proposal for the change in the Contract Price or Contract Time within five working days of receiving City’s request, in a form satisfactory to the Engineer. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 48 (B) Required Contents. Any Change Order request or proposal submitted by Contractor must include a complete breakdown of actual or estimated costs and credits, and must itemize labor, materials, equipment, taxes, insurance, subcontract amounts , and, if applicable, Extra Work Reports. Any estimated cost must be updated in writing as soon as the actual amount is known. (C) Required Documentation. All claimed costs must be fully documented, and any related request for an extension of time or delay-related costs must be included at that time and in compliance with the requirements of Article 5 of the General Conditions. Upon request, Contractor must permit City to inspect its original and unaltered bidding records, subcontract agreements, subcontract change orders, purchase orders, invoices, or receipts associated with the claimed costs. (D) Required Form. Contractor must use City’s form(s) for submitting all Change Order requests or proposals, unless otherwise specified by City. (E) Certification. All Change Order requests must be signed by Contractor and must include the following certification: “The undersigned Contractor certifies under penalty of perjury that its statements and representations in this Change Order request are true and correct. Contractor warrants that this Change Order request is comprehensive and complete as to the Work or changes referenced herein, and agrees that any known or foreseeable costs, expenses, or time extension requests not included herein, are deemed waived.” 6.3 Adjustments to Contract Price. The amount of any increase or decrease in the Contract Price will be determined based on one of the following methods listed below, in the order listed with unit pricing taking precedence over the other methods. Markup applies only to City-authorized time and material Work, and does not apply to any other payments to Contractor. For Work items or components that are deleted in their entirety, Contractor will only be entitled to compensation for those direct, actual, and documented costs (including restocking fees), reasonably incurred before Contractor was notified of the City’s intent to delete the Work, with no markup for overhead, profit, or other indirect costs. (A) Unit Pricing. Amounts previously provided by Contractor in the form of unit prices, either in a bid schedule or in a post-award schedule of values pursuant to Section 8.1, Schedule of Values, will apply to determine the price for the affected Work, to the extent applicable unit prices have been provided for that type of Work. No additional markup for overhead, profit, or other indirect costs will be added to the calculation. (B) Lump Sum. A mutually agreed upon, all-inclusive lump sum price for the affected Work with no additional markup for overhead, profit, or other indirect costs. (C) Time and Materials. On a time and materials basis, if and only to the extent compensation on a time and materials basis is expressly authorized by City in advance of Contractor’s performance of the Work and subject to any not-to-exceed limit. Time and materials compensation for increased costs or Extra Work (but not decreased costs or deleted Work), will include allowed markup for overhead, profit, and other indirect costs, and which may include a not-to-exceed limit, calculated as the total of the following sums , the cumulative total of which may not exceed the maximum markup rate of 15%: (1) All direct labor costs provided by the Contractor, excluding superintendence, project management, or administrative costs, plus 15% markup; Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 49 (2) All direct material costs provided by the Contractor, including sales tax, plus 15% markup; (3) All direct plant and equipment rental costs provided by the Contractor, plus 15% markup; (4) All direct additional subcontract costs plus 10% markup for Work performed by Subcontractors; and (5) Increased bond or insurance premium costs computed at 1.5% of total of the previous four sums. 6.4 Unilateral Change Order. If the parties dispute the terms of a proposed Change Order, including disputes over the amount of compensation or extension of time that Contractor has requested, the value of deleted or changed Work, what constitutes Extra Work, or quantities used, City may elect to issue a unilateral Change Order, directing performance of the Work, and authorizing a change in the Contract Price or Contract Time for the adjustment to compensation or time that the City believes is merited. Contractor’s sole recourse to dispute the terms of a unilateral Change Order is to submit a timely Claim pursuant to Article 12, below. 6.5 Non-Compliance Deemed Waiver. Contractor waives its entitlement to any increase in the Contract Price or Contract Time if Contractor fails to fully comply with the provisions of this Article. Contractor will not be paid for unauthorized Extra Work. Article 7 - General Construction Provisions 7.1 Permits, Fees, Business License, and Taxes. (A) Permits, Fees, and City Business License. Contractor must obtain and pay for all permits, fees, or licenses required to perform the Work, including a City business license. Contractor must cooperate with and provide notifications to all government agencies with jurisdiction over the Project, as may be required. Contractor must provide City with copies of all records of permits and permit applications, payment of required fees, and any licenses required for the Work. (B) Taxes. Contractor must pay for all taxes on labor, material and equipment, except Federal Excise Tax to the extent that City is exempt from Federal Excise Tax. 7.2 Temporary Facilities. Contractor must provide, at Contractor’s sole expense, any and all temporary facilities for the Project, including an onsite staging area for materials and equipment, a field office, sanitary facilities, utilities, storage, scaffolds, barricades, walkways, and any other temporary structure required to safely perform the Work along with any incidental utility services. The location of all temporary facilities must be approved by the City prior to installation. Temporary facilities must be safe and adequate for the intended use and installed and maintained in accordance with Laws and the Contract Documents. Contractor must fence and screen the Project site and, if applicable, any separate Worksites, including the staging area, and its operation must minimize inconvenience to neighboring properties. Additional provisions pertaining to temporary facilities may be included in the Specifications or Special Conditions. (A) Utilities. Contractor must install and maintain the power, water, sewer and all other utilities required for the Project site, including the piping, wiring, internet and wifi connections, and any related equipment necessary to maintain the temporary facilities. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 50 (B) Removal and Repair. Contractor must promptly remove all such temporary facilities when they are no longer needed or upon completion of the Work, whichever comes first. Contractor must promptly repair any damage to City’s property or to other property caused by the installation, use, or removal of the temporary facilities, and must promptly restore the property to its original or intended condition. 7.3 Noninterference and Site Management. Contractor must avoid interfering with City’s use of its property at or adjacent to the Project site, including use of roadways, entrances, parking areas, walkways, and structures. Contractor must also minimize disruption of access to private property in the Project vicinity. Contractor must coordinate with affected property owners, tenants, and businesses, and maintain some vehicle and pedestrian access to their residences or properties at all times. Temporary access ramps, fencing or other measures must be provided as needed. Before blocking access to a private driveway or parking lot, Contractor must provide effective notice to the affected parties at least 48 hours in advance of the pending closure and allow them to remove vehicles. Private driveways, residences and parking lots must have access to a roadway during non-Work hours. (A) Offsite Acquisition. Unless otherwise provided by City, Contractor must acquire, use and dispose of, at its sole expense, any additional Worksites, licenses, easements, and temporary facilities necessary to access and perform the Work. (B) Offsite Staging Area and Field Office. If additional space beyond the Project site is needed, such as for the staging area or the field office, Contractor may need to make arrangements with the nearby property owner(s) to secure the space. Before using or occupying any property owned by a third party, Contractor must provide City with a copy of the necessary license agreement, easement, or other written authorization from the property owner, together with a written release from the property owner holding City harmless from any related liability, in a form acceptable to the City Attorney. (C) Traffic Management. Contractor must provide traffic management and traffic controls as specified in the Contract Documents, as required by Laws, and as otherwise required to ensure the public and worker safety, and to avoid interference with public or private operations or the normal flow of vehicular, bicycle, or pedestrian traffic. 7.4 Signs. No signs may be displayed on or about City’s property, except signage which is required by Laws or by the Contract Documents, without City’s prior written approval as to size, design, and location. 7.5 Project Site and Nearby Property Protections. (A) General. Contractor is responsible at all times, on a 24-hour basis and at its sole cost, for protecting the Work, the Project site, and the materials and equipment to be incorporated into the Work, until the City has accepted the Project, excluding any exceptions to acceptance, if any. Except as specifically authorized by City, Contractor must confine its operations to the area of the Project site indicated in the Plans and Specifications. Contractor is liable for any damage caused by Contractor or its Subcontractors to the Work, City’s property, the property of adjacent or nearby property owners and the work or personal property of other contractors working for City, including damage related to Contractor’s failure to adequately secure the Work or any Worksite. (1) Subject to City’s approval, Contractor will provide and install safeguards to protect the Work; any Worksite, including the Project site; City’s real or personal property and the real or personal property of adjacent or nearby property owners, including plant and tree protections. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 51 (2) City wastewater systems may not be interrupted. If the Work disrupts existing sewer facilities, Contractor must immediately notify City and establish a plan, subject to City’s approval, to convey the sewage in closed conduits back into the sanitary sewer system. Sewage must not be permitted to flow in trenches or be covered by backfill. (3) Contractor must remove with due care, and store at City’s request, any objects or material from the Project site that City will salvage or reuse at another location. (4) If directed by Engineer, Contractor must promptly repair or replace any property damage, as specified by the Engineer. However, acting in its sole discretion, City may elect to have the property damage remedied otherwise, and may deduct the cost to repair or replace the damaged property from payment otherwise due to Contractor. (5) Contractor will not permit any structure or infrastructure to be loaded in a manner that will damage or endanger the integrity of the structure or infrastructure. (B) Securing Project Site. After completion of Work each day, Contractor must secure the Project site and, to the extent feasible, make the area reasonably accessible to the public unless City approves otherwise. All excess materials and equipment not protected by approved traffic control devices must be relocated to the staging area or demobilized. Trench spoils must be hauled off the Project site daily and open excavations must be protected with steel plates. Contractor and Subcontractor personnel may not occupy or use the Project site for any purpose during non-Work hours, except as may be provided in the Contract Documents or pursuant to prior written authorization from City. (C) Unforeseen Conditions. If Contractor encounters facilities, utilities, or other unknown conditions not shown on or reasonably inferable from the Plans or apparent from inspection of the Project site, Contractor must immediately notify the City and promptly submit a Request for Information to obtain further directions from the Engineer. Contractor must avoid taking any action which could cause damage to the facilities or utilities pending further direction from the Engineer. The Engineer’s written response will be final and binding on Contractor. If the Engineer’s subsequent direction to Contractor affects Contractor’s cost or time to perform the Work, Contractor may submit a Change Order request as set forth in Article 6 above. (D) Support; Adjacent Properties. Contractor must provide, install, and maintain all shoring, bracing, and underpinning necessary to provide support to City’s property and adjacent properties and improvements thereon. Contractor must provide notifications to adjacent property owners as may be required by Laws. See also, Section 7.15, Trenching of Five Feet or More. (E) Notification of Property Damage. Contractor must immediately notify the City of damage to any real or personal property resulting from Work on the Project. Contractor must immediately provide a written report to City of any such property damage in excess of $500 (based on estimated cost to repair or replace) within 24 hours of the occurrence. The written report must include: (1) the location and nature of the damage, and the owner of the property, if known; (2) the name and address of each employee of Contractor or any Subcontractor involved in the damage; (3) a detailed description of the incident, including precise location, time, and names and contact information for known witnesses; and (4) a police or first responder report, if applicable. If Contractor is required to file an accident report with another government agency, Contractor will provide a copy of the report to City. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 52 7.6 Materials and Equipment. (A) General. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment required for the Work must be new, free from defects, and of the best grade for the intended purpose, and furnished in sufficient quantities to ensure the proper and expeditious performance of the Work. Contractor must employ measures to preserve the specified quality and fitness of the materials and equipment. Unless otherwise specified, all materials and equipment required for the Work are deemed to include all components required for complete installation and intended operation and must be installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations or instructions. Contractor is responsible for all shipping, handling, and storage costs associated with the materials and equipment required for the Work. Contractor is responsible for providing security and protecting the Work and all of the required materials, supplies, tools and equipment at Contractor’s sole cost until City has formally accepted the Project as set forth in Section 11.1 , Final Completion. Contractor will not assign, sell, mortgage, or hypothecate any materials or equipment for the Project, or remove any materials or equipment that have been installed or delivered. (B) City-Provided. If the Work includes installation of materials or equipment to be provided by City, Contractor is solely responsible for the proper examination, handling, storage, and installation in accordance with the Contract Documents. Contractor must notify City of any defects discovered in City-provided materials or equipment, sufficiently in advance of scheduled use or installation to afford adequate time to procure replacement materials or equipment as needed. Contractor is solely responsible for any loss of or damage to such items which occurs while the items are in Contractor’s custody and control, the cost of which may be offset from the Contract Price and deducted from any payment(s) due to Contractor. (C) Intellectual Property Rights. Contractor must, at its sole expense, obtain any authorization or license required for use of patented or copyright-protected materials, equipment, devices or processes that are incorporated into the Work. Contractor’s indemnity obligations in Article 4 apply to any claimed violation of intellectual property rights in violation of this provision. 7.7 Substitutions. (A) “Or Equal.” Any Specification designating a material, product, or thing (collectively, “item”) or service by specific brand or trade name, followed by the words “or equal,” is intended only to indicate the quality and type of item or service desired, and Contractor may request use of any equal item or service. Unless otherwise stated in the Specifications, any reference to a specific brand or trade name for an item that is used solely for the purpose of describing the type of item desired, will be deemed to be followed by the words “or equal.” A substitution will only be approved if it is a true “equal” item in every aspect of design, function, and quality , as determined by City, including dimensions, weight, maintenance requirements, durability, fit with other elements, and schedule impacts. (B) Request for Substitution. A post-award request for substitution of an item or service must be submitted in writing to the Engineer for approval in advance, within the applicable time period provided in the Contract Documents. If no time period is specified, the substitution request may be submitted any time within 35 days after the date of award of the Contract, or sufficiently in advance of the time needed to avoid delay of the Work, whichever is earlier. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 53 (C) Substantiation. Any available data substantiating the proposed substitute as an equal item or service must be submitted with the written request for substitution. Contractor’s failure to timely provide all necessary substantiation, including any required test results as soon as they are available, is grounds for rejection of the proposed substitution, without further review. (D) Burden of Proving Equality. Contractor has the burden of proving the equality of the proposed substitution at Contractor’s sole cost. City has sole discretion to determine whether a proposed substitution is equal, and City’s determination is final. (E) Approval or Rejection. If the proposed substitution is approved, Contractor is solely responsible for any additional costs or time associated with the substituted item or service. If the proposed substitution is rejected, Contractor must, without delay, install the item or use the service as specified by City. (F) Contractor’s Obligations. City’s approval of a proposed substitution will not relieve Contractor from any of its obligations under the Contract Documents. In the event Contractor makes an unauthorized substitution, Contractor will be solely responsible for all resulting cost impacts, including the cost of removal and replacement and the impact to other design elements. 7.8 Testing and Inspection. (A) General. All materials, equipment, and workmanship used in the Work are subject to inspection and testing by City at all times and locations during construction and/or fabrication and at any Worksite, including at shops and yards as well as at the Project site. All manufacturers’ application or installation instructions must be provided to the Inspector at least ten days prior to the first such application or installation. Contractor must, at all times, make the Work available for testing or inspection. Neither City’s inspection or testing of Work, nor its failure to do so, operate to waive or limit Contractor’s duty to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents. (B) Scheduling and Notification. Contractor must cooperate with City in coordinating the inspections and testing. Contractor must submit samples of materials, at Contractor’s expense, and schedule all tests required by the Contract Documents in time to avoid any delay to the progress of the Work. Contractor must notify the Engineer no later than noon of the Working Day before any inspection or testing and must provide timely notice to the other necessary parties as specified in the Contract Documents. If Contractor schedules an inspection or test beyond regular Work hours, or on a Saturday, Sunday, or recognized City holiday, Contractor must notify the Engineer at least two Working Days in advance for approval. If approved, Contractor must reimburse City for the cost of the overtime inspection or testing. Such costs, including the City’s hourly costs for required personnel, may be deducted from payments otherwise due to Contractor. (C) Responsibility for Costs. City will bear the initial cost of inspection and testing to be performed by independent testing consultants retained by City, subject to the following exceptions: (1) Contractor will be responsible for the costs of any subsequent tests which are required to substantiate compliance with the Contract Documents, and any associated remediation costs. (2) Contractor will be responsible for inspection costs, at City’s hourly rates, for inspection time lost because the Work is not ready or Contractor fails to appear for a scheduled inspection. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 54 (3) If any portion of the Work that is subject to inspection or testing is covered or concealed by Contractor prior to the inspection or testing, Contractor will bear the cost of making that portion of the Work available for the inspection or testing required by the Contract Documents, and any associated repair or remediation costs. (4) Contractor is responsible for properly shoring all compaction test sites deeper than five feet below grade, as required under Section 7.15 below. (5) Any Work or material that is defective or fails to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents must be promptly repaired, removed, replaced, or corrected by Contractor, at Contractor’s sole expense, even if that Work or material was previously inspected or included in a progress payment. (D) Contractor’s Obligations. Contractor is solely responsible for any delay occasioned by remediation of defective or noncompliant Work or material. Inspection of the Work does not in any way relieve Contractor of its obligations to perform the Work as specified. Any Work done without the required inspection(s) will also be subject to rejection by City. (E) Distant Locations. If required off-site testing or inspection must be conducted at a location more than 100 miles from the Project site, Contractor is solely responsible for the additional travel costs required for testing and/or inspection at such locations. (F) Final Inspection. The provisions of this Section 7.8 also apply to final inspection under Article 11, Completion and Warranty Provisions. 7.9 Project Site Conditions and Maintenance. Contractor must at all times, on a 24-hour basis and at its sole cost, maintain the Project site and staging and storage areas in clean, neat, and sanitary condition and in compliance with all Laws pertaining to safety, air quality, and dust control. Adequate toilets must be provided, and properly maintained and serviced for all workers on the Project site, located in a suitably secluded area, subject to City’s prior approval. Contractor must also, on a daily basis and at its sole cost, remove and properly dispose of the debris and waste materials from the Project site. (A) Air Emissions Control. Contractor must not discharge smoke or other air contaminants into the atmosphere in violation of any Laws. (B) Dust and Debris. Contractor must minimize and confine dust and debris resulting from the Work. Contractor must abate dust nuisance by cleaning, sweeping, and immediately sprinkling with water excavated areas of dirt or other materials prone to cause dust, and within one hour after the Engineer notifies Contractor that an airborne nuisance exists. The Engineer may direct that Contractor provide an approved water- spraying truck for this purpose. If water is used for dust control, Contractor will only use the minimum necessary. Contractor must take all necessary steps to keep waste water out of streets, gutters, or storm drains. See Section 7.19, Environmental Control. If City determines that the dust control is not adequate, City may have the work done by others and deduct the cost from the Contract Price. Contractor will immediately remove any excess excavated material from the Project site and any dirt deposited on public streets. (C) Clean up. Before discontinuing Work in an area, Contractor must clean the area and remove all debris and waste along with the construction equipment, tools, machinery, and surplus materials. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 55 (1) Except as otherwise specified, all excess Project materials, and the materials removed from existing improvements on the Project site with no salvage value or intended reuse by City, will be Contractor’s property. (2) Hauling trucks and other vehicles leaving the Project site must be cleaned of exterior mud or dirt before traveling on City streets. Materials and loose debris must be delivered and loaded to prevent dropping materials or debris. Contractor must immediately remove spillage from hauling on any publicly traveled way. Streets affected by Work on the Project must be kept clean by street sweeping. (D) Disposal. Contractor must dispose of all Project debris and waste materials in a safe and legal manner. Contractor may not burn or bury waste materials on the Project site. Contractor will not allow any dirt, refuse, excavated material, surplus concrete or mortar, or any associated washings, to be disposed of onto streets, into manholes or into the storm drain system. (E) Completion. At the completion of the Work, Contractor must remove from the Project site all of its equipment, tools, surplus materials, waste materials and debris , presenting a clean and neat appearance. Before demobilizing from the Project site, Contractor must ensure that all surfaces are cleaned, sealed, waxed, or finished as applicable, and that all marks, stains, paint splatters, and the like have been properly removed from the completed Work and the surrounding areas. Contractor must ensure that all parts of the construction are properly joined with the previously existing and adjacent improvements and conditions. Contractor must provide all cutting, fitting and patching needed to accomplish that requirement. Contractor must also repair or replace all existing improvements that are damaged or removed during the Work, both on and off the Project site, including curbs, sidewalks, driveways, fences, signs, utilities, street surfaces and structures. Repairs and replacements must be at least equal to the previously existing improvements, and the condition, finish and dimensions must match the previously existing improvements. Contractor must restore to original condition all property or items that are not designated for alteration under the Contract Documents and leave each Worksite clean and ready for occupancy or use by City. (F) Non-Compliance. If Contractor fails to comply with its maintenance and cleanup obligations or any City clean up order, City may, acting in its sole discretion, elect to suspend the Work until the condition(s) is corrected with no increase in the Contract Time or Contract Price, or undertake appropriate cleanup measures without further notice and the cost will be deducted from any amounts due or to become due to Contractor. 7.10 Instructions and Manuals. Contractor must provide to City three copies each of all instructions and manuals required by the Contract Documents, unless otherwise specified. These must be complete as to drawings, details, parts lists, performance data, and other information that may be required for City to easily maintain and service the materials and equipment installed for this Project. (A) Submittal Requirements. All manufacturers’ application or installation instructions must be provided to City at least ten days prior to the first such application. The instructions and manuals, along with any required guarantees, must be delivered to City for review. (B) Training. Contractor or its Subcontractors must train City’s personnel in the operation and maintenance of any complex equipment or systems as a condition precedent to Final Completion, if required in the Contract Documents. 7.11 As-built Drawings. Contractor and its Subcontractors must prepare and maintain at the Project site a detailed, complete and accurate as-built set of the Plans which will be used Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 56 solely for the purpose of recording changes made in any portion of the original Plans in order to create accurate record drawings at the end of the Project. (A) Duty to Update. The as-built drawings must be updated as changes occur, on a daily basis if necessary. City may withhold the estimated cost for City to have the as-built drawings prepared from payments otherwise due to Contractor, until the as-built drawings are brought up to date to the satisfaction of City. Actual locations to scale must be identified on the as-built drawings for all runs of mechanical and electrical work, including all site utilities installed underground, in walls, floors, or otherwise concealed. Deviations from the original Plans must be shown in detail. The exact location of all main runs, whether piping, conduit, ductwork or drain lines, must be shown by dimension and elevation. The location of all buried pipelines, appurtenances, or other improvements must be represented by coordinates and by the horizontal distance from visible above - ground improvements. (B) Final Completion. Contractor must verify that all changes in the Work are depicted in the as-built drawings and must deliver the complete set of as-built drawings to the Engineer for review and acceptance as a condition precedent to Final Completion and Final Payment. 7.12 Existing Utilities. (A) General. The Work may be performed in developed, urban areas with existing utilities, both above and below ground, including utilities identified in the Contract Documents or in other informational documents or records. Contractor must take due care to locate identified or reasonably identifiable utilities before proceeding with trenching, excavation, or any other activity that could damage or disrupt existing utilities. This may include excavation with small equipment, potholing, or hand excavation, and, if practical, using white paint or other suitable markings to delineate the area to be excavated. Except as otherwise provided herein, Contractor will be responsible for costs resulting from damage to identified or reasonably identifiable utilities due to Contractor’s negligence or failure to comply with the Contract Documents, including the requirements in this Article 7. (B) Unidentified Utilities. Pursuant to Government Code § 4215, if, during the performance of the Work, Contractor discovers utility facilities not identified by City in the Contract Documents, Contractor must immediately provide written notice to City and the utility. City assumes responsibility for the timely removal, relocation, or protection of existing main or trunkline utility facilities located on the Project site if those utilities are not identified in the Contract Documents. Contractor will be compensated in accordance with the provisions of the Contract Documents for the costs of locating, repairing damage not due to Contractor’s failure to exercise reasonable care, and removing or relocating utility facilities not indicated in the Plans or Specifications with reasonable accuracy, and for equipment on the Project necessarily idled during such work. Contractor will not be assessed liquidated damages for delay in completion of the Work, to the extent the delay was caused by City’s failure to provide for removal or relocation of the utility facilities. 7.13 Notice of Excavation. Contractor must comply with all applicable requirements in Government Code §§ 4216 through 4216.5, which are incorporated by reference herein. Government Code § 4216.2 requires that, except in an emergency, Contractor must contact the appropriate regional notification center, or Underground Services Alert , at least two working days, but not more than 14 calendar days, before starting any excavation if the excavation will be conducted in an area that is known, or reasonably should be known, to contain subsurface installations. Contractor may not begin excavation until it has obtained and submitted to Engineer an inquiry identification number from Underground Services Alert. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 57 7.14 Trenching and Excavations of Four Feet or More. As required by Public Contract Code § 7104, if the Work includes digging trenches or other excavations that extend deeper than four feet below the surface, the provisions in this Section apply to the Work and the Project. (A) Duty to Notify. Contractor must promptly, and before the following conditions are disturbed, provide written notice to City if Contractor finds any of the following conditions: (1) Material that Contractor believes may be a hazardous waste, as defined in § 25117 of the Health and Safety Code, that is required to be removed to a Class I, Class II, or Class III disposal site in accordance with the provisions of existing Laws; (2) Subsurface or latent physical conditions at the Project site differing from those indicated by information about the Project site made available to bidders prior to the deadline for submitting bids; or (3) Unknown physical conditions at the Project site of any unusual nature, materially different from those ordinarily encountered and generally recognized as inherent in work of the character required by the Contract Documents. (B) City Investigation. City will promptly investigate the conditions and if City finds that the conditions materially differ from those indicated, apparent, or reasonably inferred from information about the Project site made available to bidders, or involve hazardous waste, and cause a decrease or increase in Contractor’s cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the Work, City will issue a Change Order. (C) Disputes. In the event that a dispute arises between City and Contractor regarding any of the conditions specified in subsection (B) above, or the terms of a Change Order issued by City, Contractor will not be excused from completing the Work within the Contract Time, but must proceed with all Work to be performed under the Contract. Contractor will retain any and all rights provided either by the Contract or by Laws which pertain to the resolution of disputes between Contractor and City. 7.15 Trenching of Five Feet or More. As required by Labor Code § 6705, if the Contract Price exceeds $25,000 and the Work includes the excavation of any trench or trenches of five feet or more in depth, a detailed plan must be submitted to City for acceptance in advance of the excavation. The detailed plan must show the design of shoring, bracing, sloping, or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during the excavation. If the plan varies from the shoring system standards, it must be prepared by a California registered civil or structural engineer. Use of a shoring, sloping, or protective system less effective than that required by the Construction Safety Orders is prohibited. 7.16 New Utility Connections. Except as otherwise specified, City will pay connection charges and meter costs for new permanent utilities required by the Contract Documents, if any. Contractor must notify City sufficiently in advance of the time needed to request service from each utility provider so that connections and services are initiated in accordance with the Project schedule. 7.17 Lines and Grades. Contractor is required to use any benchmark provided by the Engineer. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, Contractor must provide all lines and grades required to execute the Work. Contractor must also provide, Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 58 preserve, and replace if necessary, all construction stakes required for the Project. All stakes or marks must be set by a California licensed surveyor or a California registered civil engineer. Contractor must notify the Engineer of any discrepancies found between Contractor’s staking and grading and information provided by the Contract Documents. Upon completion, all Work must conform to the lines, elevations, and grades shown in the Plans, including any changes directed by a Change Order. 7.18 Historic or Archeological Items. (A) Contractor’s Obligations. Contractor must ensure that all persons performing Work at the Project site are required to immediately notify the Project Manager, upon discovery of any potential historic or archeological items, including historic or prehistoric ruins, a burial ground, archaeological or vertebrate paleontological site, including fossilized footprints or other archeological, paleontological or historical feature on the Project site (collectively, “Historic or Archeological Items”). (B) Discovery; Cessation of Work. Upon discovery of any potential Historic or Archeological Items, Work must be stopped within an 85-foot radius of the find and may not resume until authorized in writing by City. If required by City, Contractor must assist in protecting or recovering the Historic or Archeological Items, with any such assistance to be compensated as Extra Work on a time and materials basis under Article 6, Contract Modification. At City’s discretion, a suspension of Work required due to discovery of Historic or Archeological Items may be treated as Excusable Delay pursuant to Article 5, or as a suspension for convenience under Article 13. 7.19 Environmental Control. Contractor must not pollute any drainage course or its tributary inlets with fuels, oils, bitumens, acids, insecticides, herbicides or other harmful materials. Contractor must prevent the release of any hazardous material or hazardous waste into the soil or groundwater, and prevent the unlawful discharge of pollutants into City’s storm drain system and watercourses as required below. Contractor and its Subcontractors must at all times in the performance of the Work comply with all Laws concerning pollution of waterways. (A) Stormwater Permit. Contractor must comply with all applicable conditions of the State Water Resources Control Board National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System General Permit for Waste Discharge Requir ements for Discharges of Stormwater Runoff Associated with Construction Activity (“Stormwater Permit”). (B) Contractor’s Obligations. If required for the Work, a copy of the Stormwater Permit is on file in City’s principal administrative offices, and Contractor must comply with it without adjustment of the Contract Price or the Contract Time. Contractor must timely and completely submit required reports and monitoring information required by the conditions of the Stormwater Permit. Contractor also must comply with all other Laws governing discharge of stormwater, including applicable municipal stormwater management programs. 7.20 Noise Control. Contractor must comply with all applicable noise control Laws. Noise control requirements apply to all equipment used for the Work or related to the Work, including trucks, transit mixers or transient equipment that may or may not be owned by Contractor. 7.21 Mined Materials. Pursuant to the Surface Mining and Reclamation Act of 1975, Public Resources Code § 2710 et seq., any purchase of mined materials, such as construction aggregate, sand, gravel, crushed stone, road base, fill materials, and any other mineral materials must originate from a surface mining operation included on the AB 3098 List, Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 59 which is available online at: ftp://ftp.consrv.ca.gov/pub/omr/AB3098%20List/AB3908List.pdf. Article 8 - Payment 8.1 Schedule of Values. Prior to submitting its first application for payment, Contractor must prepare and submit to the Project Manager a schedule of values apportioned to the various divisions and phases of the Work, including mobilization and demobilization. If a Bid Schedule was submitted with Contractor’s bid, the amounts in the schedule of values must be consistent with the Bid Schedule. Each line item contained in the schedule of values must be assigned a value such that the total of all items equals the Contract Price. The items must be sufficiently detailed to enable accurate evaluation of the percentage of completion claimed in each application for payment, and the assigned value consistent with any itemized or unit pricing submitted with Contractor’s bid. (A) Measurements for Unit Price Work. Materials and items of Work to be paid for on the basis of unit pricing will be measured according to the methods specified in the Contract Documents. (B) Deleted or Reduced Work. Contractor will not be compensated for Work that City has deleted or reduced in scope, except for any labor, material or equipment costs for such Work that Contractor reasonably incurred before Contractor learned that the Work could be deleted or reduced. Contractor will only be compensated for those actual, direct and documented costs incurred, and will not be entitled to any mark up for overhead or lost profits. 8.2 Progress Payments. Following the last day of each month, or as otherwise required by the Special Conditions or Specifications, Contractor will submit to the Project Manager a monthly application for payment for Work performed during the preceding month based on the estimated value of the Work performed during that preceding month. (A) Application for Payment. Each application for payment must be itemized to include labor, materials, and equipment incorporated into the Work, and materials and equipment delivered to the Project site, as well as authorized and approved Change Orders. Each payment application must be supported by the unit prices submitted with Contractor’s Bid Schedule and/or schedule of values and any other substantiating data required by the Contract Documents. (B) Payment of Undisputed Amounts. City will pay the undisputed amount due within 30 days after Contractor has submitted a complete and accurate payment application, subject to Public Contract Code § 20104.50. City will deduct a percentage from each progress payment as retention, as set forth in Section 8.5, below, and may withhold additional amounts as set forth in Section 8.3, below. 8.3 Adjustment of Payment Application. City may adjust or reject the amount requested in a payment application, including application for Final Payment, in whole or in part, if the amount requested is disputed or unsubstantiated. Contractor will be notified in writing of the basis for the modification to the amount requested. City may also deduct or withhold from payment otherwise due based upon any of the circumstances and amounts listed below. Sums withheld from payment otherwise due will be released when the basis for that withholding has been remedied and no longer exists. (A) For Contractor’s unexcused failure to perform the Work as required by the Contract Documents, including correction or completion of punch list items, City may Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 60 withhold or deduct an amount based on the City’s estimated cost to correct or complete the Work. (B) For loss or damage caused by Contractor or its Subcontractors arising out of or relating to performance of the Work or any failure to protect the Project site, City may deduct an amount based on the estimated cost to repair or replace. (C) For Contractor’s failure to pay its Subcontractors and suppliers when payment is due, City may withhold an amount equal to the total of past due payments and may opt to pay that amount separately via joint check pursuant to Section 8.6(B), Joint Checks. (D) For Contractor’s failure to timely correct rejected, nonconforming, or defective Work, City may withhold or deduct an amount based on the City’s estimated cost to correct or complete the Work. (E) For any unreleased stop notice, City may withhold 125% of the amount claimed. (F) For Contractor’s failure to submit any required schedule or schedule update in the manner and within the time specified in the Contract Documents, City may withhold an amount equal to five percent of the total amount requested until Contractor complies with its schedule submittal obligations. (G) For Contractor’s failure to maintain or submit as-built documents in the manner and within the time specified in the Contract Documents, City may withhold or deduct an amount based on the City’s cost to prepare the as-builts. (H) For Work performed without Shop Drawings that have been accepted by City, when accepted Shop Drawings are required before proceeding with the Work , City may deduct an amount based on the estimated costs to correct unsatisfactory Work or diminution in value. (I) For fines, payments, or penalties assessed under the Labor Code, City may deduct from payments due to Contractor as required by Laws and as directed by the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement. (J) For any other costs or charges that may be withheld or deducted from payments to Contractor, as provided in the Contract Documents, including liquidated damages, City may withhold or deduct such amounts from payment otherwise due to Contractor. 8.4 Early Occupancy. Neither City’s payment of progress payments nor its partial or full use or occupancy of the Project constitutes acceptance of any part of the Work. 8.5 Retention. City will retain five percent of the full amount due on each progress payment (i.e., the amount due before any withholding or deductions pursuant to Section 8.3, Adjustment to Payment Application), or the percentage stated in the Notice Inviting Bids, whichever is greater, as retention to ensure full and satisfactory performance of the Work. Contractor is not entitled to any reduction in the rate of withholding at any time, nor to release of any retention before 35 days following City’s acceptance of the Project. (A) Substitution of Securities. As provided by Public Contract Code § 22300, Contractor may request in writing that it be allowed, at its sole expense, to substitute securities for the retention withheld by City. Any escrow agreement entered into pursuant to this provision must fully comply with Public Contract Code § 22300 and will be subject to approval as to form by City’s legal counsel. If City exercises its right to draw upon such securities in the event of default pursuant to section (7) of the statutory Escrow Agreement for Security Deposits in Lieu of Retention, pursuant to subdivision (f) of Public Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 61 Contract Code § 22300 (“Escrow Agreement”), and if Contractor disputes that it is in default, its sole remedy is to comply with the dispute resolution procedures in Article 12 and the provisions therein. It is agreed that for purposes of this paragraph, an event of default includes City’s rights pursuant to these Contract Documents to withhold or deduct sums from retention, including withholding or deduction for liquidated damages, incomplete or defective Work, stop payment notices, or backcharges. It is further agreed that if any individual authorized to give or receive written notice on behalf of a party pursuant to section (10) of the Escrow Agreement are unavailable to give or receive notice on behalf of that party due to separation from employment, retirement, death, or other circumstances, the successor or delegee of the named individual is deemed to be the individual authorized to give or receive notice pursuant to section (10) of the Escrow Agreement. (B) Release of Undisputed Retention. All undisputed retention, less any amounts that may be assessed as liquidated damages, retained for stop notices, or otherwise withheld pursuant to Section 8.3, Adjustment of Payment Application, will be released as Final Payment to Contractor no sooner than 35 days following recordation of the notice of completion, and no later than 60 days following acceptance of the Project by City’s governing body or authorized designee pursuant to Section 11.1(C), Acceptance, or, if the Project has not been accepted, no later than 60 days after the Project is otherwise considered complete pursuant to Public Contract Code § 7107(c). 8.6 Payment to Subcontractors and Suppliers. Each month, Contractor must promptly pay each Subcontractor and supplier the value of the portion of labor, materials, and equipment incorporated into the Work or delivered to the Project site by the Subcontractor or supplier during the preceding month. Such payments must be made in accordance with the requirements of Laws pertaining to such payments, and those of the Contract Documents and applicable subcontract or supplier contract. (A) Withholding for Stop Notice. Pursuant to Civil Code § 9358, City will withhold 125% of the amount claimed by an unreleased stop notice, a portion of which may be retained by City for the costs incurred in handling the stop notice claim, including attorneys’ fees and costs, as authorized by law. (B) Joint Checks. City reserves the right, acting in its sole discretion, to issue joint checks made payable to Contractor and a Subcontractor or supplier, if City determines this is necessary to ensure fair and timely payment for a Subcontractor or supplier who has provided services or goods for the Project. As a condition to release of payment by a joint check, the joint check payees may be required to execute a joint check agreement in a form provided or approved by the City Attorney’s Office. The joint check payees will be jointly and severally responsible for the allocation and disbursement of funds paid by joint check. Payment by joint check will not be construed to create a contractual relationship between City and a Subcontractor or supplier of any tier beyond the scope of the joint check agreement. 8.7 Final Payment. Contractor’s application for Final Payment must comply with the requirements for submitting an application for a progress payment as stated in Section 8.2, above. Corrections to previous progress payments, including adjustments to estimated quantities for unit priced items, may be included in the Final Payment. If Contractor fails to submit a timely application for Final Payment, City reserves the right to unilaterally process and issue Final Payment without an application from Contractor in order to close out the Project. For the purposes of determining the deadline for Claim submission pursuant to Article 12, the date of Final Payment is deemed to be the date that City acts to release undisputed retention as final payment to Contractor, or otherwise provides written notice to Contractor of Final Payment or that no undisputed funds remain available for Final Payment due to offsetting withholdings or deductions pursuant to Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 62 Section 8.3, Adjustment of Payment Application. If the amount due from Contractor to City exceeds the amount of Final Payment, City retains the right to recover the balance from Contractor or its sureties. 8.8 Release of Claims. City may, at any time, require that payment of the undisputed portion of any progress payment or Final Payment be contingent upon Contractor furnishing City with a written waiver and release of all claims against City arising from or related to the portion of Work covered by those undisputed amounts subject to the limitations of Public Contract Code § 7100. Any disputed amounts may be specifically excluded from the release. 8.9 Warranty of Title. Contractor warrants that title to all work, materials, or equipment incorporated into the Work and included in a request for payment will pass over to City free of any claims, liens, or encumbrances upon payment to Contractor. Article 9 - Labor Provisions 9.1 Discrimination Prohibited. Discrimination against any prospective or present employee engaged in the Work on grounds of race, color, ancestry, national origin, ethnicity, religion, sex, sexual orientation, age, disability, or marital status is strictly prohibited. Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to comply with all applicable Laws prohibiting discrimination, including the California Fair Employment and Housing Act (Govt. Code § 12900 et seq.), Government Code § 11135, and Labor Code §§ 1735, 1777.5, 1777.6, and 3077.5. 9.2 Labor Code Requirements. (A) Eight Hour Day. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1810, eight hours of labor constitute a legal day’s work under this Contract. (B) Penalty. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1813, Contractor will forfeit to City as a penalty, the sum of $25.00 for each day during which a worker employed by Contractor or any Subcontractor is required or permitted to work more than eight hours in any one calendar day or more than 40 hours per calendar week, except if such workers are paid overtime under Labor Code § 1815. (C) Apprentices. Contractor is responsible for compliance with the requirements governing employment and payment of apprentices, as set forth in Labor Code § 1777.5, which is fully incorporated by reference. (D) Notices. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1771.4, Contractor is required to post all job site notices prescribed by Laws. 9.3 Prevailing Wages. Each worker performing Work under this Contract that is covered under Labor Code §§ 1720 or 1720.9, including cleanup at the Project site, must be paid at a rate not less than the prevailing wage as defined in §§ 1771 and 1774 of the Labor Code. The prevailing wage rates are on file with the City and available online at http://www.dir.ca.gov/dlsr. Contractor must post a copy of the applicable prevailing rates at the Project site. (A) Penalties. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1775, Contractor and any Subcontractor will forfeit to City as a penalty up to $200.00 for each calendar day, or portion a day, for each worker paid less than the applicable prevailing wage rate. Contractor must also pay each worker the difference between the applicable prevailing wage rate and the amount actually paid to that worker. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 63 (B) Federal Requirements. If this Project is subject to federal prevailing wage requirements in addition to California prevailing wage requirements, Contractor and its Subcontractors are required to pay the higher of the currently applicable state or federal prevailing wage rates. 9.4 Payroll Records. Contractor must comply with the provisions of Labor Code §§ 1776 and 1812 and all implementing regulations, which are fully incorporated by this reference, including requirements for electronic submission of payroll records to the DIR. (A) Contractor and Subcontractor Obligations. Contractor and each Subcontractor must keep accurate payroll records, showing the name, address, social security number, work classification, straight time and overtime hours worked each day and week, and the actual per diem wages paid to each journeyman, apprentice, worker, or other employee employed in connection with the Work. Each payroll record must contain or be verified by a written declaration that it is made under penalty of perjury, stating both of the following: (1) The information contained in the payroll record is true and correct; and (2) Contractor or the Subcontractor has complied with the requirements of Labor Code §§ 1771, 1811, and 1815 for any Work performed by its employees on the Project. (B) Certified Record. A certified copy of an employee’s payroll record must be made available for inspection or furnished to the employee or his or her authorized representative on request, to City, to the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, to the Division of Apprenticeship Standards of the DIR, and as further required by the Labor Code. (C) Enforcement. Upon notice of noncompliance with Labor Code § 1776, Contractor or Subcontractor has ten days in which to comply with the requirements of this section. If Contractor or Subcontractor fails to do so within the ten-day period, Contractor or Subcontractor will forfeit a penalty of $100.00 per day, or portion a day, for each worker for whom compliance is required, until strict compliance is achieved. Upon request by the Division of Apprenticeship Standards, or the Division of Labor Standards Enforcement, these penalties will be withheld from payments then due to Contractor. 9.5 Labor Compliance. Pursuant to Labor Code § 1771.4, the Contract for this Project is subject to compliance monitoring and enforcement by the DIR. Article 10 - Safety Provisions 10.1 Safety Precautions and Programs. Contractor and its Subcontractors are fully responsible for safety precautions and programs, and for the safety of persons and property in the performance of the Work. Contractor and its Subcontractors must at all times comply with all applicable health and safety Laws and seek to avoid injury, loss, or damage to persons or property by taking reasonable steps to protect its employees and other persons at any Worksite, materials and equipment stored on or off site, and property at or adjacent to any Worksite. (A) Reporting Requirements. Contractor must immediately notify the City of any death, serious injury or illness resulting from Work on the Project. Contractor must immediately provide a written report to City of each recordable accident or injury occurring at any Worksite within 24 hours of the occurrence. The written report must Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 64 include: (1) the name and address of the injured or deceased person; (2) the name and address of each employee of Contractor or of any Subcontractor involved in the incident; (3) a detailed description of the incident, including precise location, time, and names and contact information for known witnesses; and (4) a police or first responder report, if applicable. If Contractor is required to file an accident report with a government agency, Contractor will provide a copy of the report to City. (B) Legal Compliance. Contractor’s safety program must comply with the applicable legal and regulatory requirements. Contractor must provide City with copies of all notices required by Laws. (C) Contractor’s Obligations. Any damage or loss caused by Contractor arising from the Work which is not insured under property insurance must be promptly remedied by Contractor. (D) Remedies. If City determines, in its sole discretion, that any part of the Work or Project site is unsafe, City may, without assuming responsibility for Contractor’s safety program, require Contractor or its Subcontractor to cease performance of the Work or to take corrective measures to City’s satisfaction. If Contractor fails to promptly take the required corrective measures, City may perform them and deduct the cost from the Contract Price. Contractor agrees it is not entitled to submit a Claim for damages, for an increase in Contract Price, or for a change in Contract Time based on Contractor’s compliance with City’s request for corrective measures pursuant to this provision. 10.2 Hazardous Materials. Unless otherwise specified in the Contract Documents, this Contract does not include the removal, handling, or disturbance of any asbestos or other Hazardous Materials. If Contractor encounters materials on the Project site that Contractor reasonably believes to be asbestos or other Hazardous Materials, and the asbestos or other Hazardous Materials have not been rendered harmless, Contractor may continue Work in unaffected areas reasonably believed to be safe, but must immediately cease work on the area affected and report the condition to City. No asbestos, asbestos-containing products or other Hazardous Materials may be used in performance of the Work. 10.3 Material Safety. Contractor is solely responsible for complying with § 5194 of Title 8 of the California Code of Regulations, including by providing information to Contractor’s employees about any hazardous chemicals to which they may be exposed in the course of the Work. A hazard communication program and other forms of warning and training about such exposure must be used. Contractor must also maintain Safety Data Sheets (“SDS”) at the Project site, as required by Laws, for materials or substances used or consumed in the performance of the Work. The SDS will be accessible and available to Contractor’s employees, Subcontractors, and City. (A) Contractor Obligations. Contractor is solely responsible for the proper delivery, handling, use, storage, removal, and disposal of all materials brought to the Project site and/or used in the performance of the Work. Contractor must notify the Engineer if a specified product or material cannot be used safely. (B) Labeling. Contractor must ensure proper labeling on any material brought onto the Project site so that any persons working with or in the vicinity of the material may be informed as to the identity of the material, any potential hazards, and requirements for proper handling, protections, and disposal. 10.4 Hazardous Condition. Contractor is solely responsible for determining whether a hazardous condition exists or is created during the course of the Work, involving a risk of bodily harm to any person or risk of damage to any property. If a hazardous condition Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 65 exists or is created, Contractor must take all precautions necessary to address the condition and ensure that the Work progresses safely under the circumstances. Hazardous conditions may result from, but are not limited to, use of specified materials or equipment, the Work location, the Project site condition, the method of construction, or the way any Work must be performed. 10.5 Emergencies. In an emergency affecting the safety or protection of persons, Work, or property at or adjacent to any Worksite, Contractor must take reasonable and prompt actions to prevent damage, injury, or loss, without prior authorization from the City if, under the circumstances, there is inadequate time to seek prior authorization from the City. Article 11 - Completion and Warranty Provisions 11.1 Final Completion. (A) Final Inspection and Punch List. When the Work required by this Contract is fully performed, Contractor must provide wr itten notification to City requesting final inspection. The Engineer will schedule the date and time for final inspection, which must include Contractor’s primary representative for this Project and its superintendent. Based on that inspection, City will prepare a punch list of any items that are incomplete, missing, defective, incorrectly installed, or otherwise not compliant with the Contract Documents. The punch list to Contractor will specify the time by which all of the punch list items must be completed or corrected. The punch list may include City’s estimated cost to complete each punch list item if Contractor fails to do so within the specified time. The omission of any non-compliant item from a punch list will not relieve Contractor from fulfilling all requirements of the Contract Documents. Contractor’s failure to complete any punch list item within the time specified in the punch list will not waive or abridge its warranty obligations for any such items that must be completed by the City or by a third party retained by the City due to Contractor’s failure to timely complete any such outstanding item. (B) Requirements for Final Completion. Final Completion will be achieved upon completion or correction of all punch list items, as verified by City’s further inspection, and upon satisfaction of all other Contract requirements, including any commissioning required under the Contract Documents and submission of all final submittals, including instructions and manuals as required under Section 7.10, and complete, final as-built drawings as required under Section 7.11, all to City’s satisfaction. (C) Acceptance. The Project will be considered accepted upon City Council action during a public meeting to accept the Project, unless the Engineer is authorized to accept the Project, in which case the Project will be considered accepted upon the date of the Engineer’s issuance of a written notice of acceptance. In order to avoid delay of Project close out, the City may elect, acting in its sole discretion, to accept the Project as complete subject to exceptions for punch list items that are not completed within the time specified in the punch list. (D) Final Payment and Release of Retention. Final Payment and release of retention, less any sums withheld pursuant to the provisions of the Contract Documents, will not be made sooner than 35 days after recordation of the notice of completion. If Contractor fails to complete all of the punch list items within the specified time, City may withhold up to 150% of City’s estimated cost to complete each of the remaining items from Final Payment and may use the withheld retention to pay for the costs to self- perform the outstanding items or to retain a third party to complete any such outstanding punch list item. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 66 11.2 Warranty. (A) General. Contractor warrants that all materials and equipment will be new unless otherwise specified, of good quality, in conformance with the Contract Documents , and free from defective workmanship and materials. Contractor further warrants that the Work will be free from material defects not intrinsic in the design or materials required in the Contract Documents. Contractor warrants that materials or items incorporated into the Work comply with the requirements and standards in the Contract Documents, including compliance with Laws, and that any Hazardous Materials encountered or used were handled as required by Laws. At City’s request, Contractor must furnish satisfactory evidence of the quality and type of materials and equipment furnished. Contractor’s warranty does not extend to damage caused by normal wear and tear, or improper use or maintenance. (B) Warranty Period. Contractor’s warranty must guarantee its Work for a period of one year from the date of Project acceptance (the “Warranty Period”), except when a longer guarantee is provided by a supplier or manufacturer or is required by the Specifications or Special Conditions. Contractor must obtain from its Subcontractors, suppliers and manufacturers any special or extended warranties required by the Contract Documents. (C) Warranty Documents. As a condition precedent to Final Completion, Contractor must supply City with all warranty and guarantee documents relevant to equipment and materials incorporated into the Work and guaranteed by their suppliers or manufacturers. (D) Subcontractors. The warranty obligations in the Contract Documents apply to Work performed by Contractor and its Subcontractors, and Contractor agrees to be co- guarantor of such Work. (E) Contractor’s Obligations. Upon written notice from City to Contractor of any defect in the Work discovered during the Warranty Period, Contractor or its responsible Subcontractor must promptly correct the defective Work at its own cost. Contractor’s obligation to correct defects discovered during the Warranty Period will continue past the expiration of the Warranty Period as to any defects in Work for which Contractor was notified prior to expiration of the Warranty Period. Work performed during the Warranty Period (“Warranty Work”) will be subject to the warranty provisions in this Section 11.2 for a one-year period that begins upon completion of such Warranty Work to City’s satisfaction. (F) City’s Remedies. If Contractor or its responsible Subcontractor fails to correct defective Work within ten days following notice by City, or sooner if required by the circumstances, City may correct the defects to conform with the Contract Documents at Contractor’s sole expense. Contractor must reimburse City for its costs in accordance with subsection (H), below. (G) Emergency Repairs. In cases of emergency where any delay in correcting defective Work could cause harm, loss or damage, City may immediately correct the defects to conform with the Contract Documents at Contractor’s sole expense. Contractor or its surety must reimburse City for its costs in accordance with subsection (H), below. (H) Reimbursement. Contractor must reimburse City for its costs to repair under subsections (F) or (G), above, within 30 days following City’s submission of a demand for payment pursuant to this provision. If City is required to initiate legal action to compel Contractor’s compliance with this provision, and City is the prevailing party in such action, Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 67 Contractor and its surety are solely responsible for all of City’s attorney’s fees and legal costs expended to enforce Contractor’s warranty obligations herein in addition to any and all costs City incurs to correct the defective Work. 11.3 Use Prior to Final Completion. City reserves the right to occupy or make use of the Project, or any portions of the Project, prior to Final Completion if City has determined that the Project or portion of it is in a condition suitable for the proposed occupation or use, and that it is in its best interest to occupy or make use of the Project, or any portions of it, prior to Final Completion. City will notify Contractor in writing of its intent to occupy or make use of the Project or any portions of the Project, pursuant to this provision. (A) Non-Waiver. Occupation or use of the Project, in whole or in part, prior to Final Completion will not operate as acceptance of the Work or any portion of it, nor will it operate as a waiver of any of City’s rights or Contractor’s duties pursuant to these Contract Documents, and will not affect nor bear on the determination of the time of substantial completion with respect to any statute of repose pertaining to the time for filing an action for construction defect. (B) City’s Responsibility. City will be responsible for the cost of maintenance and repairs due to normal wear and tear with respect to those portions of the Project that are being occupied or used before Final Completion. The Contract Price or the Contract Time may be adjusted pursuant to the applicable provisions of these Contract Documents if, and only to the extent that, any occupation or use under this Section actually adds to Contractor’s cost or time to complete the Work within the Contract Time. 11.4 Substantial Completion. For purposes of determining “substantial completion” with respect to any statute of repose pertaining to the time for filing an action for construction defect, “substantial completion” is deemed to mean the last date that Contractor or any Subcontractor performs Work on the Project prior to City acceptance of the Project, except for warranty work performed under this Article. Article 12 - Dispute Resolution 12.1 Claims. This Article applies to and provides the exclusive procedures for any Claim arising from or related to the Contract or performance of the Work. (A) Definition. “Claim” means a separate demand by Contractor, submitted in writing by registered or certified mail with return receipt requested, for a change in the Contract Time, including a time extension or relief from liquidated damages, or a change in the Contract Price, when the demand has previously been submitted to City in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents, and which has been rejected or disputed by City, in whole or in part. A Claim may also include that portion of a unilateral Change Order that is disputed by the Contractor. (B) Limitations. A Claim may only include the portion of a previously rejected demand that remains in dispute between Contractor and City. With the exception of any dispute regarding the amount of money actually paid to Contractor as Final Payment, Contractor is not entitled to submit a Claim demanding a change in the Contract Time or the Contract Price, which has not previously been submitted to City in full compliance with Article 5 and Article 6, and subsequently rejected in whole or in part by City. (C) Scope of Article. This Article is intended to provide the exclusive procedures for submission and resolution of Claims of any amount and applies in addition to the provisions of Public Contract Code § 9204 and § 20104 et seq., which are incorporated by reference herein. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 68 (D) No Work Delay. Notwithstanding the submission of a Claim or any other dispute between the parties related to the Project or the Contract Documents, Contractor must perform the Work and may not delay or cease Work pending resolution of a Claim or other dispute, but must continue to diligently prosecute the performance and timely completion of the Work, including the Work pertaining to the Claim or other dispute. (E) Informal Resolution. Contractor will make a good faith effort to informally resolve a dispute before initiating a Claim, preferably by face-to-face meeting between authorized representatives of Contractor and City. 12.2 Claims Submission. The following requirements apply to any Claim subject to this Article: (A) Substantiation. The Claim must be submitted to City in writing, clearly identified as a “Claim” submitted pursuant to this Article 12 and must include all of the documents necessary to substantiate the Claim including the Change Order request that was rejected in whole or in part, and a copy of City’s written rejection that is in dispute. The Claim must clearly identify and describe the dispute, including relevant references to applicable portions of the Contract Documents, and a chronology of relevant events. Any Claim for additional payment must include a complete, itemized breakdown of all known or estimated labor, materials, taxes, insurance, and subcontract, or other costs. Substantiating documentation such as payroll records, receipts, invoices, or the like, must be submitted in support of each component of claimed cost. Any Claim for an extension of time or delay costs must be substantiated with a schedule analysis and narrative depicting and explaining claimed time impacts. (B) Claim Format and Content. A Claim must be submitted in the following format: (1) Provide a cover letter, specifically identifying the submission as a “Claim” submitted under this Article 12 and specifying the requested remedy (e.g., amount of proposed change to Contract Price and/or change to Contract Time). (2) Provide a summary of each Claim, including underlying facts and the basis for entitlement, and identify each specific demand at issue, including the specific Change Order request (by number and submittal date), and the date of City's rejection of that demand, in whole or in part. (3) Provide a detailed explanation of each issue in dispute. For multiple issues included within a single Claim or for multiple Claims submitted concurrently, separately number and identify each individual issue or Claim, and include the following for each separate issue or Claim: a. A succinct statement of the matter in dispute, including Contractor’s position and the basis for that position; b. Identify and attach all documents that substantiate the Claim, including relevant provisions of the Contract Documents, RFIs, calculations, and schedule analysis (see subsection (A), Substantiation, above); c. A chronology of relevant events; and d. Analysis and basis for claimed changes to Contract Price, Contract Time, or any other remedy requested. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 69 (4) Provide a summary of issues and corresponding claimed damages. If, by the time of the Claim submission deadline (below), the precise amount of the requested change in the Contract Price or Contract Time is not ye t known, Contractor must provide a good faith estimate, including the basis for that estimate, and must identify the date by which it is anticipated that the Claim will be updated to provide final amounts. (5) Include the following certification, executed by Contractor’s authorized representative: “The undersigned Contractor certifies under penalty of perjury that its statements and representations in this Claim submittal are true and correct. Contractor warrants that this Claim submittal is comprehensive and complete as to the matters in dispute, and agrees that any costs, expenses, or delay not included herein are deemed waived.” (C) Submission Deadlines. (1) A Claim disputing rejection of a request for a change in the Contract Time or Contract Price must be submitted within 15 days following the date that City notified Contractor in writing that a request for a change in the Contract Time or Contract Price, duly submitted in compliance with Article 5 and Article 6, has been rejected in whole or in part. A Claim disputing the terms of a unilateral Change Order must be submitted within 15 days following the date of issuance of the unilateral Change Order. These Claim deadlines apply even if Contractor cannot yet quantify the total amount of any requested change in the Contract Time or Contract Price. If the Contractor cannot quantify those amounts, it must submit an estimate of the amounts claimed pending final determination of the requested remedy by Contractor. (2) With the exception of any dispute regarding the amount of Final Payment, any Claim must be filed on or before the date of Final Payment or will be deemed waived. (3) A Claim disputing the amount of Final Payment must be submitted within 15 days of the effective date of Final Payment, under Section 8.7, Final Payment. (4) Strict compliance with these Claim submission deadlines is necessary to ensure that any dispute may be mitigated as soon as possible, and to facilitate cost-efficient administration of the Project. Any Claim that is not submitted within the specified deadlines will be deemed waived by Contractor. 12.3 City’s Response. City will respond within 45 days of receipt of the Claim with a written statement identifying which portion(s) of the Claim are disputed, unless the 45-day period is extended by mutual agreement of City and Contractor or as otherwise allowed under Public Contract Code § 9204. However, if City determines that the Claim is not adequately substantiated pursuant to Section 12.2(A), Substantiation, City may first request in writing, within 30 days of receipt of the Claim, any additional documentation supporting the Claim or relating to defenses to the Claim that City may have against the Claim. (A) Additional Information. If additional information is thereafter required, it may be requested and provided upon mutual agreement of City and Contractor. If Contractor’s Claim is based on estimated amounts, Contractor has a continuing duty to update its Claim as soon as possible with information on actual amounts in order to facilitate prompt and fair resolution of the Claim. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 70 (B) Non-Waiver. Any failure by City to respond within the times specified above will not be construed as acceptance of the Claim, in whole or in part, or as a waiver of any provision of these Contract Documents. 12.4 Meet and Confer. If Contractor disputes City’s written response, or City fails to respond within the specified time, within 15 days of receipt of City’s response or within 15 days of City’s failure to respond within the applicable 45-day time period under Section 12.3, respectively, Contractor may notify City of the dispute in writing sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, and demand an informal conference to meet and confer for settlement of the issues in dispute. If Contractor fails to dispute City’s response in writing within the specified time, Contractor’s Claim will be deemed waived. (A) Schedule Meet and Confer. Upon receipt of the demand to meet and confer, City will schedule the meet and confer conference to be held within 30 days, or later if needed to ensure the mutual availability of each of the individuals that each party requires to represent its interests at the meet and confer conference. (B) Location for Meet and Confer. The meet and confer conference will be scheduled at a location at or near City’s principal office. (C) Written Statement After Meet and Confer. Within ten working days after the meet and confer has concluded, City will issue a written statement identifying which portion(s) of the Claim remain in dispute, if any. (D) Submission to Mediation. If the Claim or any portion remains in dispute following the meet and confer conference, within ten working days after the City issues the written statement identifying any portion(s) of the Claim remaining in dispute, the Contractor may identify in writing disputed portion(s) of the Claim, which will be submitted for mediation, as set forth below. 12.5 Mediation and Government Code Claims. (A) Mediation. Within ten working days after the City issues the written statement identifying any portion(s) of the Claim remaining in dispute following the meet and confer, City and Contractor will mutually agree to a mediator, as provided under Public Contract Code § 9204. Mediation will be scheduled to ensure the mutual availability of the selected mediator and all of the individuals that each party requires to represent its interests. If there are multiple Claims in dispute, the parties may agree to schedule the mediation to address all outstanding Claims at the same time. The parties will share the costs of the mediator and mediation fees equally, but each party is otherwise solely and separately responsible for its own costs to prepare for and participate in the mediation, including costs for its legal counsel or any other consultants. (B) Government Code Claims. (1) Timely presentation of a Government Code Claim is a condition precedent to filing any legal action based on or arising from the Contract. Compliance with the Claim submission requirements in this Article 12 is a condition precedent to filing a Government Code Claim. (2) The time for filing a Government Code Claim will be tolled from the time Contractor submits its written Claim pursuant to Section 12.2, above, until the time that Claim is denied in whole or in part at the conclusion of the meet and confer process, including any period of time used by the meet and confer process. However, if the Claim is submitted to mediation, the time for filing a Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 71 Government Code Claim will be tolled until conclusion of the mediation, including any continuations, if the Claim is not fully resolved by mutual agreement of the parties during the mediation or any continuation of the mediation. 12.6 Tort Claims. This Article does not apply to tort claims and nothing in this Article is intended nor will be construed to change the time periods for filing tort-based Government Code Claims. 12.7 Arbitration. It is expressly agreed, under Code of Civil Procedure § 1296, that in any arbitration to resolve a dispute relating to this Contract, the arbitrator’s award must be supported by law and substantial evidence. 12.8 Burden of Proof and Limitations. Contractor bears the burden of proving entitlement to and the amount of any claimed damages. Contractor is not entitled to damages calculated on a total cost basis, but must prove actual damages. Contractor is not entitled to speculative, special, or consequential damages, including home office overhead or any form of overhead not directly incurred at the Project site or any other Worksite; lost profits; loss of productivity; lost opportunity to work on other projects; diminished bonding capacity; increased cost of financing for the Project; extended capital costs; non - availability of labor, material or equipment due to delays; or any other indire ct loss arising from the Contract. The Eichleay Formula or similar formula will not be used for any recovery under the Contract. The City will not be directly liable to any Subcontractor or supplier. 12.9 Legal Proceedings. In any legal proceeding that involves enforcement of any requirements of the Contract Documents, the finder of fact will receive detailed instructions on the meaning and operation of the Contract Documents, including conditions, limitations of liability, remedies, claim procedures, and other provisions bearing on the defenses and theories of liability. Detailed findings of fact will be requested to verify enforcement of the Contract Documents. All of the City's remedies under the Contract Documents will be construed as cumulative, and not exclusive, and the City reserves all rights to all remedies available under law or equity as to any dispute arising from or relating to the Contract Documents or performance of the Work. 12.10 Other Disputes. The procedures in this Article 12 will apply to any and all disputes or legal actions, in addition to Claims, arising from or related to this Contract, including disputes regarding suspension or early termination of the Contract, unless and only to the extent that compliance with a procedural requirement is expressly and specifically waived by City. Nothing in this Article is intended to delay suspension or termination under Article 13. Article 13 - Suspension and Termination 13.1 Suspension for Cause. In addition to all other remedies available to City, if Contractor fails to perform or correct Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, including non-compliance with applicable environmental or health and safety Laws, City may immediately order the Work, or any portion of it, suspended until the circumstances giving rise to the suspension have been eliminated to City’s satisfaction. (A) Notice of Suspension. Upon receipt of City’s written notice to suspend the Work, in whole or in part, except as otherwise specified in the notice of suspension, Contractor and its Subcontractors must promptly stop Work as specified in the notice of suspension; comply with directions for cleaning and securing the Worksite; and protect the completed and in-progress Work and materials. Contractor is solely responsible for Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 72 any damages or loss resulting from its failure to adequately secure and protect the Project. (B) Resumption of Work. Upon receipt of the City’s written notice to resume the suspended Work, in whole or in part, except as otherwise specified in the notice to resume, Contractor and its Subcontractors must promptly re-mobilize and resume the Work as specified; and within ten days from the date of the notice to resume, Contractor must submit a recovery schedule, prepared in accordance with the Contract Documents, showing how Contractor will complete the Work within the Contract Time. (C) Failure to Comply. Contractor will not be entitled to an increase in the Contract Time or Contract Price for a suspension occasioned by Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents. (D) No Duty to Suspend. City’s right to suspend the Work will not give rise to a duty to suspend the Work, and City’s failure to suspend the Work will not constitute a defense to Contractor’s failure to comply with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 13.2 Suspension for Convenience. City reserves the right to suspend, delay, or interrupt the performance of the Work in whole or in part, for a period of time determined to be appropriate for City’s convenience. Upon notice by City pursuant to this provision, Contractor must immediately suspend, delay, or interrupt the Work and secure the Project site as directed by City except for taking measures to protect completed or in- progress Work as directed in the suspension notice, and subject to the provisions of Section 13.1(A) and (B), above. If Contractor submits a timely request for a Change Order in compliance with Articles 5 and 6, t he Contract Price and the Contract Time will be equitably adjusted by Change Order pursuant to the terms of Articles 5 and 6 to reflect the cost and delay impact occasioned by such suspension for convenience , except to the extent that any such impacts were caused by Contractor’s failure to comply with the Contract Documents or the terms of the suspension notice or notice to resume. However, the Contract Time will only be extended if the suspension causes or will cause unavoidable delay in Final Completion. If Contractor disputes the terms of a Change Order issued for such equitable adjustment due to suspension for convenience, its sole recourse is to comply with the Claim procedures in Article 12. 13.3 Termination for Default. City may declare that Contractor is in default of the Contract for a material breach of or inability to fully, promptly, or satisfactorily perform its obligations under the Contract. (A) Default. Events giving rise to a declaration of default include Contractor’s refusal or failure to supply sufficient skilled workers, proper materials, or equipment to perform the Work within the Contract Time; Contractor’s refusal or failure to make prompt payment to its employees, Subcontractors, or suppliers or to correct defective Work or damage; Contractor’s failure to comply with Laws, or orders of any public agency with jurisdiction over the Project; evidence of Contractor’s bankruptcy, insolvency, or lack of financial capacity to complete the Work as required within the Contract Time; suspension, revocation, or expiration and nonrenewal of Contractor’s license or DIR registration ; dissolution, liquidation, reorganization, or other major change in Contractor’s organization, ownership, structure, or existence as a business entity; unauthorized assignment of Contractor’s rights or duties under the Contract; or any material breach of the Contract requirements. (B) Notice of Default and Opportunity to Cure. Upon City’s declaration that Contractor is in default due to a material breach of the Contract Documents, if City determines that the default is curable, City will afford Contractor the opportunity to cure Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 73 the default within ten days of City’s notice of default, or within a period of time reasonably necessary for such cure, including a shorter period of time if applicable. (C) Termination. If Contractor fails to cure the default or fails to expediently take steps reasonably calculated to cure the default within the time period specified in the notice of default, City may issue written notice to Contractor and its performance bond surety of City’s termination of the Contract for default. (D) Waiver. Time being of the essence in the performance of the Work, if Contractor’s surety fails to arrange for completion of the Work in accordance with the Performance Bond within seven calendar days from the date of the notice of termination pursuant to paragraph (C), City may immediately make arrangements for the completion of the Work through use of its own forces, by hiring a replacement contractor, or by any other means that City determines advisable under the circumstances. Contractor and its surety will be jointly and severally liable for any additional cost incurred by City to complete the Work following termination, where “additional cost” means all cost in excess of the cost City would have incurred if Contactor had timely completed Work without the default and termination. In addition, City will have the right to immediate possession and use of any materials, supplies, and equipment procured for the Project and located at the Project site or any Worksite on City property for the purposes of completing the remaining Work. (E) Compensation. Within 30 days of receipt of updated as-builts, all warranties, manuals, instructions, or other required documents for Work installed to date, and delivery to City of all equipment and materials for the Project for which Contractor has already been compensated, Contractor will be compensated for the Work satisfactorily performed in compliance with the Contract Documents up to the effective date of the termination pursuant to the terms of Article 8, Payment, subject to City’s rights to withhold or deduct sums from payment otherwise due pursuant to Section 8.3, and excluding any costs Contractor incurs as a result of the termination, including any cancellation or restocking charges or fees due to third parties. If Contractor disputes the amount of compensation determined by City, its sole recourse is to comply with the Claim Procedures in Article 12, by submitting a Claim no later than 30 days following notice from City of the total compensation to be paid by City. (F) Wrongful Termination. If Contractor disputes the termination, its sole recourse is to comply with the Claim procedures in Article 12. If a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator later determines that the termination for default was wrongful, the termination will be deemed to be a termination for convenience, and Contractor’s damages will be strictly limited to the compensation provided for termination for convenience under Section 13.4, below. Contractor waives any claim for any other damages for wrongful termination including special or consequential damages, lost opportunity costs, or lost profits, and any award of damages is subject to Section 12.8, Burden of Proof and Limitations. 13.4 Termination for Convenience. City reserves the right, acting in its sole discretion, to terminate all or part of the Contract for convenience upon written notice to Contractor. (A) Compensation to Contractor. In the event of City’s termination for convenience, Contractor waives any claim for damages, including for loss of anticipated profits from the Project. The following will constitute full and fair compensation to Contractor, and Contractor will not be entitled to any additional claim or compensation: (1) Completed Work. The value of its Work satisfactorily performed as of the date notice of termination is received, based on Contractor’s schedule of values Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 74 and unpaid costs for items delivered to the Project site that were fabricated for incorporation in the Work; (2) Demobilization. Demobilization costs specified in the schedule of values, or if demobilizations cost were not provided in a schedule of values pursuant to Section 8.1, then based on actual, reasonable, and fully documented demobilization costs; and (3) Termination Markup. Five percent of the total value of the Work performed as of the date of notice of termination, including reasonable, actual, and documented costs to comply with the direction in the notice of termination for convenience, and demobilization costs, which is deemed to cover all overhead and profit to date. (B) Disputes. If Contractor disputes the amount of compensation determined by City pursuant to paragraph (A), above, its sole recourse is to comply with the Claim procedures in Article 12, by submitting a Claim no later than 30 days following notice from City of total compensation to be paid by City. 13.5 Actions Upon Termination for Default or Convenience. The following provisions apply to any termination under this Article, whether for default or convenience, and whether in whole or in part. (A) General. Upon termination City may immediately enter upon and take possession of the Project and the Work and all tools, equipment, appliances, materials, and supplies procured or fabricated for the Project. Contractor will transfer title to and deliver all completed Work and all Work in progress to City. (B) Submittals. Unless otherwise specified in the notice of termination, Contractor must immediately submit to City all designs, drawings, as-built drawings, Project records, contracts with vendors and Subcontractors, manufacturer warranties, manuals, and other such submittals or Work-related documents required under the terms of the Contract Documents, including incomplete documents or drafts. (C) Close Out Requirements. Except as otherwise specified in the notice of termination, Contractor must comply with all of the following: (1) Immediately stop the Work, except for any Work that must be completed pursuant to the notice of termination and comply with City’s instructions for cessation of labor and securing the Project and any other Worksite(s). (2) Comply with City’s instructions to protect the completed Work and materials, using best efforts to minimize further costs. (3) Contractor must not place further orders or enter into new subcontracts for materials, equipment, services or facilities, except as may be necessary to complete any portion of the Work that is not terminated. (4) As directed in the notice, Contractor must assign to City or cancel existing subcontracts that relate to performance of the terminated Work, subject to any prior rights, if any, of the surety for Contractor’s performance bond, and settle all outstanding liabilities and claims, subject to City’s approval. (5) As directed in the notice, Contractor must use its best efforts to sell any materials, supplies, or equipment intended solely for the terminated Work in a manner and at market rate prices acceptable to City. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 75 (D) Payment Upon Termination. Upon completion of all termination obligations, as specified herein and in the notice of termination, Contractor will submit its request for Final Payment, including any amounts due following termination pursuant to this Article 13. Payment will be made in accordance to the provisions of Article 8, based on the portion of the Work satisfactorily completed, including the close out requirements, and consistent with the previously submitted schedule of values and unit pricing, including demobilization costs. Adjustments to Final Payment may include deductions for the cost of materials, supplies, or equipment retained by Contractor; payments received for sale of any such materials, supplies, or equipment, less re-stocking fees charged; and as otherwise specified in Section 8.3, Adjustment of Payment Application. (E) Continuing Obligations. Regardless of any Contract termination, Contractor’s obligations for portions of the Work already performed will continue and the provisions of the Contract Documents will remain in effect as to any claim, indemnity obligation, warranties, guarantees, submittals of as-built drawings, instructions, or manuals, record maintenance, or other such rights and obligations arising prior to the termination date. Article 14 - Miscellaneous Provisions 14.1 Assignment of Unfair Business Practice Claims. Under Public Contract Code § 7103.5, Contractor and its Subcontractors agree to assign to City all rights, title, and interest in and to all causes of action it may have under section 4 of the Clayton Act (15 U.S.C. § 15) or under the Cartwright Act (Chapter 2 (commencing with § 16700) of Part 2 of Division 7 of the Business and Professions Code), arising from purchases of goods, services, or materials pursuant to the Contract or any subcontract. This assignment will be effective at the time City tenders Final Payment to Contractor, without further acknowledgement by the parties. 14.2 Provisions Deemed Inserted. Every provision of law required to be inserted in the Contract Documents is deemed to be inserted, and the Contract Documents will be construed and enforced as though such provision has been included. If it is discovered that through mistake or otherwise that any required provision was not inserted, or not correctly inserted, the Contract Documents will be deemed amended accordingly. 14.3 Waiver. City’s waiver of a breach, failure of any condition, or any right or remedy contained in or granted by the provisions of the Contract Documents will not be effective unless it is in writing and signed by City. City’s waiver of any breach, failure, right, or remedy will not be deemed a waiver of any other breach, failure, right, or remedy, whether or not similar, nor will any waiver constitute a continuing waiver unless specified in writing by City. 14.4 Titles, Headings, and Groupings. The titles and headings used and the groupings of provisions in the Contract Documents are for convenience only and may not be used in the construction or interpretation of the Contract Documents or relied upon for any other purpose. 14.5 Statutory and Regulatory References. With respect to any amendments to any statutes or regulations referenced in these Contract Documents, the reference is deemed to be the version in effect on the date that that bids were due. 14.6 Survival. The provisions that survive termination or expiration of this Contract include Contract Section 11, Notice, and subsections 12.1, 12.2, 12.3, 12.4, 12.5, and 12.6, of Section 12, General Provisions; and the following provisions in these General Conditions: Section 2.2(J), Contractor’s Records, Section 2.3(C), Termination, Section 3.7, Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form GENERAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07P Page 76 Ownership, Section 4.2, Indemnity, Article 12, Dispute Resolution, and Section 11.2, Warranty. END OF GENERAL CONDITIONS Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07 Page 77 Special Conditions 3. Existing Equipment 3.1 Contractor will carefully remove all existing equipment from the project site. If the City specifies or indicates that equipment is to be salvaged and reused or to remain on property of City then the Contractor will reuse or return the equipment to the City. Contractor will store and protect salvaged equipment specified to be reused in the Work. Contractor will deliver to the City in good condition the equipment that is to remain City property but not be reused in the Work. 3.2 If an item specified to be salvaged is damaged during its removal, storage, or handling through carelessness or improper procedures, then Contractor will replace that equipment in kind or with a new item. For those items specified to be salvaged Contractor may choose to instead furnish and install new equipment, in which case the original, removed items will become Contractor’s property. Existing materials and equipment removed by Contractor will only be reused in the Work if so specified or indicated by the City. 2. Work Days and Hours. 2.1 Work Hours. 7:00 a.m – 5:00 pm local time, weekdays, 9:00 a.m – 5:00 p.m on Saturdays, 9:00 a.m. to 4:00 p.m on Sundays. 2.2 Worker Arrival and Parking. Workers may arrive at the Project Site no earlier than 7:00 a.m. Violations of these requirements will result in a $3,000 penalty to Bidder/Contractor, per occurrence. 2.3 Equipment and Material Delivery and Off-Haul Hours. No equipment or material may be delivered or off-hauled except between the hours of 7:00 a.m. and 5:00 pm. In addition, all trucks shall comply with Truck Traffic Restrictions per section 11.32 of the Cupertino Municipal Code. No equipment that has a safety back up beeper may operate before 7:00 a.m. on any day. 2.4 Work Day Only. Work will only be performed on Work Days, as defined in the General Conditions, unless Contractor requests otherwise from City in writing at least 2 working days in advance, the City approves the request in its sole discretion. 2.5 Connections to Existing Facilities. Unless otherwise specified or indicated, Contractor will make all necessary connections to existing facilities, including structures, drain lines, and utilities such as water, sewer, gas, tele phone and electric. In each case, Contractor will receive permission from City or the owning utility prior to undertaking connections and coordinate as needed to accommodate the facilities operations. Contractor will protect facilities against deleterious substances and damage. 2.6 Noise Limitation. No non-construction noise will be allowed, this includes amplified music, radio or other noise no due to construction activities. 3. SUBMITTALS FOR QUALITY ASSURANCE. In the Technical Specifications, the City may specify quality assurance requirements, including qualifications for special skills and experience required of the Contractor. For any specified skill, the Contractor may Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07 Page 78 use a subcontractor that specializes in the work and meets the performance requirements, or the Contractor may self-perform the work, subject to demonstrating the necessary skill, experience, and/or certifications to perform the work. The Contractor will submit verification that the materials and labor skills meet the specified requirements prior to implementing the specific work through the submittal process. 4 Pre-Construction Conference. City will designate a date and time for a pre- construction conference with Contractor following Contract execution. Project administration procedures and coordination between City and Contractor will be discussed, and Contractor must present City with the following information or documents at the meeting for City’s review and acceptance before the Work commences: 4.1 Name, 24-hour contact information, and qualifications of the proposed on-site superintendent; 4.2 List of all key Project personnel and their co mplete contact information, including email addresses and telephone numbers during regular hours and after hours; 4.3 Staging plans that identify the sequence of the Work, including any phases and alternative sequences or phases, with the goal of minimizing the impacts on residents, businesses and other operations in the Project vicinity; 4.4 If required, traffic control plans associated with the staging plans that are signed and stamped by a licensed traffic engineer; 4.5 Draft baseline schedule for the Work as required under Section 5.2, to be finalized within ten days after City issues the Notice to Proceed; 4.6 Breakdown of lump sum bid items, to be used for determining the value of Work completed for future progress payments to Contractor; 4.7 Schedule with list of Project submittals that require City review, and list of the proposed material suppliers; 4.8 Plan for coordination with affected utility owner(s) and compliance with any related permit requirements; 4.9 Videotape and photographs recording the conditions throughout the pre- construction Project site, showing the existing improvements and current condition of the curbs, gutters, sidewalks, signs, landscaping, streetlights, structures near the Project such as building faces, canopies, shades and fences, and any other features within the Project area limits; 4.10 If requested by City, Contractor’s cash flow projections; and 4.11 Any other documents specified in the Special Conditions or Notice of Potential Award. 5. Insurance Requirements. The insurance requirements under Section 4.3 of the General Conditions are modified for this Contract, as set forth below. Except as expressly stated below, all other provisions in Section 4.3 are unchanged and remain in full forc e and effect. Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07 Page 79 5.1 Pollution Liability Insurance Waived. The pollution liability insurance policy requirement set forth in subsection 4.3(A)(4) of the General Conditions is hereby waived and does not apply to this Contract. 5.2 Builders Risk Insurance Waived. The builder’s risk insurance policy requirement set forth in subsection 4.3(A)(5) of the General Conditions is hereby waived and does not apply to this Contract. 6. Construction Manager Role and Authority. The Construction Manager will assist City in the management of the construction of the Project. The Construction Manager may perform services in the areas of supervision and coordination of the work of Contractor and/or other contractors, scheduling the Work, monitoring the progress of the Work, providing City with evaluations and recommendations concerning the quality of the Work, recommending the approval of progress payments to Contractor, or other services for the Project in accordance with the Construction Manager’s contract with City. 6.1 Communications. Contractor must submit all notices and communications relating to the Work directly to the Construction Manager in writing, as follows: To be Determined With a copy to the City Project Manager: Jo Anne Johnson joannej@cupertino.org 6.2 On-Site Management and Communication Procedures. The Construction Manager will provide and maintain a management team on the Project site to provide contract administration as an agent of City, and will establish and implement coordination and communication procedures among City, the Design Professional, Contractor, and others. 6.3 Contract Administration Procedures. The Construction Manager will establish and implement procedures for reviewing and processing requests for clarifications and interpretations of the Contract Documents, Shop Drawings, samples, other submittals, schedule adjustments, Change Order proposals, written proposals for substitutions, payment applications, and maintenance of logs. 6.4 Pre-Construction Conference. Contractor will attend the pre-construction conference, during which the Construction Manager will review the Contract administration procedures and Project requirements. 6.5 Contractor’s Construction Schedule. The Construction Manager will review Contractor’s construction schedules and will verify that each schedule is prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. 7. Construction and Demolition Debris Management Plan A completed construction and demolition (C&D) Debris Management Plan must be submitted using the City’s Green Halo on-line application.  All debris disposal and recycling from the construction project must be tracked throughout the duration of the project.  The contractor must use Green Halo cupertino.wastetracking.com to create their Plan and to submit all construction waste generation tonnage information.  No additional compensation will be paid for implementation of the Debris Management Plan and failure to meet all plan requirements may result in work stoppage, fines, and/or backcharges. For additional information, visit www.cupertino.org/greendev Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07 Page 80 8. Notification of Residents, Schools and Businesses – The Contractor shall notify, in writing, residents, businesses and schools within a 300 foot radius of project limits at a minimum of two times prior to start of construction. The first notice shall be given to all residents, businesses and schools within the project area five working days prior to any construction operation. The second notice shall be given to residents, businesses and schools two working days prior to any construction operation. Both notices shall be in writing and submitted to the Engineer for review and approval. Sample notice is below. Notices shall include the project name, describe the nature and duration of the Contractor’s operations, and provide a toll-free telephone number or (408) area code number at which a Contractor’s representative may be contacted 24 hour per day for problems or emergencies encountered by residents and/or businesses. Answering machines and voice mail shall not be permitted. Then notice will also contain the City’s Construction Management contact information. A separate notice shall be given at least two working days prior to any anticipated service/utility disruption or temporary closure of access to any driveway. The notice shall indicate the duration of the disruption. The Contractor shall submit a written request to the Engineer regarding the temporary closure of access to any driveway. No driveway access shall be closed by the Contractor at any time without prior written authorization from the Engineer. If construction operations are delayed for any reason beyond the duration stipulated in the notices, the Contractor shall re-issue written notices that explain the delay and provide a revised schedule. All written notices to residents, schools, businesses, agencies, etc. shall be submitted to the City for review and approval. Provide the City with a schedule of the notification deliveries so that the City can confirm that the notification was completed. Payment for compliance with this section shall be deemed included in the various other items of work, and no additional compensation will be allowed therefore. SAMPLE NOTICE: NOTICE TO RESIDENTS / BUSINESS OWNERS Date: [MONTH] [DAY], [YEAR] Subject: [NAME OF PROJECT] – [One Week OR Two Day] Notice This notice is to inform you that the City of Cupertino, Department of Public Works, has contracted with [CONTRACTOR NAME] to [SCOPE OF WORK] along [STREET NAME] from [ADJACENT CROSS STREET] to [ADJACENT CROSS STREET]. This [SCOPE OF WORK] will mainly occur on [WEEKDAYS, SEE “SCHEDULE OFWORKING DAYS/HOURS”] from [START TIME] to [END TIME] and is scheduled to start in your area APPROXIMATELY seven days from the date of this notice and will continue from [START DATE] until [END DATE]. Please be aware that there may be construction activities that cause traffic delays. [CONTRACTOR NAME] will make every effort to maintain normal traffic access and minimize disruption in your neighborhood. No Parking / Tow‐Away signs will be posted in affected areas two working days in advance of enforcement. Access to driveways will be maintained at ALL times during the construction. Prior to activities in your immediate area, you will be sent a notification TWO WORKING DAYS before work begins. [CONTRACTOR NAME] and the City of Cupertino, Department of Public Works, apologize for any inconvenience due to these activities. If you have any Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements 2021 Form SPECIAL CONDITIONS Project # 2022-07 Page 81 questions or need assistance as these activities progress, please call the number(s) listed below: [CONTRACTOR NAME] [NAME OF PROJECT MANAGER, CONTRACTOR) Project Manager (XXX) XXX‐XXXX (24-hour number) City of Cupertino (NAME OF CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT FIRM IF ONE) (PERSON’S NAME FROM CONSTRUCTION MANAGEMENT FIRM) (XXX) XXX‐XXXX (24-hour number) City Office: (408)777-3354 Department of Public Works Thank you for your patience and cooperation, [NAME OF PROJECT MANAGER, CONTRACTOR], Project Manager [NAME OF CONSTRUCTION FIRM] END OF SPECIAL CONDITIONS REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE T0.0 VI C I N I T Y M A P , D E S I G N D A T A , & S H E E T I N D E X BLACKBERRY FARM AQUATIC CENTER SLIDE & RECREATION POOL IMPROVEMENTS 21975 SAN FERNANDO AVENUE CUPERTINO, CALIFORNIA 95014 ABBREVIATION LEGEND @ AT DIM DIMENSION INSUL INSULATED REQ'D REQUIRED Ø DIAMETER DWG DRAWING JB JUNCTION BOX REV REVISION ℄CENTER LINE E EXISTING LONG LONGITUDINAL S.A.D.SEE ARCHITECTURAL DETAILS AB ANCHOR BOLT E.F.EACH FACE MAS MASONRY SCH SCHEDULE ABV ABOVE E.W.EACH WAY MAX MAXIMUM SHT SHEET ADA ACCESSIBLE EJ EXPANSION JOINT MFG MANUFACTURER SIM SIMILAR AFF ABOVE FINISH FLOOR ELEC ELECTRICAL MH MANHOLE SQ SQUARE AG ABOVE GRADE ELEV ELEVATION MIN MINIMUM SS STAINLESS STEEL AGG AGGREGATE EMBED EMBEDMENT MISC MISCELLANEOUS STD STANDARD ALT ALTERNATE EQ EQUAL N NEW T&B TOP AND BOTTOM AUTO AUTOMATIC FD FLOOR DRAIN NIC NOT IN CONTRACT THK THICKNESS BLDG BUILDING FE FIRE EXTINGUISHER NTS NOT TO SCALE TOC TOP OF CONCRETE BLKG BLOCKING FF FINISHED FLOOR O.C.ON CENTER TOM TOP OF MASONRY BOG BOTTOM OF GUTTER FLR FLOOR O.C.E.W.ON CENTER EACH WAY TOW TOP OF WALL CIP CAST IN PLACE FTG FOOTING PERF PERFORATED TRANS TRANSVERSE CJ CONTROL JOINT GAL GALVANIZED PNL PANEL TYP TYPICAL CLR CLEARANCE GPM GALLONS PER MINUTE POC POINT OF CONNECTION U.N.O.UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE CNTR CENTER HB HOSE BIB PSF POUNDS PER SQUARE FEET VERT VERTICAL COL COLUMN HDR HEADER PSI POUNDS PER SQUARE INCHES W/WITH CONC CONCRETE HORIZ HORIZONTAL PVC POLYVINYL CHLORIDE W/O WITHOUT CONT CONTINUOUS HVAC HEATING, VENTILATION, & AIR CONDITIONING R RADIUS WH WATER HEATER DEMO DEMOLISH HWH HOT WATER HEATER REF REFERENCE DF DRINKING FOUNTAIN INCL INCLUDE REINF REINFORCEMENT CODES & REGULATIONS: 1.CONSTRUCTION SHALL CONFORM TO THE FOLLOWING CODES & REGULATIONS: ·CALIFORNIA CODE OF REGULATIONS (C.C.R.) TITLE 24, 2019 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE (C.B.C.), 2019 EDITION ·INTERNATIONAL BUILDING CODE (I.B.C.), 2018 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA ELECTRICAL CODE (N.E.C.), 2019 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA MECHANICAL CODE (C.M.C.), 2019 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA PLUMBING CODE (C.P.C.), 2019 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA GREEN BUILDING STANDARDS, 2019 EDITION ·CALIFORNIA FIRE CODE, 2019 EDITION ·ENERGY EFFICIENCY STANDARDS, 2019 EDITION ·ALL APPLICABLE LOCAL LAWS AND CODES GENERAL NOTES: 1.ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO CBC 2019 EDITION AND ALL AMENDMENTS THERETO BY THE LOCAL AUTHORITIES, INCLUDING ALL CBC AMENDMENTS. 2.INTERPRETATION OF DRAWINGS & SPECIFICATIONS: A.FOR CONVENIENCE, SPECIFICATIONS HAVE BEEN PREPARED FOR THIS PROJECT AND ARE ARRANGED IN SEVERAL SECTIONS, BUT SUCH SEPARATION SHALL NOT BE CONSIDERED AS THE LIMITS OF THE WORK REQUIRED OF ANY SEPARATE TRADE. THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF SUCH LIMITATIONS ARE WHOLLY BETWEEN THE CONTRACTOR AND THEIR SUBCONTRACTORS. B.IN GENERAL, THE WORKING DETAILS WILL INDICATE DIMENSIONS, POSITION AND KIND OF CONSTRUCTION, AND THE SPECIFICATIONS, QUALITIES AND METHODS. ANY WORK INDICATED ON THE WORKING DETAILS AND NOT MENTIONED IN THE SPECIFICATION, OR VICE VERSA, SHALL BE FURNISHED AS THOUGH FULLY SET FORTH IN BOTH. WORK NOT PARTICULARLY DETAILED, MARKED OR SPECIFIED, SHALL BE THE SAME AS SIMILAR PARTS THAT ARE DETAILED, MARKED OR SPECIFIED. IF CONFLICTS OCCUR ON DRAWINGS AND/OR SPECIFICATIONS, THE ENGINEER SHALL BE NOTIFIED IMMEDIATELY. C.SHOULD AN ERROR APPEAR IN THE WORKING DETAILS OR SPECIFICATIONS OR IN WORK DONE BY OTHERS AFFECTING THIS WORK, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER/ARCHITECT AT ONCE AND IN WRITING. IF THE CONTRACTOR PROCEEDS WITH THE WORK SO AFFECTED WITHOUT HAVING GIVEN SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE AND WITHOUT RECEIVING THE NECESSARY APPROVAL, DECISION OR INSTRUCTIONS IN WRITING FROM THE OWNER, THEN THEY SHALL HAVE NO VALID CLAIM AGAINST THE OWNER, FOR THE COST OF SO PROCEEDING AND SHALL MAKE GOOD ANY RESULTING DAMAGE OR DEFECT. NO VERBAL APPROVAL, DECISION, OR INSTRUCTION SHALL BE VALID OR BE THE BASIS FOR ANY CLAIM AGAINST THE OWNER, ITS OFFICERS, EMPLOYEES OR AGENTS. THE FOREGOING INCLUDES TYPICAL ERRORS IN THE SPECIFICATIONS OR NOTATIONAL ERRORS IN THE WORKING DETAILS WHERE THE INTERPRETATION IS DOUBTFUL OR WHERE THE ERROR IS SUFFICIENTLY APPARENT AS TO PLACE A REASONABLY PRUDENT CONTRACTOR ON NOTICE THAT, SHOULD HE ELECT TO PROCEED, HE IS DOING SO AT HIS OWN RISK. 3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL NOTIFY THE ENGINEER WHERE A CONFLICT OR DISCREPANCY OCCURS BETWEEN THE DESIGN DRAWINGS AND ANY OTHER PORTION OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS OR EXISTING FIELD CONDITIONS. SUCH NOTIFICATION SHALL BE GIVEN IN DUE TIME SO AS NOT TO AFFECT THE CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE. 4.IN CASE OF A CONFLICT BETWEEN DESIGN DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS THE MORE RESTRICTIVE CONDITION SHALL TAKE PRECEDENCE UNLESS WRITTEN APPROVAL HAS BEEN GIVEN FOR THE LEAST RESTRICTIVE. 5.CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY ALL DIMENSIONS WITH PROJECT DOCUMENTS PRIOR TO COMMENCING ANY WORK. 6.WHERE NO SPECIFIC DETAIL IS SHOWN, THE CONSTRUCTION SHALL BE IDENTICAL OR SIMILAR TO THAT INDICATED FOR LIKE CASES OF CONSTRUCTION ON THIS PROJECT. SHOULD THERE BE ANY QUESTION, CONTACT THE ARCHITECT AND ENGINEER PRIOR TO PROCEEDING. 7.CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE +2% ALLOWANCE FOR REINFORCING STEEL TO BE USED AT THE DISCRETION OF THE ENGINEER. UNUSED AMOUNT TO REVERT TO THE OWNER UPON COMPLETION OF THE JOB. 8.ANY SUBSTITUTIONS OR ALTERNATE DETAILS SHALL BE REVIEWED BY THE ARCHITECT/ENGINEER. SUCH REVIEW WILL REQUIRE A TIME AND MATERIALS CONTRACT TO BE SET UP WITH THE GENERAL CONTRACTOR WITH NO GUARANTEE THAT THE SUBSTITUTION WILL BE ALLOWED. 9.DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS. CONTACT THE ARCHITECT OR ENGINEER FOR ANY DIMENSIONS NOT SHOWN. 10.VERIFY EXACT LOCATIONS AND SIZES OF HOLES IN FLOOR, AND ROOF FOR PLUMBING, HVAC, AND ELECTRICAL WITH RESPECTIVE CONTRACTORS AND SUB-CONTRACTORS. 11.THE UNDERGROUND SERVICES AND UTILITIES SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS REFLECT BEST AVAILABLE INFORMATION, HOWEVER, EXACT LOCATIONS FOR EACH SHALL BE VERIFIED IN THE FIELD BY THE CONTRACTOR BEFORE EXCAVATING, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL TAKE ALL PRECAUTIONS NECESSARY TO LOCATE AND PROTECT ANY UNDERGROUND OR CONCEALED CONDUIT, PLUMBING, OR OTHER UTILITIES WHERE NEW WORK IS BEING PERFORMED. 12.GENERAL CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ALL SCHEDULING, COORDINATION MEANS AND METHODS. 13.CARE MUST BE TAKEN BY ALL TRADES TO COORDINATE LOCATIONS OF UNDERGROUND PIPING AND CONDUITS TO ASSURE NO CONFLICTS. ALL PIPING SHOWN HEREIN IS DIAGRAMMATIC IN NATURE UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED. SAFETY NOTES: 1.IT IS THE CONTRACTORS RESPONSIBILITY TO COMPLY WITH THE PERTINENT SECTIONS, AS THEY APPLY TO THIS PROJECT, OF THE "CONSTRUCTION SAFETY ORDERS" ISSUED BY THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA LATEST EDITION, AND ALL OSHA REQUIREMENTS. 2.THE OWNER AND THE STRUCTURAL ENGINEER DO NOT ACCEPT ANY RESPONSIBILITY FOR THE CONTRACTOR'S FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH THESE REQUIREMENTS. 3.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR ADEQUATE DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF ALL FORMS AND SHORING REQUIRED. 4.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY EXISTENCE AND FUNCTIONALITY OF HYDROSTATIC RELIEF VALVES LOCATED IN THE MAIN DRAINS PRIOR TO DRAINING THE POOL. 5.CONTRACTOR TO VERIFY THE WATER TABLE HEIGHT PRIOR TO DRAINING THE POOL. Vicinity Map 1 SHEET INDEX SHEET NO.SHEET TITLE T0.0 VICINITY MAP, DESIGN DATA, & SHEET INDEX SP0.1 POOL SITE PLAN SP0.2 POOL DEMOLITION PLAN SP1.0 SLIDE POOL LAYOUT PLAN & SECTIONS SP1.1 RECREATION POOL LAYOUT PLAN & SECTIONS SP1.2 POOL DESIGN DETAILS SP1.3 POOL DESIGN DETAILS SD1.0 SITE ACCESSIBILITY ENTRANCE PLAN SD1.1 EXITING PLAN RECREATION POOL DESIGN DATA Size 75 ft x 39 ft 6 in Depth 3 ft - 6 ft Surface Area 3,036 sq ft Perimeter 237 ft Volume 98,523 gal Max Bather Load 179 bathers RECREATION POOL SYSTEM DESIGN DATA Turnover Rate 5.47 hrs Recirculation Rate 300 gpm Filter Area 18.8 sq ft Filtration Rate 16 gpm/sq ft Backwash Flow Rate 15 gpm/sq ft RECREATION POOL SUCTION OUTLET DATA Specified Main Drain Max Approved Flow Rate 365 gpm SLIDE POOL DESIGN DATA Size 65 ft x 45 ft 6 in Depth 2.5 ft - 9 ft Surface Area 2,011 sq ft Perimeter 248 ft Volume 63,754 gal Max Bather Load 134 bathers SLIDE POOL SYSTEM DESIGN DATA Turnover Rate 5.31 hrs Recirculation Rate 200 gpm Filter Area 15 sq ft Filtration Rate 13.3 gpm/sq ft Backwash Flow Rate 15 gpm/sq ft SLIDE POOL SUCTION OUTLET DATA Specified Main Drain Max Approved Flow Rate 365 gpm APPROVED BY: CHAD MOSLEY, CITY ENGINEER DATE KEEP CLEAR (E) SLIDE POOL APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES (E) POOL FENCE ENCLOSURE APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING SIGNAGE NOTES Pool Site Plan 3/32" = 1'-0"1 SITE NOTES: 1.ALL APPLICABLE STATE & LOCAL LAWS AND CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED. ALL POOL AREA DECKING IS EXISTING TO REMAIN U.N.O. SEE POOL SITE NOTES 3 ENTRY DOORS TO POOL AREA TO BE SELF LOCKING/SELF CLOSING, KEPT CLOSED AND MEET POOL SITE NOTES 8, 12 & 13 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING HOSE BIB (E) RECREATION POOL APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING JUNCTION BOXES EXISTING POOL FENCE ENCLOSURE TO REMAIN, TYP APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING SIGNAGE NOTES ALL POOL AREA DECKING IS EXISTING TO REMAIN U.N.O. SEE POOL SITE NOTES 3 EXISTING ENTRY DOORS TO POOL AREA TO BE SELF LOCKING/SELF CLOSING, KEPT CLOSED AND MEET POOL SITE NOTES 8, 12 & 13 APPROXIMATE LOCATION OF EXISTING HOSE BIB (E) C O N C E S S I O N S T A N D (E ) L I F E G U A R D B U I L D I N G (S E E S H E E T A 1 . 0 F O R S C O P E O F W O R K ) (E) POOL HOUSE (SEE SHEET A1.0 FOR SCOPE OF WORK) SP0.1 PO O L S I T E P L A N REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE SLIDE POOL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS: 1.ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE CLEARLY LEGIBLE LETTERS OR NUMBERS AFFIXED TO A WALL, POLE, GATE, OR SIMILAR PERMANENT STRUCTURE IN A LOCATION VISIBLE TO ALL USERS. 2.THE POOL USER CAPACITY SHALL BE BASED ON ONE USER FOR EVERY 20 SQUARE FEET OF WATER SURFACE AREA. POOL USER CAPACITY SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “MAXIMUM BATHER CAPACITY: 134 PERSONS” 3.THE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “9-1-1”. THE NUMBER OF THE NEAREST EMERGENCY SERVICES AND THE NAME AND STREET ADDRESS OF THE POOL FACILITY SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 1 INCH LETTERS. 4.AN ILLUSTRATED DIAGRAM SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 1/4 INCH LETTERS OF ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION AND CPR PROCEDURES. 5.WHERE NO LIFEGUARD SERVICE IS PROVIDED, A WARNING SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "WARNING: NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY" ADDITIONALLY THE SIGN SHALL STATE IN LETTERS AT LEAST 1 INCH IN HEIGHT: "CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF 14 SHALL NOT USE POOL WITHOUT A PARENT OR ADULT GUARDIAN IN ATTENDANCE" 6.FOR POOLS WITH A MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH OF 6'-0" OR LESS, A SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 6 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “NO DIVING”. 7.EXTERIOR SIDE OF GATES AND DOORS LEADING INTO THE POOL ENCLOSURE AREA SHALL HAVE A SIGN POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "KEEP CLOSED" ADDITIONALLY WHERE POOLS ARE CONSTRUCTED FOR WHICH LIGHTING IS NOT REQUIRED, THE SIGN SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 1 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "NO USE OF POOL ALLOWED AFTER DARK" 8.A SIGN IN LETTERS AT LEAST 1 INCH HIGH AND IN A LANGUAGE OR DIAGRAM THAT IS CLEARLY STATED SHALL BE POSTED AT THE ENTRANCE AREA THAT READS: “PERSONS HAVING CURRENTLY ACTIVE DIARRHEA OR WHO HAVE HAD ACTIVE DIARRHEA WITHIN THE PREVIOUS 14 DAYS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE POOL.” SITE NOTES: 1.FOR FINAL POOL SITE LOCATIONS REFER TO ARCHITECTURAL DRAWINGS. 2.SITE PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH POOL PLANS (SP1.0-SP1.3). REFER TO THOSE PLANS FOR UN-CLEAR PORTIONS OR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 3.FOR POOL DECK DRAINAGE SYSTEM LOCATIONS REFER TO CIVIL DRAWING 4.LIFEGUARD EQUIPMENT SHALL BE PROVIDED BY OWNER AS REQUIRED BY CODE GOVERNING AGENCY. 5.HOSE BIBBS SHALL BE PROVIDED SO THAT ALL PORTIONS OF THE POOL DECK AREA MAY BE REACHED WITH A 75 FOOT LENGTH HOSE. FOR LOCATIONS REFER TO PROJECT LANDSCAPE & CIVIL DRAWINGS. 6.AT LEAST ONE 125-VOLT 15 OR 20 AMP GFCI PROTECTED RECEPTACLE ON A GENERAL PURPOSE BRANCH CIRCUIT SHALL BE LOCATED NOT LESS THAN 6 FEET AND NOT MORE THAN 20 FEET FROM THE INSIDE WALL OF THE SPA. FOR LOCATIONS REFER TO ELECTRICAL DRAWINGS. 7.ALL EXIT GATES AND DOORS SHALL OPEN OUTWARDLY AWAY FROM THE POOL EXCEPT WHERE OTHERWISE PROHIBITED BY LAW. 8.ALL GATES AND DOORS FOR POOL AREA SHALL BE EQUIPPED WITH SELF-CLOSING AND SELF-LATCHING DEVICES. 9.ALL EXIT DOORS AND GATES SERVING THE POOL AREA MUST BE EQUIPPED WITH PANIC BAR HARDWARE LOCATED 42" TO 44" ABOVE DECK SURFACE PER GROUP OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS. 10.POOL ENCLOSURE SHALL BE PER THE REQUIREMENTS OF 2019 CBC SECTION 3119. 11.OCCUPANT LOAD SIGN SHALL BE POSTED IN CONSPICUOUS PLACE NEAR THE MAIN POOL ENTRANCE/EXIT PER CBC SECTION 1004.2. 12.ALL APPLICABLE STATE & LOCAL LAWS AND CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 13.THE NOTES BELOW DETAIL THE REQUIRED SIGNAGE. OWNER AND GC TO CONFIRM REQUIREMENTS HAVE BEEN MET BY EXISTING SIGNAGE. RECREATION POOL SIGNAGE REQUIREMENTS: 1.ALL SIGNS SHALL HAVE CLEARLY LEGIBLE LETTERS OR NUMBERS AFFIXED TO A WALL, POLE, GATE, OR SIMILAR PERMANENT STRUCTURE IN A LOCATION VISIBLE TO ALL USERS. 2.THE POOL USER CAPACITY SHALL BE BASED ON ONE USER FOR EVERY 20 SQUARE FEET OF WATER SURFACE AREA. POOL USER CAPACITY SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “MAXIMUM BATHER CAPACITY: 179 PERSONS” 3.THE EMERGENCY TELEPHONE NUMBER SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “9-1-1”. THE NUMBER OF THE NEAREST EMERGENCY SERVICES AND THE NAME AND STREET ADDRESS OF THE POOL FACILITY SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 1 INCH LETTERS. 4.AN ILLUSTRATED DIAGRAM SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 1/4 INCH LETTERS OF ARTIFICIAL RESPIRATION AND CPR PROCEDURES. 5.WHERE NO LIFEGUARD SERVICE IS PROVIDED, A WARNING SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "WARNING: NO LIFEGUARD ON DUTY" ADDITIONALLY THE SIGN SHALL STATE IN LETTERS AT LEAST 1 INCH IN HEIGHT: "CHILDREN UNDER THE AGE OF 14 SHALL NOT USE POOL WITHOUT A PARENT OR ADULT GUARDIAN IN ATTENDANCE" 6.FOR POOLS WITH A MAXIMUM WATER DEPTH OF 6'-0" OR LESS, A SIGN SHALL BE POSTED WITH MINIMUM 6 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: “NO DIVING”. 7.EXTERIOR SIDE OF GATES AND DOORS LEADING INTO THE POOL ENCLOSURE AREA SHALL HAVE A SIGN POSTED WITH MINIMUM 4 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "KEEP CLOSED" ADDITIONALLY WHERE POOLS ARE CONSTRUCTED FOR WHICH LIGHTING IS NOT REQUIRED, THE SIGN SHALL HAVE MINIMUM 1 INCH LETTERS THAT READS: "NO USE OF POOL ALLOWED AFTER DARK" 8.A SIGN IN LETTERS AT LEAST 1 INCH HIGH AND IN A LANGUAGE OR DIAGRAM THAT IS CLEARLY STATED SHALL BE POSTED AT THE ENTRANCE AREA THAT READS: “PERSONS HAVING CURRENTLY ACTIVE DIARRHEA OR WHO HAVE HAD ACTIVE DIARRHEA WITHIN THE PREVIOUS 14 DAYS SHALL NOT BE ALLOWED TO ENTER THE POOL.” 212 FT WARNING SHALLOW WATER NO DIVING 212FT 3 FTWARNING SHALLOW WATER NO DIVING 212FT WA R N I N G SH A L L O W W A T E R N O DI V I N G 212FT 3 FT 312FT 412 FT 9 FT 9FT 9 FT 412FT WA R N I N G SH A L L O W W A T E R N O DI V I N G 412 FT 3FT 3FT 3 FT Slide Pool Demolition Plan 3/16" = 1'-0"2 (E) SKIMMERS & EQUALIZER TO REMAIN (E) COPING TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) WATERLINE TILE TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP (E) ALL ANCHORS TO BE REMAIN, TYP (E) PIPING LINES AT POOL DECK TO/FROM SWIMMING POOL TO BE REMAIN IN PLACE. CONTRACTOR TO PRESSURE TEST AT TIME OF DEMOLITION AND PROVIDE ENGINEER WITH RESULTS. (E) SLIDE POOL (E) RECESSED STEPS & GRAB RAILS TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) TILE MARKINGS TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP (E) HOOKS TO BE DEMOLISHED 6 FT412FT4FT3FTWARNING SHALLOW WATER NO DIVING 3 FT WA R N I N G SH A L L O W W A T E R N O DI V I N G 3 FT 6 FT 6 FT 412FT 3FT 4FT WARNING SHALLOW WATER NO DIVING KEEP CLEAR Recreation Pool Demolition Plan 3/16" = 1'-0"3 (E) SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN IN PLACE (E) WALL RETURN INLETS TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES (E) MAIN DRAIN COVERS TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) POOL PLASTER TO BE DEMOLISHED DOWN TO BARE CONCRETE SHELL TO REMAIN (E) ROPE CUP ANCHORS TO REMAIN, TYP (E) HANDRAILS TO BE REPLACED, TYP OF ALL THREE SETS OF STAIRS TREADS AND RISERS TO REMAIN (E) SKIMMERS & EQUALIZER TO REMAIN (E) COPING TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) DECK DEPTH MARKERS TO REMAIN, TYP (E) WATERLINE TILE TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP (E) ALL ANCHORS TO REMAIN, TYP (E) PIPING LINES AT POOL DECK TO/FROM SWIMMING POOL TO BE REMAIN IN PLACE (E) RECESSED STEPS & GRAB RAILS TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) TILE MARKINGS TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP (E) SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN IN PLACE (E) MAIN DRAIN COVERS TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) POOL PLASTER TO BE DEMOLISHED DOWN TO BARE CONCRETE SHELL TO REMAIN (E) HANDRAILS TO BE DEMOLISHED (E) RECREATION POOL (N) LED LIGHTS TO BE PROVIDED (E) NICHES TO REMAIN TYP. ALL LIGHTS, BOTH SIDES (E) SWIMMING POOL DEPTH MARKERS TO BE REMAIN, TYP (E) WALL RETURN INLETS TO BE DEMOLISHED, TYP. CONTRACTOR TO FIELD LOCATIONS AND QUANTITIES (E) ADA LIFT TO REMAIN (E) ADA LIFT TO REMAIN RETURN INLETS, DEMO AS NEEDED FOR NEW POOL FINISH. RETURN INLETS, DEMO AS NEEDED FOR NEW POOL FINISH. (E) LIFEGUARD STAND TO REMAIN (E) NO DIVING MARKERS TO REMAIN, TYP (E) NO DIVING MARKERS TO REMAIN, TYP (E) HANDRAILS TO BE REPLACED, TYP OF ALL THREE SETS OF STAIRS (N) LED LIGHTS TO BE PROVIDED (E) NICHES TO REMAIN TYP. ALL LIGHTS, BOTH SIDES 12"(E) COPING STONE TO BE DEMOLISHED(E) DECK SLAB TO REMAIN (E) PLASTER FINISH TO BE DEMOLISHED(E) BOND BEAM TO REMAIN (E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN (E) WATERLINE TILE TO BE DEMOLISHED Existing Bond Beam Demolition 1" = 1'=0"1 SP0.2 PO O L D E M O L I T I O N P L A N S REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE DEMOLITION NOTES: 1.CONTRACTOR TO NOTIFY TERRACON TO CONDUCT A SITE VISIT ONCE THE POOL FINISH HAS BEEN DEMOLISHED DOWN TO BARE CONCRETE SO THAT TERRACON CAN OBSERVE THE CONDITION OF THE EXISTING POOL SHELL AND PROVIDE DIRECTION REGARDING REPAIRS. 2.ANY PLAN CONDITIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK IN ACCORDANCE WITH AS-BUILT CONDITIONS. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER. 3.ANY CHANGES OR UNCLEAR PORTIONS OF THIS PLAN SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING. 4.ALL APPLICABLE STATE AND LOCAL LAWS AND CODES SHALL BE FOLLOWED. 5.ANY CONDITION NOT SPECIFICALLY COVERED IN THIS PLAN OR UNUSUAL CONDITIONS ENCOUNTERED DURING DEMOLITION SHALL BE BROUGHT TO THE ATTENTION OF THE ENGINEER BEFORE PROCEEDING. 6.COORDINATE INGRESS/EGRESS AND HAUL ROUTES WITH THE OWNER PRIOR TO START OF WORK. 7.PROTECT EXISTING SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN THROUGHOUT CONSTRUCTION. 8.REMOVE EXISTING POOL MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMMODATE NEW REPLACEMENT EQUIPMENT PER PLANS. 9.CARE SHOULD BE TAKEN DURING DEMOLITION OF EXISTING POOL TO NOT DAMAGE EXISTING EQUIPMENT TO REMAIN. 10.THE CONTRACTOR SHALL COORDINATE DEMOLITION WITH OTHER TRADES AND SHALL PROTECT ALL EXISTING WORK, EQUIPMENT, PIPING, FITTINGS, ETC. THROUGHOUT THE CONTRACT. 11.THE CONTRACTOR IS RESPONSIBLE FOR ESTIMATIONS WITH REGARD TO DEMOLITION PREPARATION, AS WELL AS MEANS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION. CONTRACTOR SHALL VISIT THE SITE AS REQUIRED TO ACCOMPLISH THE WORK, AND TO BECOME FAMILIAR WITH SCOPE AND SERVICES OF WORK REQUIRED. 12.CARE IS TO BE TAKEN TO CAP OFF POOL SYSTEMS WHERE NECESSARY. 13.ALL DEMOLISHED EQUIPMENT IS TO BE REMOVED FROM THE SITE AND DISPOSED OF BY THE CONTRACTOR (UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE) IN A LEGAL MANOR. 14.PROTECT ALL UNDER DECK PLUMBING TO HOSE BIBBS AND DRINKING FOUNTAINS DURING CONCRETE DEMOLITION. 15.PROTECT ALL UNDER DECK ELECTRICAL CONDUITS DURING CONCRETE DEMOLITION. (-2'-6") INFT26 INFT30INFT26INFT26 IN FT 2 6 IN FT30 IN FT30 IN FT 3 0 INFT36 IN FT 9 0 IN FT 90 IN FT 9 0 IN FT 4 6 IN FT 4 6 Slide Pool Layout Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"2 (N) DEPTH MARKER, TYP. Slide Pool Section 1/4" = 1'-0"3 INFT36 Slide Pool Section 1/4" = 1'-0"1 3 SP1.0 1 SP1.0 (-4'-6") (-3'-0") 65'-0"APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF EXISTING POOL INFT90 (N) POOL PLASTER FINISH(E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN 3' - 6 " (N) RECESSED STEPS, BEYOND TYP.(N) ENTRY STAIRS HANDRAIL (N) MAIN DRAIN GRATES 9' - 0 " (N) 4" WIDE CONTRASTING TILE BAND ACROSS POOL FLOOR & UP SIDE WALLS @ 4'-6" DEPTH TRANSITION INFT26 INFT90 (E) SKIMMER, TYP. (E) ADA ACCESS LIFT (N) DEPTH MARKER, TYP. (N) POOL PLASTER FINISH UL (N) UNDERWATER LIGHT, TYP. 45 ' - 6 " 10 ' - 0 " 35 ' - 6 " 20'-0"25'-0"8'-0"4'-0"8'-0"APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF EXISTING POOL 1' - 9 1 2" 16 ' - 2 1 2" 10 ' - 0 " 32 ' - 0 " APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF EXISTING POOL (E) SLIDE POOL UL UL UL UL 4" NDDM ND DM SK SKSK SK SK SK RSRS MD MD HR HR 4"4" AL RA RA (-9'-0") (-3'-0") (-3'-6") HRHR 4"4" 4" WIDE CONTRASTING TILE BAND ACROSS POOL FLOOR & UP SIDE WALLS @ 4'-6" DEPTH TRANSITION 4' - 6 " (N) UNDERWATER LIGHT, TYP. INFT30INFT30 2' - 6 " (E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN 4' - 6 " (N) ENTRY STAIR RAILS (N) ROPE CUP ANCHOR, TYP INFT46 (N) GRAB RAILS, TYP. 4" HR HR (-2'-6") APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF EXISTING POOL RECESSES STEPS (N) RECESSED STEPS PER 5/SP1.3 1 SP1.3 1 SP1.0 EXTENT OF POOL SECTION BEYOND (SHOWN DOTTED)EXTENT OF POOL SECTION BEYOND (SHOWN DOTTED) 3 SP1.0 3' - 0 " (E) ADA ACCESS LIFT (N) GRAB RAILS BEYOND 2 SP1.3 4 SP1.2 14 ' - 7 " REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE SP1.0 SL I D E P O O L L A Y O U T P L A N & S E C T I O N S POOL PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1.POOL FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 2.PLAN IS TO BE USED IN CONJUNCTION WITH THE POOL PIPING PLANS. REFER TO THOSE PLANS FOR UN-CLEAR PORTIONS OR INFORMATION NOT SHOWN. 3.ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER. 4.OVERALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM THE OUTSIDE FINISH OF WALLS & FLOORS. 5.FEATURES OR EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM CENTER TO CENTER. 6.DEPTH MARKERS AND WARNING SIGNS ARE SHOWN IN APPROXIMATE LOCATIONS. DEPTH MARKERS AND WARNING SIGNS MAY NOT EXCEED 25'-0" APART PER LOCAL CODE. 7.ALL METAL COMPONENTS TO BE BONDED & GROUNDED PER N.E.C. 8.DETAIL 6/SP1.3 SHALL BE USED WHERE RUST STAINING IN THE PLASTER OCCURS SLIDE POOL LAYOUT EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CALL OUT EQUIPMENT MODEL/DESCRIPTION DETAIL DM Depth Markers (N) 6"x 6" ceramic tile 6 &8 /SP1.2 ND No Diving Signage (E) To remain N/A RS Recessed Steps (N) Flush to pool wall Built-in injection molded Spectrum 23450 or Approved Equal (3 steps per set)5/SP1.3 RS Grab Rails (N) Figure 4 stainless steel 316L (2 rails per step location) with 316L stainless steel escutcheons each end of rail (2 each per rail). Fit to match existing anchors and dimesnions to be verified by contractor onsite. 5/SP1.3 HR Handrails KDI Paragon custom 316L stainless steel 3-bend with 316L stainless steel escutcheons each end of rail (2 each per rail). Fit to match existing anchors and dimesnions to be verified by contractor onsite. 1/SP1.3 UL Underwater Lights (N) LIGHTS ALL (E) LOCATIONS (E) NICHES TO REMAIN N/A AL ADA Access Lift (E) To Remain N/A Water Test Kit (N) Taylor Complete 2005 N/A Rescue Poles (N) 16 ft Rescue poles w/ attached body hooks N/A Life Rings (N) 17 inch Life rings w/ attached lifelines N/A RA Rope Cup Anchors (E) To Remain N/A MD Main Drain (N) Lawson Aquatics MLD-FG-1212, 365 gpm max 5/SP1.2 WR Wall Return Inlet (N) Adjustable cycolac w/ anti-hair entrapment N/A SK Skimmer (E) To Remain 9/SP1.2 EQ Equalizer Cover Waterway 640-82XX V 6" round, max 96 gpm N/A All equipment noted are basis of design & designate minimum performance standards. Equivalent products may be used provided they are submitted to project engineer for approval. SLIDE POOL FINISH SCHEDULE Plaster Finish 1/2" White Marble Dust Plaster Water Line Tile 6"x6" Glazed Ceramic Dal-Tile (Sky Blue) Step/Bench Trim Tile 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue or Cobalt) Deck Depth Marker Tile 6"x6" Ceramic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (White) with contrasting depth marking letters (Black) Water Depth Marker Tile 6"x6" Glazed Ceramic Dal-Tile (Sky Blue) with contrasting depth marking letters (Black) Main Drain Trim Tile 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (White) 4' - 6" Depth Transition 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue) All final color selections to be made by Owner/Architect INFT30 INFT60INFT46INFT40 IN FT 3 0 IN FT 3 0 IN FT 3 0 IN FT30 IN FT40 IN FT46 IN FT 60 IN FT 6 0 IN FT 6 0 IN FT 30 KEEP CLEAR Recreation Pool Layout Plan 1/4" = 1'-0"2 Recreation Pool Section 1/4" = 1'-0"3 Recreation Pool Section 1/4" = 1'-0"1 (E) RECREATION POOL 75'-0" 40 ' - 0 " 10'-0"65'-0" 4"4" (- 3 ' - 0 " ) UL HR SK MD HR SK SK SKSKSKSK 44 ' - 0 " ULRS ND DM RS RS MD (- 4 ' - 0 " ) (- 4 ' - 6 " ) (- 6 ' - 0 " ) (- 6 ' - 0 " ) UL UL ULUL RA LM 1 SP1.1 3 SP1.1 (E) APPROXIMATE EXISTING OF POOL (E ) A P P R O X I M A T E EX T E N T S O F P O O L (E) APPROXIMATE EXTENTS OF POOL 4" WIDE CONTRASTING TILE BAND ACROSS POOL FLOOR & UP SIDE WALLS @ 4'-6" DEPTH TRANSITION (N) MAIN DRAIN GRATES 6' - 0 " 4" WIDE CONTRASTING TILE BAND ACROSS POOL FLOOR & UP SIDE WALLS @ 4'-6" DEPTH TRANSITION INFT30 (E) SKIMMER, TYP. (N) DEPTH MARKER, TYP. (N) POOL PLASTER FINISH(N) UNDERWATER LIGHT, TYP. (E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN 4' - 6 " (N) ENTRY STAIRS HANDRAIL (N) ROPE CUP ANCHOR, TYP INFT46INFT30INFT40 INFT46 INFT60 (E) ADA ACCESS LIFT (N) GRAB RAILS, TYP. (N) MAIN DRAIN GRATES(E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN (N) WALL TARGETS, TYP. INFT60 (N) GRAB RAILS, TYP. 6' - 0 " (N) DEPTH MARKER, TYP. INFT60 (N) POOL PLASTER FINISH (N) RECESSED STEPS PER 5/SP1.3 1 SP1.1 3 SP1.1 1 SP1.3 RA LM RA LM RA LM LM RA LM 4' - 0 " 6' - 8 " 6' - 8 " 6' - 8 " 6' - 8 " 6' - 8 " 6' - 8 " (6 ) 6 ' - 8 " TE A C H I N G L A N E S (E ) A P P R O X I M A T E EX T E N T S O F EN T R Y S T E P S RA RA RA RA RA (E ) A P P R O X I M A T E EX T E N T S O F P O O L 6' - 0 " (N) ROPE CUP ANCHOR, TYP 2 SP1.3 4 SP1.2 4'-0" SP1.1 RE C R E A T I O N P O O L L A Y O U T P L A N & S E C T I O N S REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE POOL PLAN GENERAL NOTES: 1.POOL FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE. 2.ALL DIMENSIONS SHALL BE VERIFIED PRIOR TO START OF WORK. ANY DISCREPANCIES SHALL BE REPORTED TO THE ENGINEER. 3.OVERALL DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM THE OUTSIDE FINISH OF WALLS & FLOORS. 4.FEATURES OR EQUIPMENT DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE FROM CENTER TO CENTER. 5.ALL METAL COMPONENTS TO BE BONDED & GROUNDED PER N.E.C. 6.DETAIL 6/SP1.3 SHALL BE USED WHERE RUST STAINING IN THE PLASTER OCCURS RECREATION POOL LAYOUT EQUIPMENT SCHEDULE CALL OUT EQUIPMENT MODEL/DESCRIPTION DETAIL DM Depth Markers (N) 6"x 6" ceramic tile 6 &8 /SP1.2 ND No Diving Signage (E) To remain N/A RS Recessed Steps (N) Flush to pool wall Built-in injection molded Spectrum 23450 or Approved Equal (3 steps per set)5/SP1.3 RS Grab Rails (N) Figure 4 stainless steel 316L (2 rails per step location) with 316L stainless steel escutcheons each end of rail (2 each per rail). Fit to match existing anchors and dimesnions to be verified by contractor onsite. 5/SP1.3 HR Handrails (N) KDI Paragon custom 316L stainless steel 3-bend with 316L stainless steel escutcheons each end of rail (2 each per rail). Fit to match existing anchors and dimesnions to be verified by contractor onsite. 1/SP1.3 UL Underwater Lights (N) LIGHTS ALL (E) LOCATIONS (E) NICHES TO REMAIN N/A AL ADA Access Lift (E) To Remain N/A Water Test Kit (N) Taylor Complete 2005 N/A Rescue Poles (N) 16 ft Rescue poles w/ attached body hooks N/A Life Rings (N) 17 inch Life rings w/ attached lifelines N/A LM Lane Line Markers 1"x1" Mosaic slip resistant ceramic tile 4/SP1.3 LM Wall Targets 1"x1" Mosaic slip resistant ceramic tile 4/SP1.3 RA Rope Cup Anchors (N) Commercial stainless steel cup anchor with integral anchor 2/SP1.2 SP Stanchion Posts (N) 8 ft stainless steel post with bronze stanchion socket and slip fit cover N/A MD Main Drain (N) Lawson Aquatics MLD-FG-1212, 365 gpm max 5/SP1.2 WR Wall Return Inlet (N) Adjustable cycolac w/ anti-hair entrapment N/A SK Skimmer (E) To Remain 9/SP1.2 EQ Equalizer Cover (N) Waterway 640-82XX V 6" round, max 96 gpm N/A All equipment noted are basis of design & designate minimum performance standards. Equivalent products may be used provided they are submitted to project engineer for approval. RECREATION POOL FINISH SCHEDULE Plaster Finish 1/2" White Marble Dust Plaster Water Line Tile 6"x6" Glazed Ceramic Dal-Tile (Sky Blue) Step/Bench Trim Tile 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue or Cobalt) Deck Depth Marker Tile 6"x6" Ceramic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (White) with contrasting depth marking letters (Black) Water Depth Marker Tile 6"x6" Glazed Ceramic Dal-Tile (Sky Blue) with contrasting depth marking letters (Black) Lane Line Marker Tile 1"x1" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue or Cobalt) Wall Target Tile 1"x1" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue or Cobalt) Main Drain Trim Tile 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (White) Backstroke Flags Competitor, Anti-Wave, or Approved Equal 25Y Lane Line Dividers 4" Disks - 3' alternating color, 15' Solid color at each end, with 15M resurfacing markers (Competitor, Anti-Wave, or Approved Equal) 4' - 6" Depth Transition 2"x2" Mosaic Dal-Tile unglazed slip resistant (Navy Blue) All final color selections to be made by Owner/Architect SE E S P E C I F I C A T I O N P L A T E D E T A I L 2"x2" UNGLAZED CERAMIC TILE OVER 1 4" MORTAR BED AROUND MAIN DRAIN FRAME (N) MAIN DRAIN GRATING NOTE: 1.GRATE, FRAME AND SUMP MUST BE COMPLIANT WITH THE VIRGINIA GRAEME-BAKER POOL AND SPA ACT (ASME/ANSI A112.19.8a-2008). 2.SET FRAME PRIOR TO CONCRETE. Main Drain Grate & Frame N.T.S.5 NOT USED NOT USED 3Warning & Depth Markers N.T.S.6 (N) 6"x6" GLAZED CERAMIC TILE OVER 1" MORTAR BED W/ CONTRASTING LETTERS 4" 1.5" TOP OF COPING WATER TILE Main Drain Grate 3/4" = 1'-0"4 (E) SWIMMING POOL FLOOR TO REMAIN POOL FLOOR TO DRAIN (N) MAIN DRAIN GRATE TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS POOL FLOOR TO DRAIN 3FT 0IN 2.5" 4" 1.5"2" 6" 6" NOTE: ALL WATER TILE TO BE GLAZED CERAMIC TILE OVER 1" MIN MORTAR BED W/ WHITE BACKGROUND, BY INLAYS. 12" INFT46 INFT30 New Depth Markers N.T.S.8 WATERLINE TILE 2.5" 4" 1.5"2" 6" 6" 12" INFT60 INFT40 Skimmer - Deck Removal N.T.S.9 PLAN (E) POOL SHELL TO REMAIN (E) SKIMMER TO REMAIN (N) TWO (2) 30" LONG 3 4" Ø FIBERGLASS REINFORCEMENTS SET IN GROUT BED UNDER COPING STONE. SET FLUSH WITH BEDDING TO SUPPORT COPING STONE (E) MAIN DRAIN SUMP TO BE FEILD VERIFIED BY CONTRACTOR TO MEET CURRENT VGB, ASME/ANSI CODES Pool Bond Beam & Coping 1" = 1'-0"1 ENLARGED COPING DETAIL 1.5" MAX 12"1" MIN TO 2" MAX OVERHANG 12" 6" TOP OF DECK TO WATERLINE 12 " LANE ROPE CUP ANCHOR WHERE OCCURS. INSTALL PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. REFER TO DETAIL 2/SP1.2 (N) NON-SHRINK GROUT (N) WATERLINE TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE (N) PLASTER FINISH PER FINISH SCHEDULE 1 2" EXPANSION JOINT (E) DECK TO REMAIN (N) COPING STONE (E) CONCRETE SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN (N) COPING STONE TO BE SLOP RESISTANT Coping Cup Anchor Detail 3" = 1'-0" 2 1 2" 3" 1 2" 4" 5 8" - 11 NC BOND TO CLOSEST REINFORCEMENT PER 8/SP1.3 STAINLESS STEEL ANCHOR & EYEBOLT 21 2" 6" NOTE: 1.GROUNDING & BONDING TO BE PER NEC. 2.TO BE INSTALLED PER MANUFACTURER'S RECOMMENDATIONS. (N) LANE ROPE CUP ANCHOR. CORE & GROUT IN (N) ANCHORS COPING STONECOPING STONE 6" Contrasting Nosing Tile 6" = 1'-0"7 (N) POOL FINISH CONTRASTING STEP/BENCH TRIM/TILE PER FINISH SCHEDULE NON-SHRINK GROUT (N) POOL FINISH 3" 1" SP1.2 PO O L D E S I G N D E T A I L S REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE NOT USED 3/4" = 1'-0"3 (E) Swimming Pool Wall 3/4" = 1'-0"2 3'-0" Depth Pool Entry Steps 3/4" = 1'-0"1 (N) SWIMMING POOL PLASTER FINISH, PER FINISH SCHEDULE (E) SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN (N) COPING STONE (N) WATER LINE TILE & DEPTH MARKERS 1 2" EXPANSION JOINT (E) DECK TO REMAIN 1 SP1.2 1'-6" 3 EQUAL TREADS @ APPROX. 12", VERIFY IN FIELD 14" (N) STAINLESS STEEL HANDRAIL, 34" AFF, MEASURED AT THE TREAD NOSING (E) RAIL ANCHORAGE TO REMAIN 34 " (N) CONTRASTING STEP/BENCH TRIM TILE SEE DETAIL 7/SP1.2 4" 5 E Q U A L R I S E R S @ A P P R O X . 8 3 8" H . VE R I F Y I N F I E L D (N) SWIMMING POOL PLASTER FINISH, PER FINISH SCHEDULE3' - 0 " D E P T H 34 " (E) SWIMMING POOL SHELL TO REMAIN Floor Lane Marker & Wall Target 3/4" = 1'-0"4 12" 12" WALL TARGET FLOOR LANE MARKER 5'-0" DISTANCE TO FINISHED WALL(N) 1"x1" SLIP RESISTANT UNGLAZED CERAMIC TILE WITH 1 4" MORTAR BED, COLOR PER ARCH 12 " COPING STONE NOTE: TILE COLOR SELECTIONS BY OWNER/ARCHITECT Steps 3/4" = 1'-0"5 (E) GRAB RAILS TO REMAIN, TYP 2'-10" MIN. 1'-0"1'-0" SECTION 2'-0" 8"1'-8" (E) RAIL ANCHORAGE TO REMAIN, TYP EACH END 1"8" 2'-6" (E) SWIMMING POOL SHELL (N) GRAB RAILS, DIMENSIONS TO BE FIELD VERIFIED, TYP 1'-5" 1'-0" ELEVATION 1'-0" 1'-0" 6" TYP Rusting Rebar Repair 3/4" = 1'-0"6 REBAR DEMOLITION (E) PLASTER REMOVE EXISTING PLASTER AND CONCRETE TO EXPOSE SOURCE OR RUST. CUT TIES AS REQUIRED TO PROVIDE 2" MIN. CONCRETE COVER.RUSTED PLASTER STAIN REBAR TIES, TYP.REBAR NON-SHRINK EPOXY GROUT NEW 1 2" PLASTER (E) PLASTER REBAR NOT USED N.T.S.7 TYPICAL BONDING SCALE 8 TYPICAL BONDING TO REINFORCEMENT TYPICAL BONDING TO COMPONENTS REINFORCEMENT #8 SOLID BARE COPPER BONDING WIRE #8 SOLID BARE COPPER BONDING WIRE BRONZE PRESSURE CONNECTOR BRONZE BONDING CLAMP U/L APPROVED FOR CONCRETE EMBEDMENT NOTE: THIS DETAIL IS TO BE USED WHERE RUST SPOTTING IN THE POOL PLASTER OCCURS SP1.3 PO O L D E S I G N D E T A I L S REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE SITE ACCESSIBILITY ENTRANCE PLAN 1" =20'1 KEEP CLEAR EXISTING RECREATION POOL EXISTING SLIDE POOL EXISTING ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL EX I S T I N G A C C E S S I B L E P A R K I N G SE E N O T E # 7 VA N E1 E2 E3 E4 A0.1 3 A0.1 9 TYP. HEAD OF ALL STALLS TYP. 9 PL. TYP. 9 PL.A0.1 5 POOL HOUSE RECREATION POOL LI F E G U A R D B U I L D I N G CO N C E S S I O N S T A N D D.F. ACCESSIBLE ENTRANCE D.F. D.F. A0.1 5 REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE SD1.0 SI T E A C C E S S I B I L I T Y E N T R A N C E P L A N ACCESSIBILITY NOTES: 1.ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL AS INDICATED ON PLAN IS A BARRIER FREE ACCESS ROUTE WITHOUT ANY ABRUPT LEVEL CHANGES EXCEEDING 1 4" MAX AND AT LEAST 48" IN WIDTH. 2.PATH SURFACE IS STABLE, FIRM, AND SLIP RESISTANT. 3.PATH CROSS SLOPE DOES NOT EXCEED 1:48 AND SLOPE IN THE DIRECTION OF TRAVEL IS LESS THAN 1:20, UNLESS NOTED OTHERWISE. 4.ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL SHALL BE MAINTAINED FREE OF OVERHANGING OBSTRUCTIONS TO 80" MINIMUM AND PROTRUDING OBJECTS GRATER THAN 4" PROJECTION FROM WALL AND ABOVE 27" AND LESS THAN 80". 5.SEE TERRACON ACCESSIBILITY ASSESSMENT REPORT DATED MARCH 10, 2022 6.REFER TO SHEET SP1.2 FOR POOL ACCESSIBLE LIFT INFORMATION. 7.RESTRIPE ACCESSIBLE STALL PER DETAIL 3/A0.1. SEE ALSO TERRACON ACCESSIBILITY ASSESSMENT REPORT DATED MARCH 10, 2022, FINDINGS 2 THROUGH 6. 8.EXISTING ENCLOSURE FENCE = 8'-0" HIGH W/ 1-3/4" WEAVE. 9.EXISTING ENCLOSURE GATES = 4'-0" X 7'-0". EACH (E) GATE SHALL BE IN COMPLIANCE WITH DETAILS 2,3 AND 5 SHEET A0.2 INCLUDES CLOSER, KICKPLATE, PANIC HARDWARE. DESIGN PROFESSIONAL IN GENERAL RESPONSIBLE CHARGE STATEMENT: THE PATH OF TRAVEL IDENTIFIED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS IS COMPLIANT WITH THE CURRENT APPLICABLE CALIFORNIA BUILDING CODE ACCESSIBILITY PROVISIONS FOR PATH OF TRAVEL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALTERATIONS, ADDITIONS AND STRUCTURAL REPAIRS. AS PART OF THE DESIGN OF THIS PROJECT, THE PATH OF TRAVEL WAS EXAMINED AND ANY ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS OR PORTIONS OF THE PATH OF TRAVEL THAT WERE DETERMINED TO BE NONCOMPLIANT 1) HAVE BEEN IDENTIFIED AND 2) THE CORRECTIVE WORK NECESSARY TO BRING THEM INTO COMPLIANCE HAS BEEN INCLUDED WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THIS PROJECT'S WORK THROUGH DETAILS, DRAWINGS, AND SPECIFICATIONS INCORPORATED INTO THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. ANY NONCOMPLIANT ELEMENTS, COMPONENTS, OR PORTIONS OF THE PATH OF TRAVEL THAT WILL NOT BE CORRECTED BY THIS PROJECT BASED ON VALUATION THRESHOLD LIMITATIONS OR A FINDING OF UNREASONABLE HARDSHIP ARE SO INDICATED IN THESE CONSTRUCTION DOCUMENTS. DURING CONSTRUCTION, IF PATH OF TRAVEL ITEMS WITHIN THE SCOPE OF THE PROJECT REPRESENTED AS CODE COMPLIANT ARE FOUND TO BE NONCONFORMING BEYOND REASONABLE CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES, THEY SHALL BE BROUGHT INTO COMPLIANCE WITH THE CBC AS A PART OF THIS PROJECTS BY MEANS OF A CONSTRUCTION CHANGE DOCUMENT. ACCESSIBLE PARKING TOTAL PARKING SPACES PROVIDED 165 ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES REQUIRED 6 (1 VAN) ACCESSIBLE PARKING SPACES PROVIDED 9 (1 VAN) 0 Approximate Scale (Feet) 40'20' LEGEND ACCESSIBLE PATH OF TRAVEL KEEP CLEAR EXITING PLAN 1" =20'1 3838 38 13 9 353 4 27 1 5 5 208 50 158 158 50 208 38 50 EXISTING SIDEWALK EXISTING FENCE LINE EXISTING PLANTER 145 208 50 50 185 215 214 353 E1 E2 E3 E4 SLIDE POOL POOL HOUSE RECREATION POOL LI F E G U A R D B U I L D I N G CO N C E S S I O N S T A N D REV 1 DATE DESCRIPTION APPROVED: REVIEWED: SCALE: PROJECT NO: 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 DRAWN: DATE: Copyright Ó RS+M, Inc.-All Rights Reserved-This document was prepared for use only by the client, only for the purposes stated, and within a reasonable time from issuance. Non-commercial, educational, and scientific use of this document by regulatory agencies is regarded as a "fair use" and not a violation of copyright. Regulatory agencies may make additional copies of this document for internal use. Copies may also be made available to the public as required by law. The reprint must acknowledge the copyright and indicate that permission to reprint has been received.2023 1981 N. BROADWAY, SUITE 202 WALNUT CREEK, CA 94596 PH. (925) 464-4600 www.rsm-de.com ROGERS STRINGER + MCCLELLAND 044-2301 BL A C K B E R R Y F A R M A Q U A T I C C E N T E R 21 9 7 9 S A N F E R N A N D O A V E N U E CU P E R T I N O , C A L I F O R N I A AS NOTED MAY 30, 2023 R. DINELLI R. BRAVO J. MCCLELLAND C-21797 JAMES P. McCLELLAND RENEWAL DATE 07/31/2023 LIC E N S E D ARCHI T E C T S T A T E OF CA L I F O R NIA AQUATIC PACKAGE SD1.1 EX I T I N G P L A N 0 Approximate Scale (Feet) 40'20' OCCUPANT LOAD CALCULATION AREA S.F.FACTOR OCC. LOAD. RECREATION POOL 3,036 20 152 RECREATION POOL DECK 4,169 15 278 SLIDE POOL 2011 20 100 SLIDE POOL DECK 4,727 15 315 POOL HOUSE MEN'S TOILET ROOM 177 50 4 POOL HOUSE WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM 350 50 7 POOL HOUSE MEN'S DRESSING ROOM 422 50 9 POOL HOUSE WOMEN'S DRESSING ROOM 630 50 13 PUBLIC MEN'S TOILET ROOM (LIFEGUARD BLDG.)243 50 5 PUBLIC WOMEN'S TOILET ROOM (LIFEGUARD BLDG.)235 50 5 RECREATION POOL MECHANICAL ROOM 619 300 2 SLIDE POOL MECHANICAL ROOM 382 300 1 TOTAL OCCUPANT LOAD 891 EXITS REQUIRED 3 EXITS EXITS PROVIDED 3 EXITS EXIT WIDTH REQUIRED 178 INCHES EXIT WIDTH PROVIDED 184 INCHES EACH EXISTING EXIT GATE = 4'-0" X 7'-0" (3'-8" CLEAR AT 90 DEGREES) EACH EXISTING EXIT GATE INCLUDES CLOSER, KICKPLATE, AND PANIC HARDWARE. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 TABLE OF CONTENTS © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 1 SPECIFICATION SECTIONS INDEX PERFORMANCE SPECIFICATIONS DIVISION 13 SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION Section 13 11 00 Swimming Pool Contractor General Requirements Section 13 11 05 Swimming Pool Required Testing and Inspections Section 13 11 09 Swimming Pool Start Up Section 13 11 10 Swimming Pool Recirculation Systems Section 13 11 15 Swimming Pool Deck Equipment Section 13 11 16 Underwater Lights Section 13 11 20 Swimming Pool Cast-in-Place Concrete Section 13 11 24 Repair of Cracks by Epoxy Injection Section 13 11 25 Swimming Pool Cementitious Waterproofing Section 13 11 30 Swimming Pool Sealants and Caulking Section 13 11 40 Swimming Pool Plaster Section 13 11 45 Swimming Pool Tile BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 4 SECTION 13 11 00 – SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE A. Requirements in Addenda, Alternates and Conditions collectively apply to this work. 1.02 SUMMARY A. Principal Work Items Are: 1. Pool Contractor Qualifications and Responsibilities. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 13 11 05 - Swimming Pool Required Testing and Inspections 2. Section 13 11 09 - Start Up 3. Section 13 11 10 - Swimming Pool Recirculation Equipment 4. Section 13 11 11 - Swimming Pool Piping 5. Section 13 11 15 - Swimming Pool Deck Equipment 6. Section 13 11 16 - Swimming Pool Underwater Lights 7. Section 13 11 20 - Swimming Pool Cast in Place Concrete 8. Section 13 11 24 – Swimming Pool Repair by Epoxy Injection 9. Section 13 11 25 - Swimming Pool Cementitious Waterproofing 10. Section 13 11 30 - Swimming Pool Sealants and Caulking 11. Section 13 11 40 - Swimming Pool Plaster 12. Section 13 11 46 - Swimming Pool Finish Tile 1.03 CONTRACTOR’S ALTERNATE PROPOSAL A. Contractor shall submit his bid to the owner based on materials, equipment and methods as specified in this section. No substitutions of material will be allowed. B. It is the intent of the contract documents to encourage competition. The base proposal must be on providing the construction methods and equipment as specified and detailed. Any proposed system substitution must have prior written approval by the Architect. C. If there is any deviation from the basis of design equipment it is the responsibility of the contractor to confirm that all engineering criteria are appropriate for the substituted equipment. D. All proposed substitutions of specified construction methods and equipment shall include a complete submittal as required by these specifications and drawings of appropriate scale incorporating all required changes. The Contractor shall provide a list of at least ten (10) satisfactory installations comparable to this project that have been manufactured and installed under the manufacturer's current legal name. Submit a list of such projects with the name, address and current telephone number of the Owner's Operator and Architect of Record to the Architect on the bid date. E. Any changes or modifications to the contract documents that are not authorized by the Owner or Architect shall be the sole responsibility of the Contractor. 1.04 SUBMITTALS A. Submit all information required in this Section. B. All submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements and in strict compliance with the following procedures and guidelines. C. Six (6) sets of shop drawings and engineering data shall be tabbed, indexed, referenced to the specifications, bound in 3 ring binders and submitted in two stages. Provide 8 ½” x 11” cover sheet for each item submitted identifying item and product number. The first stage shall include all embedded items for the pool shell(s) (including piping diagrams) and the second stage shall be for all remaining items. Electronic submittals will BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 2 of 4 be acceptable in lieu of the six (6) hard copies. All electronic submittals shall be organized, numbered, and submitted in the same format as the project specifications. Only complete sets will be reviewed. 1. Engineering data covering all systems, equipment, structures and fabricated materials, which will become a permanent part of the work under this contract, shall be submitted for review. This data shall include drawings and descriptive information in sufficient detail and scale to show the kind, size, arrangement, and operation of component materials and devices; the external connections, anchorage and supports required; performance characteristics; fabrication and dimensions needed for installation and correlation with other materials and equipment. A certification, in writing, shall be provided indicating that all equipment will fit in the space allotted and as shown on the drawings. 2. All submittals regardless of origin shall be stamped with the approval of the Contractor and identified with the name and number of this contract, Contractor’s name, and references to applicable specification paragraphs and contract drawings. Each submittal shall indicate the intended use of the item in the work. When catalog pages are submitted, applicable items shall be clearly identified. The current revision, issue number, and date shall be indicated on all drawings and other descriptive data. 3. The submittals will not be accepted from anyone but the Contractor. Submittals shall be consecutively numbered in direct sequence of submittal and without division by subcontracts or trades. 4. The Contractor’s stamp of approval is a representation that the Contractor accepts full responsibility for determining and verifying all quantities, dimensions, field construction criteria, materials, catalog numbers and similar data, and that he has reviewed or coordinated each submittal with the requirements of the work and the contract documents. 5. Each submittal shall include a statement prepared by the originator of the drawings and data, certifying compliance with the contract documents except for deviations, which are specifically identified. 6. All deviations from the contract documents shall be identified on each submittal and shall be tabulated in the Contractor’s letter of transmittal. Such submittals shall, as pertinent to the deviation, indicate essential details of all changes proposed by the Contractor (including modifications to other facilities that may be a result of the deviation) and all required piping and wiring diagrams. 7. The Contractor shall accept full responsibility for the completeness of each submission, and, in the case of a resubmission, shall verify that all exceptions previously noted have been taken into account. In the event that more than one resubmission is required because of failure of Contractor to respond to exceptions and rejections previously noted, Contractor shall make all further resubmissions in person at the consultant’s office. 8. Any need for more than one resubmission, or any other delay in obtaining review of submittals, will not entitle the Contractor to an extension of the contract time unless delay of the work is directly caused by a change in the work authorized by a change order. 9. Review of drawings and data submitted by Contractor will cover only general conformity to the drawings and specifications, external connections and dimensions that affect the layout. Review does not indicate a thorough review of all dimensions, quantities, and details of the material, equipment, device or item shown. Review of submittals shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for errors, omissions, or deviations, or responsibility for compliance with the contract documents. 10. When the drawings and data are returned marked REJECTED or REVISE AND RESUBMIT, the corrections shall be made as noted thereon and as instructed and six (6) corrected copies (or one (1) copy and one (1) corrected reproducible copy) resubmitted. 11. Resubmittals shall bear the number of the first submittal followed by a letter (A, B, etc.) to indicate the sequence of the resubmittal. All resubmittals shall be indexed, tabbed, referenced to the specifications and bound in a three-ring binder and submitted at one time. 12. When corrected copies are resubmitted, the Contractor shall, in writing, direct specific attention to all revisions and shall list separately any revisions made other than those called for on previous submissions. 13. When the drawings and data are returned marked REVIEWED, NO EXCEPTION or REVIEWED AS NOTED, no additional copies need to be furnished unless specifically requested to do so for record. D. Include complete product data indexed, tabbed, and referenced to specifications with 8 ½” x 11” cover sheet covering: E. Provide submittals for all equipment included in sections listed in 1.02.B. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 3 of 4 1.05 POOL CONTRACTOR QUALIFICATIONS A. It is the intent of the Owner to award this Contract based on the specific experience and financial means required to complete the specified swimming pool system. The successful bidder must be regularly engaged in the construction of commercial pools. Each bidding Contractor shall demonstrate their specific experience and competency by complying with the following requirements. 1. The Pool Contractor must provide a written statement from an approved bonding company certifying that the Contractor can qualify for 100% Performance and Labor - Material Bonds on this Project. 2. The Pool Contractor shall provide evidence of having a Contractor’s License A or Contractor’s License C53 in the state of the project location. 3. The Pool Contractor shall show evidence of having adequate experience in refinishing commercial pools. In order to be considered for this Project the Pool Contractor must have refinished, within the last five years at least five (5) public use 25-Yard size pools with a shotcrete structure with tile and plaster finish. All these pools shall have been in operation for at least one year. Submit a list of such projects with the name, address, and current telephone number of the Owner and Architect for reference. 1.06 POOL CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITIES A. It is the intent of this section to place the entire responsibility for the construction of each of the pools (including the construction of the pool shell and structures) under one vested Contractor. Under this section the Pool Contractor will provide but is not necessarily limited to the following: 1. Providing labor, material, management and coordination of own personnel and specialty subcontractors experienced in commercial pool building to produce a functioning Swimming Pool including structure and equipment ready for public use upon completion of the Work. Remove equipment from premises when no longer required. 2. Furnish and install a plaster finish in the pool with a slip resistant surface per Specification Section 131140 – Swimming Pool Plaster. Furnish and install specialty tile for the perimeter tile deck band, gutter nosing, wall targets, recessed steps, floor lane markings, depth markings and warning signs, and all other tile installation within the pool structures. Reference Section 131146 - Swimming Pool Finish Tile - including the tolerance requirements for the concrete substrate. 3. Provide Swimming Pool sealants and caulking. Reference Section 131130 – Swimming Pool Sealants and Caulking 4. Provide Cementitious Waterproofing for the main drain sump. Reference Section 13 11 25 – Cementitious Waterproofing. 5. Provide deck equipment as noted on the construction documents. 6. Provide Swimming Pool and related equipment Start-Up as stated in Section 13 11 09, Article 3.03 including minimum consecutive 14-day trouble-free operation. Start, test, calibrate and adjust all mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, recirculation, chemical, and other supplied systems including deck, loose, maintenance, and safety equipment. Instruct the Owner's representative in the systems operation and maintenance as described herein. 7. Provide initial pool water fill and initial chemical balancing, Ryznar Stabilization, Langelier Index. 8. Provide all equipment and services required for erection and delivery onto the premises of any equipment or apparatus furnished. Remove equipment from premises when no longer required. 9. Coordinate for all required bonding and grounding of the pool shell, fittings, and equipment. 10. Provide all necessary piping and valving as shown on the drawings and specified herein. 11. Assemble and install the cleaning and maintenance equipment for the pool as specified herein. 12. Provide for the storage of all pool related equipment, materials and systems. All items are the responsibility of the Contractor until accepted by owner. 13. Obtain final acceptance by jurisdictional health department(s). B. Related work specified in other sections: 1. The following work related to the swimming pools shall be completed by other contractors: BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CONTRACTOR GENERAL REQUIREMENTS 13 11 00 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 4 of 4 a. Prior to concrete pours, verify electrical bonding of the pool embedded items. Coordinate and arrange any required electrical, plumbing and or building inspections to be performed on embedded items. b. Provide sanitary sewer and storm drain connections as shown on the drawings. c. Provide chlorine resistant caulking (sealant) and backer rod on pool decks. Reference Section 13 11 30 - Swimming Pool Sealants and Caulking. C. Related work specified in Plumbing section. 1. Furnish and install connection from (E) deck drain to Storm Sewer. D. Related work specified in Electrical sections. Reference Division 26 – Electrical. Work to be completed by other contractors. 1. Ground and bond all pool structures, fittings and equipment in accordance with Article 680 of the N.E.C. Test and verify that the system electrical ground is true and solid. Provide certification to this effort. 2. Obtain permits, inspections, and approvals of all wiring including grounding and bonding of all metal components associated with the pool in accordance with Local, State and National Electrical Codes. 3. Confirm all electrical conduits that penetrate the pool shell are watertight and installed per N.E.C. Article 680. PART 2 - UNUSED PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 CONCLUSION A. It is the intention of these specifications to provide a complete installation. All accessory construction and apparatus necessary in the operation or testing of the performance of the work shall be included. The omission of specific reference to any part of the work necessary for such complete installation shall not be interpreted as relieving the Contractor from furnishing and installing such parts. Any such omission or clarification shall be brought to the attention of the Architect prior to bidding as provided in this section. END OF SECTION 13 11 00 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTIONS 13 11 05 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 13 11 05 – SWIMMING POOL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTIONS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Work in this section. Principal work items include: 1. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the required testing and inspections to be performed by the Swimming Pool Contractor. 2. Required testing and inspections to be performed by the Swimming Pool Contractor shall include: a. Main Drain Hydrostatic Pipe Pressure Test; B. Not included in this section is testing and inspections required for construction materials not listed above. Other testing and inspections shall be required as listed in other specification sections. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date or as required in bidding documents. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. All submittals shall be made in accordance with the requirements of Division 1 - General Requirements and in strict compliance with the following procedures and guidelines. B. Schedule of Testing and Inspections: 1. Contractor shall provide prior to the start of construction within the general construction schedule when tests and inspections listed in the specification shall be performed. C. Product Data: 1. Provide product data for each type of product indicated. Include any technical data and installation requirements. D. Test Reports: 1. Submit a sample format for each test report intended for use. Submit test reports required herein only on approved forms. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1.01 GENERAL A. All products listed are required to perform the testing. All products that are being tested (i.e. Concrete, piping, etc.) shall conform with the respective specification section. 1.02 HYDROSTATIC PIPE PRESSURE TEST PRODUCTS A. Domestic Water 1. Contractor shall utilize the existing domestic fresh water service to fill pipes. The Owner shall assume costs of the water for the initial tests. In the case where the installation fails the initial test and subsequent tests are required, the Contractor shall assume costs of supplying water for each subsequent test, but may still use the domestic fresh water service available. B. Pressure Gauge 1. Gauges shall be bourdon tube type with a minimum 2-inch diameter dial. Gauge case shall be made of high impact polypropylene, ABS, or stainless steel with an acrylic gauge lens. Socket material shall be brass. Gauge sensor material shall be bronze. Scale shall be white with black divisions and numerals measured in psi with a black enameled balanced Micrometer pointer. Gauge range shall be 0 psi to 100 psi. Accuracy shall be +/-1.5% (3-2-3). Connection shall be either back or lower with ¼” NPT connection. 2. Basis of Design: Gauges shall be Ashcroft 8008A Commercial Pressure Gauge or approved equal. C. Pipe Caps / Plugs BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTIONS 13 11 05 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 2 OF 3 1. All pipe caps and plugs shall be of similar material of the adjoining piping that is being capped. Pipe caps and plugs shall be installed in a similar manner to all pipe fittings. D. Pressure Amplification Pump 1. A pressure amplification pump is only necessary if the domestic water pressure is incapable of providing and sustaining the 1.25 times the pressures required within the specification for the duration required within this specification. 2. The pressure amplification pump shall be capable of providing and sustaining 1.25 times the required pressure for the duration of the test. 3. Basis of Design: Pressure Amplification Pump shall be 115V AC Booster Pump, single phase, maximum 117 psi, 3/8-inch NPT inlet size, manufactured by SHURFLO or approved equal E. Air Relief Valve 1. Air Relief Valve shall be a brass ASME Safety Relief Valve with stainless steel spring with ¼” NPT connection. 2. Basis of Design: Air Relief Valves shall be ST25, ST Series Soft Seat Safety Valve by Control Devices, LLC or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 1.01 HYDROSTATIC PIPE PRESSURE TEST PROCEDURE A. Pipe test procedure is based on AWWA C605-13. For further clarification, refer to AWWA C605-13. B. Hydrostatic testing described in this section shall be conducted with water or other environmentally safe, incompressible fluids, because of the inherent safety hazard potential associated with testing components and systems with compressed or other compressed gases. C. All pipes shall be capped and sufficiently extend beyond the swimming pool finishes to allow for cutting and installation of any fittings including return inlets, main drain sumps. D. Each system of piping shall be tested for its entirety that it is below grade. The return piping shall be tested from within 15 feet of the footprint of the equipment room slab or pump pit to the return inlets within the finish swimming pool surface. The suction piping shall be tested from within 15 feet of the footprint of the equipment room slab or pump pit to the main drain sumps within the finish swimming pool surface. For constructability purposes, if a surge tank is included in the design, the suction lines may be tested from the main drain sumps within the finish swimming pool surface and within the surge tank finish and then again from within the surge tank finish to within 15 feet of the footprint of the equipment room slab or pump pit. E. The Contractor shall provide measurement gauges and recording devices for the test, including pump, pipe, connections, and other necessary apparatus and shall conduct the test. Before testing, the Contractor shall place sufficient backfill to prevent pipe movement, typically embedding 1/3 of the pipe. F. When the existing domestic water supply is utilized, the domestic water supply shall be protected from backflow contamination. G. Pressure gauges shall be provided at the highest elevation possible and the lowest elevation possible, typically at the shallow end return lines and the main drain lines respectively. H. Air relief valves shall be installed at all high points within the system to be tested to allow for proper purging of entrapped air. Taps may be installed at all return inlet piping and a single air relief valve can be utilized to remove entrapped air. This is critical not only for the accuracy of the test but for the safety of the workers that may be within the vicinity of the pressurized pipes. I. Tests shall be performed only after the pipeline has been properly filled, flushed, and purged of air. The specified test pressure shall be applied utilizing the existing domestic fresh water supply. If the existing domestic fresh water supply is incapable of providing sufficient pressure for the tests, a pressure amplification pump shall be installed to provide and maintain proper pressures for the duration of the tests. J. During tests, the system and exposed pipe, fittings, valves, and hydrants shall be carefully examined for leakage. Visible leaks shall be repaired and the test re-administered in its entirety. Defective elements shall be repaired or removed and replaced and the test repeated until the test requirements have been met. K. The duration of the hydrostatic test shall be 1 hour. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL REQUIRED TESTING AND INSPECTIONS 13 11 05 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 3 OF 3 L. The hydrostatic test pressure shall not be less than 80 psi at the highest elevation along the test section but shall not exceed 150 psi at any point. This pressure shall be maintained for the duration of the hydrostatic test. M. The testing allowance shall be defined as the quantity of water that must be supplied to the pipe section being tested to maintain a pressure within 5 psi of the specified hydrostatic test pressure. No installation will be accepted if the quantity of makeup water is greater than the following 1. For pipes less than 8 inches in diameter, make up water shall not exceed ½ gallon per 1,000 linear feet of piping. 2. For pipes 10 inches or greater, make up water shall not exceed ¾ gallon per linear feet of piping. 3. Visible leaks shall be repaired, regardless of the amount of leakage. N. Notice of Nonconformance 1. If the installation does not meet the requirements of this standard, the installation shall be made satisfactory by the Contractor at the Contractor’s expense. O. Affidavit of Compliance 1. The Contractor shall provide a sworn statement that the installation complies with the requirements of this specification. END OF SECTION 13 11 05 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUINE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL START UP 13 11 09 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 13 11 09 – SWIMMING POOL START UP PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 SUMMARY A. Principal work items are: 1. Closeout Submittals 2. Pool Fill and Chemical Balance 3. Project Turnover B. Related work specified elsewhere: 1. Section 13 11 10 – Swimming Pool Recirculation Equipment 2. Section 13 11 11 – Swimming Pool Piping 3. Section 13 11 40 – Swimming Pool Plaster 4. Section 13 11 50 – Swimming Pool Electrical 1.02 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors all work relating to this section. B. The Contractor must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. 1.03 CLOSE-OUT SUBMITTALS A. Submit to the Engineer Start-up Chemical Dosing procedure with listed chemicals and quantities. B. Detailed operation and maintenance information shall be supplied for all new equipment requiring maintenance or other attention. The equipment supplier and/or Contractor shall prepare an operation and maintenance manual for all equipment. Parts lists and operating and maintenance instructions shall be provided. C. Each operation and maintenance manual shall include the following: 1. Equipment function and calibration, normal operating characteristics, and limiting conditions. 2. Assembly, installation, alignment, adjustment and checking instructions. 3. Operating instructions for start-up, routine and normal operation, regulation and control, shut down and emergency conditions. 4. One (1) copy of all instructional videos. 5. Operating cycles shall be specifically described in outline format and in referenced detail. A wall- mounted color-coded piping flow diagram shall be provided in the pool equipment room. The diagram shall be engraved on laminated plastic with color-coded piping to match color of coding on piping, and including valves identified with number on tags. The minimum size shall be 11 inch x 17 inch. 6. Include manufacturer recommended maintenance schedule, parts lists, piping diagram (to agree with wall mounted diagram) and trouble-shooting information for all pool mechanical equipment. 7. Using reference to keyed valves and wall diagram, include specific written instructions for procedures to be followed for the following: a. Emptying and refilling the pool(s) including de-watering during the period that the pool(s) will be empty; b. Water level control adjustment and chemical control operation; c. Normal surge tank operation and balancing; d. Filter operation and backwashing; and BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUINE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL START UP 13 11 09 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 2 OF 3 e. Super chlorination. 8. Lubrication and maintenance instructions. 9. Guide to “trouble-shooting”. 10. Parts list and predicted life of parts subject to wear. 11. Outline, cross section, and assembly drawings; engineering data and wiring diagrams. 12. Test data and performance curves, where applicable. 13. Specific written instructions for procedure for emptying and refilling the pool(s) including de-watering during any period that the pool will be empty. Include furnishing and installing a yellow warning sign 8-1/2 in. x 11 in., to be mounted in the filter room, that reads: WARNING Prior to Emptying Pool Consult O & M Manuals for Procedures Another sign shall read: Keep all Caps, Plugs and Tops Tight Fitting to Prevent Escape of Fumes. 14. One set of applicable submittals shall be included in each manual. D. The operation and maintenance manuals shall be in addition to any instructions or parts lists packed with or attached to the equipment when delivered, or which may be required by the Contractor. E. Manuals and other data shall be printed on heavy, first quality paper, 8-1/2 in x 11 in size with standard 3- hole punching and inserted in plastic covers. Drawings and diagrams shall be reduced to 8-1/2 in x 11 in or 11 in x 17 in. Where reduction is not practical, larger drawings shall be folded separately and placed in envelopes that are bound into the manuals. Each envelope shall bear suitable identification on the outside. F. Six (6) bound volumes of each manual shall be submitted. All parts lists and information shall be assembled in substantial manuals and permanent, three-ring or three-post binders. Material shall be assembled and bound in the same order as specified, and each volume shall have a table of contents and suitable index tabs. G. All material shall be marked with project identification. Non-applicable information shall be marked out or deleted. H. Shipment of equipment will not be considered complete until all required manuals and data have been received. 1.04 POOL FILL WATER QUALITY A. The Owner shall bear the cost of the water required for one (1) complete filling of the pool. Removal of iron or copper (if in excess of 0.3 ppm) will be required for the final fill to avoid staining of the pool finish. Any subsequent fillings or partial fillings (more than 25%) of the pool shall be by the Contractor, at its own expense. B. The Contractor shall provide the necessary plant equipment so that the temperature of fill water will be within plus or minus 10 degrees of the ambient air and/or the pool structure at the time of filling. Extreme caution is urged if the temperature variance is greater than 10 degree F. C. The Contractor shall provide the necessary chemicals and to adjust and balance the water chemistry in the pools to the following levels: pH 7.4 – 7.6 Calcium Hardness 200 – 400 PPM Total Alkalinity (Calcium Hypochlorite) 60 – 80 PPM Total Alkalinity (Sodium Hypochlorite) 80 – 120 PPM Langelier Saturation Index -0.3 - +0.3 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) not to exceed 1,500 PPM BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUINE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL START UP 13 11 09 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 3 OF 3 1.05 START-UP CHEMICALS A. The Contractor shall maintain the chemical balance of the pool water (including the cost of all chemicals required) until the pool and mechanical system(s) are fully operational and accepted by the Architect and the Owner. B. Provide the Owner with sufficient quantities of the necessary chemicals to maintain the pool operation for minimum of thirty (30) days from substantial completion or the Owner begins using the pool. C. Chemicals to be provided to the Owner shall include those required by the chemical feed systems installed. PART 2 - PRODUCTS (UNUSED) PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Carefully examine all of the contract documents for requirements that affect the work of this section. Prior to starting any work, notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. B. Verify that all work by others, related to this section, has been completed. This includes all earthwork, concrete work, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections. C. Protect all materials and work completed by others from damage while completing the work in this section. 3.02 START UP A. Upon plastering of pool, refer to Specification 131140 for pool plaster curing process requirements. B. Provide Swimming Pool and related equipment Start-Up. Start, test, calibrate and adjust all mechanical equipment, electrical equipment, recirculation, chemical, and other supplied systems. C. Provide proof of minimum consecutive 14-day trouble-free operation. Lack of chemicals or other non-critical items shall not require a re-start of the trouble-free period but may result in a pause of the trouble free period. D. Provide certification that that entirety of pool systems operate and function correctly through all phases of operation. 3.03 PROJECT TURNOVER A. Prior to leaving the job, the Swimming Pool Contractor shall obtain written certification from the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating information provided. The Swimming Pool Contractor shall, in his contract, include the cost of one (1) additional days (total 4 hours) of instruction and operational check out by the qualified representative of the Swimming Pool Contractor during the first year of operation. B. Written reports of each of these visits outlining the pool's operation, competence and performance of the pool's operation personnel, and other pertinent comments shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect/Engineer within one (1) week after each visit. C. The Contractor shall provide specific written procedures to be followed for emptying and refilling the pool as mentioned previously in this section. The procedures must be included in the bound volume of operating instructions and references in the front index with a note headed by the words: "CAUTION -- VERY IMPORTANT". END OF SECTION 13 11 09 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL RECIRCULATION EQUIPMENT 13 11 10 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 1 OF 3 SECTION 13 11 10 – SWIMMING POOL RECIRCULATION SYSTEMS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors all work relating to this section. B. The Contractor must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and crates with all labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. C. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. D. Store all materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective coverings. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. E. Remove damaged materials from site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 1.01 RECIRCULATION FITTINGS A. New Main Drain Frames and Grates shall be installed on top of the existing field built concrete sumps with 12 gauge PVC frame and PVC grating and sized as shown on the plan. Grate openings shall not exceed 11/32 inch in width, providing an open flow area to allow water velocity not to exceed 1.0 fps. The grate shall be PVC and fit closely and flush with top surface of frame, and secured to frame with vandal proof fasteners. All exposed edges of main outlets shall be rounded and smooth, free of burrs and sharp edges. All main drain covers shall comply with the Virginia Graeme Baker Act and ANSI/APSP/ICC-16 2017. Contractor to confirm existing main drain sump meets all current codes. B. Wall inlet fittings shall be Hayward Model SP-1421-E (1 inch opening) cycolac directional inlet mounted in Hayward Model SP-1022S or approved equal from Sta-Rite or Swimtime. PART 2 - EXECUTION 2.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Carefully examine all of the contract documents for requirements that affect the work of this section. Prior to starting any work, notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL RECIRCULATION EQUIPMENT 13 11 10 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 2 OF 3 B. Verify that all work by others, related to this section, has been completed. This includes all earthwork, concrete work, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections. C. Protect all materials and work completed by others from damage while completing the work in this section. 2.02 FIELD MEASUREMENTS A. Verify benchmark and pool location prior to layout. B. If field measurements differ from the construction drawing dimensions, notification shall be given to the Architect prior to proceeding with work. 2.03 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall assemble and install all equipment, special parts and accessories as shown on pool drawings, specifications and shop drawings of the equipment suppliers. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all anchors and inserts to be imbedded in the deck including all fittings, inserts and structure sleeves and required anchorage as shown on the plans and as indicated in this section of the specifications. Equipment shall be set true and plumb, using factory jigs where available. Removable equipment items shall be easily removable from anchors and shall fit without noticeable wobble. C. Provide templates for all equipment anchors. Provide anchor bolts of the size and spacing as required by the equipment manufacturer. All anchor bolts shall be stainless steel Type 316L and of a length capable of adequate anchorage into rough slab-on-grade allowing for finish deck tile and setting bed. Anchors shall be set and cast into place during building concrete work. Inspect all anchor settings for horizontal and vertical alignment prior to placing concrete. D. The CONTRACTOR shall install all equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Equipment shall all be assembled and in place for final observation. E. All items necessary to complete this section are shown on the plans or described in the specifications including items that may be purchased by the Owner. Items are detailed and specified as a guide for dimensional purposes. The CONTRACTOR must make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. 2.04 START-UP AND INSTRUCTION A. The CONTRACTOR shall supply the services of an experienced swimming pool operator/instructor for a period of not less than two days (total 16 hours) after the pool(s) have been filled and initially placed in operation. During this period, the Owner's representatives who will be operating the pool(s) shall be thoroughly instructed in all phases of the pool's operation. The CONTRACTOR shall deliver six (6) complete sets of operating and maintenance instructions for the swimming pool, structures, finishes and all component equipment. Prior to leaving the job, the CONTRACTOR shall obtain written certification from the designated Owner's representative acknowledging that the instruction period has been completed and all necessary operating information provided. The CONTRACTOR shall, in his contract, include the cost of two (2) additional days (total 16 hours) of instruction and operational check out by the qualified representative of the CONTRACTOR during the first season of operation. B. Written reports of each of these visits outlining the pool's operation, competence and performance of the pool's operation personnel, and other pertinent comments shall be submitted to the Owner and Architect/Engineer within one (1) week after each visit. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL RECIRCULATION EQUIPMENT 13 11 10 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. PAGE 3 OF 3 C. The CONTRACTOR shall provide specific written procedures to be followed for emptying and refilling the pool as mentioned previously in this section. The procedures must be included in the bound volume of operating instructions and references in the front index with a note headed by the words: "CAUTION -- VERY IMPORTANT". END OF SECTION 131150 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8. 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL DECK EQUIPMENT 13 11 15 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 1 of 2 SECTION 13 11 15 – SWIMMING POOL DECK EQUIPMENT PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors all work relating to this section. B. The Contractor must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and crates with all labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. C. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. D. Store all materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective coverings. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. E. Remove damaged materials from site. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INSERTS AND ANCHOR SOCKETS A. Sockets and anchors shall be provided as stainless steel or cast bronze for swimming pool accessories. The Contractor shall confirm compatibility of deck equipment and deck anchors with the deck equipment manufacturer. All anchors or sockets shall be provided with flush closure caps and escutcheons with set screws where indicated. Escutcheons shall be of the keyhole or oblong shape, similar to the casted, electro- polished stainless steel escutcheon with set screw by Paragon, or approved equal. 1. Cup anchors for racing lane lines shall be installed per the construction documents. Cup anchors shall be chrome-plated cast bronze with chrome-plated bronze threaded eyebolts. The heavy-duty cup anchors shall have a 3-3/8” diameter with a ½”-13 eyebolt and a 3-3/16” deep anchor body. Cup anchors shall be Paragon 316L commercial cup anchor, or approved equal. 2. Recessed steps shall be a single molding of white ABS with an integral slip resistant tread surface. The step shall be 16.5 in. wide by 6 in. deep. All portions of the backside shall be completely filled with non-shrink grout and set into the wall block-out and mortared in with non-shrink grout. Step by KDI Paragon, S.R. Smith, or approved equal. 2.02 DECK EQUIPMENT A. Grab rails shall be provided as required in the quantities as shown on the drawings. Grab rails shall be fabricated of one continuous length of polished and buffed tubing. The tubing shall be ASTM-A-554 grade 316L stainless steel, 1.90 inch OD x .120 inch minimum wall thickness, polished and buffed to 320 grit finish and shall be passivated, in compliance with ASTM A967-99, incorporating organic acid passivation techniques for maximum corrosion resistance. All bends shall be smooth and free of wrinkles. Grab rails shall be figure 4 style sized to fit the existing deck anchors. Contractor to confirm all dimensions before purchasing railing. B. Entry rails shall be provided as shown on the drawings, fabricated from one continuous piece of polished and buffed ASTM-A-554 grade 316L stainless steel, 1.900 inch OD x .120 inch wall thickness, polished and buffed to 320 grit finish and shall be passivated for maximum corrosion resistance. Bends shall be smooth and wrinkle free. Custom rails shall be as manufactured by Spectrum Products, or approved equal. Custom rail submittal drawings shall be complete with details of custom fabrication and installation information. New Railing to fit into existing anchors. Contractor to confirm all dimensions before purchasing railing. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8. 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL DECK EQUIPMENT 13 11 15 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 2 of 2 2.03 LOOSE EQUIPMENT A. Lifeline 1. Lifeline shall be 3/4 inch blue and white polyethylene rope with floats that are 5 inch diameter by 9 inch long. Floats to be spaced on five foot centers. All metallic rope hooks shall be stainless steel. Provide lifelines as described below. Lifeline, floats, and rope end hooks to be supplied by Lincoln Aquatics or equal. a. One (1) at each pool: Full Span 4’ 6” depth transition location B. Lane Lines 1. Lane lines shall be 3/4 inch blue and white polyethylene rope with floats that are 5 inch diameter by 9 inch long. Floats to be spaced on five foot centers. All metallic rope hooks shall be stainless steel. Provide tensioner at one end each line. Provide lane lines as described below. Lifeline, floats, and rope end hooks to be supplied by Lincoln Aquatics or equal. a. Five (5) Full Length 75’ 0” Dimension for Recreation Pool swim lanes. 2.04 MAINTENANCE EQUIPMENT A. The following items are to be supplied by the Contractor unless otherwise noted. All proprietary names are to designate performance only. Equal products will be accepted. B. Stainless Steel Cleaner 1. Provide a stainless steel cleaner. The cleaner shall comprise of one (1) gallon of organic passivation solution. It shall be complete with instructions for proper maintenance of stainless steel surfaces and material safety data sheets for the passivation solution. The cleaner shall be the Spectra-Clean System 2 as manufactured by Spectrum Products. Product to be applied with 3M scouring pad, or approved equal. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Carefully examine all of the contract documents for requirements that affect the work of this section. Prior to starting any work, notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. B. Verify that all work by others, related to this section, has been completed. This includes all earthwork, concrete work, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections. C. Protect all materials and work completed by others from damage while completing the work in this section. 3.02 EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS INSTALLATION A. The CONTRACTOR shall assemble and install all equipment, special parts and accessories as shown on pool drawings, specifications and shop drawings of the equipment suppliers. B. The CONTRACTOR shall provide all anchors and inserts to be imbedded in the deck including all fittings, inserts and structure sleeves and required anchorage as shown on the plans and as indicated in this section of the specifications. Equipment shall be set true and plumb, using factory jigs where available. Removable equipment items shall be easily removable from anchors and shall fit without noticeable wobble. C. Provide templates for all equipment anchors. Provide anchor bolts of the size and spacing as required by the equipment manufacturer. All anchor bolts shall be stainless steel Type 316L and of a length capable of adequate anchorage into rough slab-on-grade allowing for finish deck tile and setting bed. Anchors shall be set and cast into place during building concrete work. Inspect all anchor settings for horizontal and vertical alignment prior to placing concrete. D. The CONTRACTOR shall install all equipment and systems in accordance with manufacturer's directions. Equipment shall all be assembled and in place for final observation. E. All items necessary to complete this section are shown on the plans or described in the specifications including items that may be purchased by the Owner. Items are detailed and specified as a guide for dimensional purposes. The CONTRACTOR must make provisions accordingly and submit shop drawings and submittals based on that data. END OF SECTION 13 11 15 BLACKBERRY FARM SLIDE AND RECREATION POOL REMODEL JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SWIMMING POOL UNDERWATER LIGHTS 13 11 16 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 2 SECTION 13 11 16 – SWIMMING POOL UNDERWATER LIGHTS PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 COORDINATION AND CLARIFICATION A. Coordinate with other contractors or subcontractors all work relating to this section. B. The Contractor must establish with other contractors or subcontractors, having related work in this section, that all work necessary to complete the pool(s) as shown on the drawings and in the specifications is included in the base bid and alternates to the Owner. C. If in doubt regarding the responsibility for work covered in this section and/or discovery of errors or omissions in the bidding documents, the Contractor shall notify the Architect through channels established by the specifications and request a clarification ten (10) days prior to the bid date. 1.02 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Deliver material in manufacturer's original, unopened containers and crates with all labels intact and legible. B. Deliver materials in sufficient time and quantity to allow continuity of work and compliance with approved construction schedule. C. Handle materials in a manner to prevent damage. D. Store all materials on clean raised platforms with weather protective coverings. Provide continuous protection of materials against damage or deterioration. E. Remove damaged materials from site. 1.03 WARRANTIES A. The Contractor warrants to the Owner and Architect that materials and equipment provided under the contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the contract documents, that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted, and that the work will conform with the requirements of the contract documents. Work not conforming to these requirements, including substitutions not properly approved and authorized will be considered defective. The Contractor’s warranty will exclude remedies for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operations, modifications not executed by the Contractor or improper wear and tear under normal use. If required by the Architect, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. All warranties shall be for a period of one year from the date of substantial completion or the owner begins using the pool unless otherwise specified. B. The Contractor shall agree to repair or replace any defective or non-complying work at no cost to the Owner upon written notification from the Owner within the warranty period. Pro-rated warranties are not acceptable. C. Submit all warranties covering defects in material, manufacturer and install of the lights. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 UNDERWATER LIGHTS A. The pool underwater lights shall be 120VAC or 12VAC, 58 watts LED-type, and equivalent to 500 watts of incandescent light. Fixture housing shall be stainless steel construction with minimum wall thickness of 0.020 inch per UL 676 underwater pool lighting standard. The niche shall be stainless steel with cast brass mounting ring or PVC plastic with stainless steel mounting ring. Brass construction pressure grounding lug on interior and exterior services. Lens shall be 8-3/8 diameter clear tempered heat resistant glass. Gasket to be single-piece "U" shaped santoprene or silicone. Fasteners shall be silicon-bronze or stainless steel. The light fixture shall be supplied with a #16-3 STW (120V) or 12-3 SJTW (12V) submersible cord with ground wire positively grounded inside the fixture. Cord entrance shall be a watertight seal and epoxy encapsulated. Light fixture to be Pentair Intellibrite 5G, PureWhite 500W pool light series by J&J Electronics or approved equal. Underwater lights shall be provided with cord length as required to allow for deck re- lamping of all fixtures. BLACKBERRY FARM SLIDE AND RECREATION POOL REMODEL JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SWIMMING POOL UNDERWATER LIGHTS 13 11 16 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 2 of 2 PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 EXISTING CONDITIONS, INSPECTION AND PREPARATION A. Carefully examine all of the contract documents for requirements that affect the work of this section. Prior to starting any work, notify the General Contractor of defects requiring correction. Do not start work until conditions are satisfactory. B. Verify that all work by others, related to this section, has been completed. This includes all earthwork, concrete work, and mechanical, electrical and plumbing connections. C. Protect all materials and work completed by others from damage while completing the work in this section. END OF SECTION 13 11 16 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 12 SECTION 13 11 20 – SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work in this section. Principal items include: 1. The work under this section shall include all labor, materials, and equipment required to complete the concrete work for the following: swimming pool floors, surge tanks, pool decks. 2. Materials and/or methods specified in this section as "C.B.C.", "C.B.C. Standards", or similar wording refer to the California Building Code, 2019 Edition. 3. Except as otherwise specified herein, the work of this section shall be in accordance with Chapter 19 "Concrete" of the California Building Code, 2019 Edition. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Product Data: Provide product data for each type of product indicated. Include any technical data and installation requirements. B. Concrete Mix Design: Provide a mix design for each strength and type of concrete. Furnish a complete list of materials including type, brand, source, and amount of cement, pozzolan, and admixtures. Obtain approval before concrete placement. Any concrete work placed prior to approval of the concrete mix design is not acceptable, is rejected and shall be removed at no cost to the owner. 1. Provide alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results or other circumstances warrant adjustments. 2. Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at project site in the submittal. C. Steel Reinforcement Shop Drawings: Provide placing drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and placement. Include bar sizes, lengths, materials, and grades; bar schedules; stirrup spacing; bent bar diagrams; bar arrangements, splices and laps; mechanical connections; tie spacing; hoop spacing; and supports for concrete reinforcement. D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Provide formwork shop drawings prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 1. Shoring and Reshoring: Indicate proposed schedule and sequence of stripping formwork, shoring removal, and installing and removing reshoring. E. Material Test Reports: Provide reports from a qualified testing agency, indicating compliance with requirements for the following: 1. Aggregates - Include service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity. F. Material Certificates: Provide certificates for each of the following, signed by the manufacturers: 1. Cementitious materials 2. Admixtures 3. Form materials and form-release agents 4. Steel reinforcement and accessories 5. Curing compounds 6. Bonding agents 7. Repair materials G. Provide field quality control test and inspection reports. H. Provide minutes of pre-installation conference. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on project personnel qualified as ACI Certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI Certified Concrete Flatwork Technician. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 2 of 12 B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and complies with ASTM C94 / C94M requirements for production facilities and equipment. C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated and as documented according to ASTM E548. 1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as an ICC Certified Reinforced Concrete Technician according to the International Code Council or an equivalent certification program. 2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be ACI Certified Concrete Strength Testing Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade I. Testing Agency laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI Certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician - Grade II. D. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer. E. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the contract documents: 1. ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," Sections 1 through 5. 2. ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials." F. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in Division 1 Section "Project Management and Coordination." 1. Before submitting design mixtures, review concrete design mixture and examine procedures for ensuring quality of concrete materials. Require representatives of each entity directly concerned with cast-in-place concrete to attend, including the following: a. Contractor's superintendent. b. Independent testing agency responsible for concrete design mixtures. c. Ready-mix concrete manufacturer. d. Concrete subcontractor. 2. Review special inspection and testing and inspecting agency procedures for field quality control, concrete finishes and finishing, cold- and hot-weather concreting procedures, curing procedures, forms and form removal limitations, shoring and reshoring procedures, steel reinforcement installation, concrete repair procedures, and concrete protection. 1.04 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. B. Waterstops: Keep waterstops covered during storage to protect from moisture, sunlight, dirt, oil, and other contaminants. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MANUFACTURERS A. In other Part 2 articles where titles below introduce lists, the following requirements apply to product selection: 1. Available Products: Products are subject to compliance with requirements. Products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the products specified. 2. Available Manufacturers: Manufacturers are subject to compliance with requirements. Manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated in the work include, but are not limited to, the manufactures specified. 2.02 CONCRETE MATERIALS A. Cementitious Materials: Use the same type, brand, and source throughout the project. The following cementitious materials are recommended: 1. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Standard Specification for Portland Cement. 2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class C or F. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 3 of 12 B. Normal Weight Aggregate: ASTM C33, Class 5S coarse aggregate or better, graded. Provide aggregates from a single source with documented service record data of at least 10 years satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar aggregates and cementitious materials. 1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 in (25 mm) nominal size. 2. Fine Aggregate: Fine aggregate to be free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement. C. Water: ASTM C94 / C94M, Clean and potable. 2.03 ADMIXTURES A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260. B. Chemical Admixtures: Provide admixtures certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that will not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride. 1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494 / C494M, Type A. 2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494 / C494M, Type B. 3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494 / C494M, Type D. 4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494 / C494M, Type F. 5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494 / C494M, Type G. 6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C1017 / C1017M, Type II. 2.04 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENERAL A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301. 1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture designs based on laboratory trial mixtures. 2. Limit use of fly ash to not exceed, in combination, 15% of portland cement by weight. B. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15% by weight of cement. C. Admixtures: Use admixtures according to manufacturer's written instructions. 1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as required, for placement and workability. 2. Use water-reducing and retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low humidity, or other adverse placement conditions. 3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, and concrete with a water-cementitious materials ratio below 0.45. 2.05 CONCRETE MIXES A. All concrete: Proportion normal-weight concrete mixture as follows: 1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4,500 psi (20.7 MPa) at 28 days 2. Maximum Water-Cementitious Materials Ratio: 0.45. 3. Minimum Cement Content: 600 lb/yd3 4. Slump Limit: a. 3 in +/- 1 in (75 mm +/- 25 mm) or 8 in (200 mm) for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 in (50 to 100 mm) before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, +/- 1 in (25 mm). 5. Use Type II/V Cement. 6. Cement to aggregate, in dry weight, shall not be less than one to five. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 4 of 12 B. Shrinkage Tests: 1. Prior to placing any concrete for walls or horizontal surfaces, a trial batch of each mix design of structural concrete shall be prepared using the aggregates, cement and admixture (if any) proposed for the project. From each trial batch at least three (3) specimens for determining drying shrinkage shall be prepared. The drying shrinkage specimens shall be a 4 in x 4 in x 11 in prisms fabricated, cured, dried, and measured in accordance with the requirements of Tentative Method of Test for Length Change of Cement Mortar and Concrete, ASTM C157. The measurements shall be made and reported separately for 7 and 28 days of drying after 7 days of moist curing. The effective gage length of the specimens shall be 10 in, and except for the foundation concrete, the average drying shrinkage at 35 days shall not exceed .054%. 2. Previous Test: Ready-mixed concrete manufacturer may furnish certified test reports from an approved testing laboratory as proof of meeting shrinkage requirements, provided aggregate used and concrete covered by such test report conform to mix design approved for use on this project. Use an independent testing facility for preparing and reporting proposed mix designs. C. Ready-Mix Concrete 1. Comply with ASTM C94 / C94M. 2. Before using trucks for batching, mixing, and transporting concrete, thoroughly clean the trucks and equipment of materials capable of contaminating concrete. 3. During hot weather, or under conditions contributing to rapid setting of concrete, a shorter mixing time than specified in ASTM C94 is required. 4. When air temperature is between 85 °F and 90 °F, reduce mixing and delivery time from 90 minutes to 75 minutes, and when air temperature is above 90 °F, reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes. 5. Do not add water to ready-mix concrete at project site except when slump is below specified limits and total water does not exceed the design water-cement ratio; inject added water into mixer and mix thoroughly before discharging. D. Provide certificate signed by authorized official of supplier with each load of concrete stating following: 1. Time truck left plant. 2. Mix of concrete, identify with code number of mix design. 3. Amount of water and cement in mix. 4. Amount and type of admixtures. 5. Amount of water added at project site. 6. Time truck is unloaded at project site. E. Truck mixers without batch tickets will be rejected. F. Retain certificates at project site. Submit to the owner/architect for review upon request. 2.06 COLORED CONCRETE A. Submittals: 1. Product Data: a. Color additives. b. Curing products. c. Proprietary cleaning agents. 2. Shop Drawings: Indicate extent of each color of integrally colored concrete. 3. Samples for Initial Selection: Submit color additive manufacturer's sample chip set. 4. Qualification Data: For Installer. B. Quality Assurance: 1. Perform work in accordance with: ACI 301, ACI 303.1, ACI 305.1, ACI 306.1, ACI 318. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 5 of 12 2. Obtain each material from same source and maintain high degree of consistency in workmanship throughout Project. 3. Installer Qualifications: Concrete work shall be by firm with five years’ experience with commercial pool decks of similar scope and quality. 4. Field Samples: Submit two (2) samples 48 by 48 inches indicating concrete color range and texture. C. Integrally Colored Concrete Mock-Up: 1. Provide 48 inch x 48 inch mock-up under Division 01 Section "Quality Requirements". Construct at least one month before start of other concrete work to allow concrete to cure before observation. 2. Accepted mock-up provides visual standard for work of this Section. 3. Remove mock-up when no longer required for comparison with finished work. D. Products 1. Color Additives: a. Manufacturer: Davis Colors 800-356-4848 or 323-269-7311 info@daviscolors.com. Web Site: www.daviscolors.com. b. Substitutions: Comply with Division 01 Section "Substitution Procedures". c. Type: Concentrated pigments specially processed for mixing into concrete and complying with ASTM C979. d. Color additives containing carbon black [are] [are not] acceptable. 2. Color Additive Delivery: a. Manual Dispensing: Use Davis Colors Mix-Ready powdered color additives in pre-measured disintegrating bags. E. Concrete Colors: Provide color additives that, along with specified concrete materials, result in concrete to match existing competition pool deck concrete to remain. 2.07 FORM-FACING MATERIALS A. Forming Materials: Forming materials shall be new. Materials may be reused during the progress of the work provided they are completely cleaned and reconditioned, recoated for each reuse, capable of producing formwork of the required quality and are structurally sound. B. Smooth-Formed Finished Concrete: Form-facing panels shall be used to provide continuous, true, and smooth concrete surfaces. Furnish panels in the largest practicable sizes to minimize the number of joints. 1. Exterior-grade plywood panels, suitable for concrete forms, complying with DOC PS 1, and as follows: a. Medium-density overlay, Class 1 or better, mill-release agent treated and edge sealed. C. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit. D. Chamfer Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 3/4 in x 3/4 in (19 mm x 19 mm) minimum E. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that will not bond with, stain, or adversely affect the concrete surfaces and will not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces. 1. Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials. F. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off metal or glass-fiber-reinforced plastic form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal. 1. Furnish units that will leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 in (25 mm) to the plane of exposed concrete surface. 2. Furnish ties that, when removed, will leave holes no larger than 1 in (25 mm) in diameter in concrete surface. 3. Furnish ties with integral water-barrier plates to walls indicated to receive damp proofing or waterproofing. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 6 of 12 2.08 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615 / A615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420) deformed. B. Plain-Steel Wire: ASTM A82, as drawn. 2.09 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES A. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports, from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete, according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete and as follows: 1. For concrete surfaces exposed to view where legs of wire bar supports contact forms, use CRSI Class 1 plastic-protected steel wire or CRSI Class 2 stainless-steel bar supports. B. Mechanical Splices (Optional): Tapered, threaded couplers, pre-assembled to reinforcing with mounting plate for attachment to form work and a pressed in metal disc thread protector which can be easily removed. The mechanical connection shall meet building code requirements of developing in tension or compression. The mechanical connection shall be the positive locking, taper threaded type coupler manufactured from high quality steel. The bar ends must be taper threaded using the manufacturer’s requirements. 1. Lenton Form Saver; Erico Corp. 2.10 RELATED MATERIALS A. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows: 1. Types I and II, non-load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete. 2.11 REPAIR MATERIALS A. Concrete Patching Mortar: Chemical treatment for waterproofing concrete. 1. Xypex Concrete Waterproofing by Crystallization, Xypex Chemical Corporation. a. Xypex Concentrate. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION A. Before placing new concrete against existing shotcrete/concrete, remove unsound or loose materials and contaminants that may inhibit concrete bonding. Chip or scarify areas to be repaired to extent necessary to provide sound substrate. Cut edges square and 1 in (13 mm) deep at perimeter of work, tapering remaining shoulder at 1:1 slope into cavity to eliminate square shoulders. Dampen surfaces before placing concrete. 1. Abrasive blast or hydroblast existing surfaces that do not require chipping to remove paint, oil, grease, or other contaminants and to provide roughened surface for proper concrete bonding. B. Earth: Compact and trim to line and grade before placing concrete. Do not place concrete on frozen surfaces. Dampen surfaces before concrete placement. Expansive soils shall be maintained in a moist condition during construction. C. Rock: Clean rock surfaces of loose materials, mud, and other foreign matter that might weaken concrete bonding. 3.02 FORMWORK A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301, to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads. B. Construct formwork so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment, elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117. C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347R as abrupt or gradual, as follows: 1. Class A, 1/8 in (3.2 mm) for smooth-formed finished surfaces. 2. Class C, 1/2 in (13 mm) for rough-formed finished surfaces. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 7 of 12 D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar. E. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical. 1. Install recesses, pipe sleeves and the like, for easy removal. 2. Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material. F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds. G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations. H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete. See drawings for other required profiles. I. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items. J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete. K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment. L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement. M. Contract shall not use permanent markers on finished form materials. 3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded. 3.04 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS A. General: Formwork for sides of walls, columns, and similar parts of the work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 °F (10 °C) for 24 hours after placing concrete, if concrete is hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations are maintained. 1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, slabs, and other structural elements that supports weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70% of its 28-day design compressive strength. 2. Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores. B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material will not be acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent. C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by the owner/architect. 3.05 STEEL REINFORCEMENT A. General: Fabrication and placement of reinforcing for concrete construction shall be in accordance with the requirements of Title 24, Part 2, California Building Code, and as shown. B. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that would reduce bond to concrete. C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 8 of 12 D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces. 3.06 JOINTS A. Construction Joints in Pool Floor: No construction joints shall be placed in pool floor. B. Contraction Joints in Pool Floor: No contraction joints shall be placed in pool floor. C. Expansion Joints in Pool Floor: No expansion joints shall be placed in pool floor. 3.07 CONCRETE PLACEMENT A. Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items is complete and that required inspections have been performed. B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water withheld from the concrete mixture at the plant may be added at project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301. 1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to mixture. C. Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new concrete will be placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of weakness. If a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated. Deposit concrete to avoid segregation. 1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth to not exceed formwork design pressures and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints. 2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301. 3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. Insert and withdraw vibrators vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6 in (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate. D. Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation until placement of a panel or section is complete. 1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations so concrete is thoroughly worked around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners. 2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement. 3. Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations. 4. Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required. 5. Begin initial floating using bull floats or dobies to form a uniform and open-textured surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb slab surfaces before starting finishing operations. E. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures. 1. When average low temperature is expected to fall below 40 °F (4.4 °C) for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 2. Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials. 3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs. F. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows: 1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 °F (32 °C) at time of placement. Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. 2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas. 3.08 FINISHING FORMED SURFACES BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 9 of 12 A. Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view. B. Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, arranged in an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface irregularities. 1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view, to receive a rubbed finish, to be covered with a coating or covering material applied directly to concrete. C. Rubbed Finish: Apply the following to smooth-formed finished as-cast concrete where indicated: 1. Smooth-Rubbed Finish: Not later than one day after form removal, moisten concrete surfaces and rub with carborundum brick or another abrasive until producing a uniform color and texture. Do not apply cement grout other than that created by the rubbing process. D. Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent unformed surfaces, unless otherwise indicated. 3.09 FINISHING SLABS A. General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, re-straightening, and finishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces. B. Trowel Finish: After applying float finish, apply first troweling and consolidate concrete by hand or power- driven trowel. Continue troweling passes and restraighten until surface is free of trowel marks and uniform in texture and appearance. Grind smooth any surface defects that would telegraph through applied coatings or floor coverings. 1. Apply a trowel finish to surfaces exposed to view or to be covered with ceramic tile, paint, or another thin-film-finish coating system. 2. Finish surfaces to the following tolerances, according to ASTM E1155 / ASTM E1155M, for a randomly trafficked floor surface: a. Specified overall values of flatness, F(F) 25; and of levelness, F(L) 20; with minimum local values of flatness, F(F) 17; and of levelness, F(L) 15. 3.10 MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEMS A. Filling In: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete structures, unless otherwise indicated, after work of other trades is in place. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-place construction. Provide other miscellaneous concrete filling indicated or required to complete the work. 1. All patches shall be watertight. B. Contractor shall not use permanent markings on any concrete finishes or finish facing formwork. 3.11 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing. B. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to unformed concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/ft2 x h (1 kg/m2 x h) before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete, but before float finishing. C. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported slabs, and other similar surfaces. If forms remain during curing period, moist cure after loosening forms. If removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for the remainder of the curing period. D. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces, including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces. E. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods: BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 10 of 12 1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials: a. Water. b. Continuous water-fog spray. c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12 in (300 mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers. 2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at least 12 in (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less than seven days. Immediately repair any holes or tears during curing period using cover material and waterproof tape. a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings. b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to receive penetrating liquid floor treatments. c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining cover or a curing compound that the manufacturer certifies will not interfere with bonding of floor covering used on Project. 3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair damage during curing period. a. After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without damaging concrete surfaces by methods recommended by curing compound manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound will not interfere with bonding of tile used on project. 3.12 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by engineer. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to engineer's approval B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry pack patching mortar, consisting of one part Portland Cement to two and one-half parts fine aggregate passing a No.16 (1.18 mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing. C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning. 1. Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 in (13 mm) in any dimension in solid concrete, but not less than 1 in (25 mm) in depth. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent. 2. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by owner/architect. D. Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Test unformed surfaces, such as slabs, for finish and verify surface tolerances specified for each surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template. 1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, pop outs, honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0.01 in (0.25 mm) wide or that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of width, and other objectionable conditions. 2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding. 3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar. Finish repaired areas to blend into adjacent concrete. 4. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 in (25 mm) or less in diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4 in (19 mm) clearance all around. Dampen concrete BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 11 of 12 surfaces in contact with patching concrete and apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original concrete except without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete. 5. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 in (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching mortar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt, and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours. E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to engineer's approval, using epoxy adhesive and patching mortar. F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to engineer's approval. 3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Testing and Inspecting: Owner will engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports. B. Inspections: 1. Steel reinforcement placement. 2. Verification of use of required design mixture. 3. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing. 4. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature. 5. Verification of concrete strength before removal of shores and forms from beams and slabs. C. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C172 shall be performed according to the following requirements: 1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one (1) composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete mixture exceeding 5 yd3 (4 m3), but less than 25 yd3 (19 m3), plus one (1) set for each additional 50 yd3 (38 m3) or fraction thereof. a. When frequency of testing will provide fewer than five (5) compressive-strength tests for each concrete mixture, testing shall be conducted from at least five randomly selected batches or from each batch if fewer than five are used. 2. Slump: ASTM C143 / C143M; one (1) test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one (1) test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change. 3. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064 / C1064M; one (1) test hourly when air temperature is 40 °F (4.4 °C) and below and when 80 °F (27 °C) and above, and one (1) test for each composite sample. 4. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C31 / C31M. a. Cast and laboratory cure two (2) sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. b. Cast and field cure two (2) sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each composite sample. 5. Compressive-Strength Tests: ASTM C39 / C39M; test one (1) set of two laboratory-cured specimens at 7 days and one (1) set of two specimens at 28 days. a. Test one (1) set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one (1) set of two specimens at 28 days. b. A compressive-strength test shall be the average compressive strength from a set of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age indicated. 6. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85% of companion laboratory-cured cylinders, the contractor shall evaluate operations and provide corrective procedures for protecting and curing in- place concrete. 7. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three consecutive compressive-strength tests equals or exceeds specified compressive strength and no compressive- strength test value falls below specified compressive strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa). BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CAST-IN-PLACE POOL CONCRETE 13 11 20 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 12 of 12 8. Test results shall be reported in writing to the Owner/Architect, Engineer, concrete manufacturer, and contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in work, design compressive strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking strength, and type of break for both 7-day and 28- day tests. 9. Nondestructive Testing: Impact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may be permitted by Engineer but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of concrete. 10. Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other requirements have not been met, as directed by engineer. Testing and inspecting agency may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with ASTM C42 / C42M or by other methods as directed by engineer. 11. Additional testing and inspecting, at the contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements. 12. Correct deficiencies in the work that test reports and inspections indicate does not comply with the contract documents. D. Measure floor and slab flatness and levelness according to ASTM E1155 / ASTM E1155M within 24 hours of finishing. END OF SECTION 13 11 20 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 13 11 24– REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work in this section. Principal Items include: 1. Repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection. 2. Finishing surface of cracks repaired by epoxy injection 3. Quality control of work performed on injected cracks. B. Reference Standards: 1. Specification for Crack Repair by Epoxy Injection, American Concrete Institute ACI 503.7. 2. Use of Epoxy Compounds with Concrete, American Concrete Institute ACI 503R-93. 3. Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete, ASTM C881/C 881M – 02. 4. Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, ASTM C42/C42M – 13. 5. Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, ASTM C496/C 496M – 04. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Injection Adhesives. Submit an independent laboratory test report, including all test results, certifying that the injection adhesive meets all the requirements specified in ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 1. B. Qualifying Experience. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a list of qualifying jobs for 1.02.A including a point of contact with telephone number and email address. C. Equipment. The manufacturer and model of the proposed injection equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Injection Contractor: The proposed contractor/subcontractor must have at least 5 years’ experience in repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection with at least 3 successfully completed projects that had quality control performed according to ACI 503.7. B. Qualifications of Technician: Contractor/subcontractor workmen engaged in epoxy injection work shall have a minimum of 3 years’ experience in repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection with at least 1 successfully completed projects that had quality control performed according to ACI 503.7. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INJECTION RESINS A. The injection resin shall be a two component epoxy adhesive which has the capability to bond to moist concrete/shotcrete and meets the requirements of ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 1. B. For injection of cracks up to 1/4 inch, cold joints, delamination and holes above 60°F, the two component epoxy adhesive shall have a mixed viscosity from 300 to 600 cps at 73°F. For use below 60°F and for fine cracks (10 mil or less), the adhesive shall have a mixed viscosity at 73°F of 150 to 225 cps. For all load bearing uses the adhesive shall have a HDT of at least 130°F. All other physical properties shall comply with the provisions of ASTM C881/C 881M, Type IV. C. For void filling applications and the repair of wide gaps and delamination a liquid two component epoxy adhesive with long pot life (1.5 hours, min.) shall be used. The product shall have physical properties which meet the provisions of ASTM C881, Type IV with the exception that a cure time of 14 days is allowed for all tests. 2.02 SURFACE SEALS A. The application of sealing material shall fully contain the liquid adhesive to be injected. If necessary, the seal shall be applied on both sides of a wall, floor or ceiling to be repaired. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 2 OF 5 B. The sealing material shall have adequate strength to hold injection ports in place and the capability of withstanding the pressure during adhesive injection and cure. Removal of seal shall be possible without undue alteration of the surface. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. General. Portable equipment shall be used that is able to establish and maintain a ratio of the components within the tolerance as specified in 2.03.B.1 over the full range of operating pressures and temperatures. The equipment shall be driven by air or electric power. No hand operated equipment is allowed. B. Specific Equipment Requirements. 1. Ratio tolerance. a. The injection equipment shall be capable of maintaining the volume ratio of the specified adhesive components during uninterrupted flow within a tolerance of +/- 3%. 2. Pressure Control. a. The injection equipment shall have an automatic pressure control device that allows operation at any preset pressure within its operating range. 3. Automatic Shut-Off a. The injection equipment shall have an automatic shut-off feature to prevent delivery of one adhesive component only, when the component supply is exhausted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-PRODUCTION QUALIFICATION A. The contractor/sub-contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer his ability to perform the work by repairing a section of the crack or a crack of at least 8 feet in length selected by the Engineer employing the methods outlined below. B. The contractor/sub-contractor shall be paid for the demonstration work on the same basis as for the entire of the contract work. C. Contractor/sub-contractor's ability to perform the work shall be confirmed by testing two test cores in a manner outlined in 3.05.A which are to be taken from locations determined by the Engineer. D. Acceptance of the demonstration test core results by the Engineer shall be in writing, giving the contractor/sub-contractor permission to proceed and complete the work subject to periodic tests as outlined in 3.05.A. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION, PLACEMENT OF INJECTION PORTS A. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, oil, efflorescence, paint or other foreign material which may be detrimental to establishing a bond of the sealing material prior to epoxy injection. B. The entry ports shall be located either on the crack surface or in a drilled hole intersecting the crack. Port setting shall be done in such a manner as not to plug the crack at that location and prevent subsequent adhesive injection. C. For the repair of through-cracks entry ports shall be placed along a crack in intervals not less than the thickness structure at that location. D. The entry port spacing for the repair of cracks which do not entirely penetrate the structure shall be no less than the measured depth of the crack. E. The surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between and around the entry ports. For through cracks the surface seal shall be applied on both faces where accessible. F. Adhesive injection shall not be started before the seal material has had adequate time to acquire sufficient strength to withstand injection pressures. 3.03 INJECTION A. Injection of the epoxy adhesive shall begin at the lowest entry port and continue until there the adhesive emerges from the next adjacent (higher) port. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 3 OF 5 B. As soon as the adhesive emerges from the adjacent port, injection shall be stopped, the port sealed and the injection transferred to the adjacent port. C. The process of injection, waiting for emergence of adhesive from the next adjacent port, sealing of the injection port and continuation of injection in the adjacent port shall continue until the crack is filled. D. The process of injection described in 3.03 A to 3.03 B may be modified to the extent that injection at the original port may be continued after emergence of adhesive from the adjacent port by sealing that port and waiting for emergence at the next higher port or ports. This modification of the regular injection procedure may be used if the injection pressure does not substantially increase, the port seals remain in place and no leaks become apparent. E. When only one side of the crack is accessible the process of injection described in 3.03 A to 3.03 B may be modified to the extent that injection at the original port may continue until either a noticeable reduction and steadying of resin flow rate occurs, indicating resin is bleeding out the backside of the crack, or a minimal injection time on port is achieved based on the experience of the technician. Experience is achieved by comparison of injection rates and times with previous quality assurance cores. F. If port to port travel of the injection adhesive is not indicated or in the opinion of the technician adequate resin penetration is not being achieved, the work shall be stopped and remedial action shall be taken which may require resetting of surface ports or drilling holes which intersect with the crack from a different angle. Such work shall only be done after consultation and authorization from the Engineer. 3.04 FINISHING A. After the crack has been completely filled, the injection adhesive shall be given sufficient time to cure to a state which allows removal of the seal without any adhesive run-out or smearing of the adjacent surface. B. All surface seal material and injection adhesive runs or spills shall be carefully removed from the surface, if so directed by the Engineer. C. The face of the repaired crack shall be finished flush with the adjacent surface and indentations or protrusions caused by the placement of entry ports shall be removed, if so directed by the Engineer. D. After the work has been accepted by the Engineer, test core holes shall be filled with non-shrink cement grout (not quick set) applied by hand trowel and thoroughly rodded and tamped in place. The surface finish shall match the color and texture of the adjacent surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Materials and procedures for filling test core hole shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer before proceeding with this work. E. Seal removal (3.04.A) and surface finishing (3.04.C) shall be specific bid items or factors in negotiated work, while removal of runs or spills (3.04.B) is included in the contract price. Filling and finishing of test cores holes 3.04.D) shall be paid for by the owner. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Core testing shall be used to verify resin penetration and bond strength. 1. The contractor/subcontractor shall obtain test core samples adequate in diameter (2 inch minimum) and alignment to intersect the crack for at least 75% of the length of the core. Cores used for splitting tensile testing should be a minimum of 3.7 inches in diameter. 2. In addition to the two demonstration test cores (3.01.C), two test cores samples shall be taken in the first one hundred lineal feet of repaired crack and one test core for each one hundred lineal feet thereafter. The test cores shall be taken from locations as selected by the Engineer. 3. At the direction of and at locations identified by the Engineer, contractor/subcontractor shall take two core samples of sound concrete/shotcrete representative of the structure. The cores shall be tested in accordance with the method specified in 3.05.A.6 and their average splitting tensile strength shall establish the reference strength required for test cores to be acceptable (see 3.05.A.7.b). 4. All core sampling and testing, including demonstration and verification core sampling and testing shall be performed at the owner's expense. 5. The contractor/subcontractor shall provide all following labor, materials and services for core sampling and testing as directed by the Engineer, including and not limited to: a. Preparation, handling, storage and transportation of epoxy injection test core specimens b. Providing suitable containers for the storage, curing and transportation of test specimens BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 4 OF 5 c. Providing a suitable storage area for test equipment, supplies and other items required for sampling and space for testing, if field tests are conducted. d. Making arrangements for core testing be an independent testing facility. 6. Methods of Test Core Testing. a. Adhesive Penetration: 1) Visual Inspection b. Bond Strength/Splitting Tensile Strength: 1) ASTM C 496/C 496M – 04 7. Test Requirements. a. Adhesive penetration: 1) A minimum of 90 % of the crack shall be filled with injection adhesive, as visible by inspection of the core surfaces. b. Bond Strength: 1) The splitting tensile strength of the core taken on the injected crack should be at least 90% of the reference splitting tensile strength at determined in 3.05.A.3. When testing, align the core so that the crack is in a plane as close to vertical as possible. 8. Test Evaluation and Acceptance. a. Cores taken from work area pass tests: 1) Work is acceptable as performed. b. Cores taken from work area fail in tests due to lack of adhesive penetration: 1) The work in this area shall be stopped until the crack area represented by the failing test core has been re-injected, re-cored (verification cores), as directed by the Engineer and satisfactorily re-tested. c. Cores taken from work area fail due to lack of bond strength: 1) The work shall be stopped in that area. Two additional test cores (verification cores) shall be taken at the direction of the Engineer and tested. Compliance of the verification cores with the test requirements of 3.05.A.7.b shall constitute permission to resume work. Upon failure of the verification cores to meet the test requirements of 3.05.A.7.b, the Engineer may authorize continuation of the work in the area, if in his judgment the actual bond strength of the verification cores is adequate, or he may order additional verification cores, both in the sound concrete and the work area or he may reject this work. B. Injection Equipment Tests. 1. Start of Work. Test the metering accuracy of injection equipment to demonstrate that the pump is capable of maintaining the ratio within the tolerances required in section 2.03.B.1. a. Conduct the test using a pump discharge pressure that ranges from the lowest to the highest discharge pressure at which the equipment is expected to be operated during the injection process. b. The device used to measure metering accuracy shall be capable of controlling the discharge pressure of each of the components separately as they are simultaneously discharged into separate containers. c. Conduct one test by discharging both adhesive components simultaneously into separate containers while maintaining a discharge pressure on both components equal to the lowest operating discharge pressure. Conduct a second test at he highest operating discharge pressure. d. Measure injection pressure with a gauge mounted upstream of and within 12 in. of the mixing chamber. e. Discharge a minimum of 7 oz. of each component into separate graduated containers or into containers that can be weighed, adjusted for specific gravity of each component. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 5 OF 5 2. Test Frequency. The ratio test shall be conducted at the beginning of every other shift the injection equipment is in use. The Engineer may direct the contractor/subcontractor to conduct additional ratio tests, if there is reason to believe that the equipment does not deliver the adhesive in the proper proportions. END OF SECTION 13 11 24 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 1 OF 5 SECTION 13 11 24– REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work in this section. Principal Items include: 1. Repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection. 2. Finishing surface of cracks repaired by epoxy injection 3. Quality control of work performed on injected cracks. B. Reference Standards: 1. Specification for Crack Repair by Epoxy Injection, American Concrete Institute ACI 503.7. 2. Use of Epoxy Compounds with Concrete, American Concrete Institute ACI 503R-93. 3. Standard Specification for Epoxy-Resin-Base Bonding Systems for Concrete, ASTM C881/C 881M – 02. 4. Standard Test Method for Obtaining and Testing Drilled Cores and Sawed Beams of Concrete, ASTM C42/C42M – 13. 5. Standard Test Method for Splitting Tensile Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens, ASTM C496/C 496M – 04. 1.02 SUBMITTALS A. Injection Adhesives. Submit an independent laboratory test report, including all test results, certifying that the injection adhesive meets all the requirements specified in ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 1. B. Qualifying Experience. The Contractor shall provide the Engineer a list of qualifying jobs for 1.02.A including a point of contact with telephone number and email address. C. Equipment. The manufacturer and model of the proposed injection equipment. 1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Qualifications of Injection Contractor: The proposed contractor/subcontractor must have at least 5 years’ experience in repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection with at least 3 successfully completed projects that had quality control performed according to ACI 503.7. B. Qualifications of Technician: Contractor/subcontractor workmen engaged in epoxy injection work shall have a minimum of 3 years’ experience in repair of concrete/shotcrete cracks by epoxy injection with at least 1 successfully completed projects that had quality control performed according to ACI 503.7. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 INJECTION RESINS A. The injection resin shall be a two component epoxy adhesive which has the capability to bond to moist concrete/shotcrete and meets the requirements of ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 1. B. For injection of cracks up to 1/4 inch, cold joints, delamination and holes above 60°F, the two component epoxy adhesive shall have a mixed viscosity from 300 to 600 cps at 73°F. For use below 60°F and for fine cracks (10 mil or less), the adhesive shall have a mixed viscosity at 73°F of 150 to 225 cps. For all load bearing uses the adhesive shall have a HDT of at least 130°F. All other physical properties shall comply with the provisions of ASTM C881/C 881M, Type IV. C. For void filling applications and the repair of wide gaps and delamination a liquid two component epoxy adhesive with long pot life (1.5 hours, min.) shall be used. The product shall have physical properties which meet the provisions of ASTM C881, Type IV with the exception that a cure time of 14 days is allowed for all tests. 2.02 SURFACE SEALS A. The application of sealing material shall fully contain the liquid adhesive to be injected. If necessary, the seal shall be applied on both sides of a wall, floor or ceiling to be repaired. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 2 OF 5 B. The sealing material shall have adequate strength to hold injection ports in place and the capability of withstanding the pressure during adhesive injection and cure. Removal of seal shall be possible without undue alteration of the surface. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260. 2.03 EQUIPMENT A. General. Portable equipment shall be used that is able to establish and maintain a ratio of the components within the tolerance as specified in 2.03.B.1 over the full range of operating pressures and temperatures. The equipment shall be driven by air or electric power. No hand operated equipment is allowed. B. Specific Equipment Requirements. 1. Ratio tolerance. a. The injection equipment shall be capable of maintaining the volume ratio of the specified adhesive components during uninterrupted flow within a tolerance of +/- 3%. 2. Pressure Control. a. The injection equipment shall have an automatic pressure control device that allows operation at any preset pressure within its operating range. 3. Automatic Shut-Off a. The injection equipment shall have an automatic shut-off feature to prevent delivery of one adhesive component only, when the component supply is exhausted. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PRE-PRODUCTION QUALIFICATION A. The contractor/sub-contractor shall demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Engineer his ability to perform the work by repairing a section of the crack or a crack of at least 8 feet in length selected by the Engineer employing the methods outlined below. B. The contractor/sub-contractor shall be paid for the demonstration work on the same basis as for the entire of the contract work. C. Contractor/sub-contractor's ability to perform the work shall be confirmed by testing two test cores in a manner outlined in 3.05.A which are to be taken from locations determined by the Engineer. D. Acceptance of the demonstration test core results by the Engineer shall be in writing, giving the contractor/sub-contractor permission to proceed and complete the work subject to periodic tests as outlined in 3.05.A. 3.02 SURFACE PREPARATION, PLACEMENT OF INJECTION PORTS A. Surfaces adjacent to cracks or other areas of application shall be cleaned of dirt, dust, oil, efflorescence, paint or other foreign material which may be detrimental to establishing a bond of the sealing material prior to epoxy injection. B. The entry ports shall be located either on the crack surface or in a drilled hole intersecting the crack. Port setting shall be done in such a manner as not to plug the crack at that location and prevent subsequent adhesive injection. C. For the repair of through-cracks entry ports shall be placed along a crack in intervals not less than the thickness structure at that location. D. The entry port spacing for the repair of cracks which do not entirely penetrate the structure shall be no less than the measured depth of the crack. E. The surface seal material shall be applied to the face of the crack between and around the entry ports. For through cracks the surface seal shall be applied on both faces where accessible. F. Adhesive injection shall not be started before the seal material has had adequate time to acquire sufficient strength to withstand injection pressures. 3.03 INJECTION A. Injection of the epoxy adhesive shall begin at the lowest entry port and continue until there the adhesive emerges from the next adjacent (higher) port. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 3 OF 5 B. As soon as the adhesive emerges from the adjacent port, injection shall be stopped, the port sealed and the injection transferred to the adjacent port. C. The process of injection, waiting for emergence of adhesive from the next adjacent port, sealing of the injection port and continuation of injection in the adjacent port shall continue until the crack is filled. D. The process of injection described in 3.03 A to 3.03 B may be modified to the extent that injection at the original port may be continued after emergence of adhesive from the adjacent port by sealing that port and waiting for emergence at the next higher port or ports. This modification of the regular injection procedure may be used if the injection pressure does not substantially increase, the port seals remain in place and no leaks become apparent. E. When only one side of the crack is accessible the process of injection described in 3.03 A to 3.03 B may be modified to the extent that injection at the original port may continue until either a noticeable reduction and steadying of resin flow rate occurs, indicating resin is bleeding out the backside of the crack, or a minimal injection time on port is achieved based on the experience of the technician. Experience is achieved by comparison of injection rates and times with previous quality assurance cores. F. If port to port travel of the injection adhesive is not indicated or in the opinion of the technician adequate resin penetration is not being achieved, the work shall be stopped and remedial action shall be taken which may require resetting of surface ports or drilling holes which intersect with the crack from a different angle. Such work shall only be done after consultation and authorization from the Engineer. 3.04 FINISHING A. After the crack has been completely filled, the injection adhesive shall be given sufficient time to cure to a state which allows removal of the seal without any adhesive run-out or smearing of the adjacent surface. B. All surface seal material and injection adhesive runs or spills shall be carefully removed from the surface, if so directed by the Engineer. C. The face of the repaired crack shall be finished flush with the adjacent surface and indentations or protrusions caused by the placement of entry ports shall be removed, if so directed by the Engineer. D. After the work has been accepted by the Engineer, test core holes shall be filled with non-shrink cement grout (not quick set) applied by hand trowel and thoroughly rodded and tamped in place. The surface finish shall match the color and texture of the adjacent surface to the satisfaction of the Engineer. Materials and procedures for filling test core hole shall be submitted to and approved by the Engineer before proceeding with this work. E. Seal removal (3.04.A) and surface finishing (3.04.C) shall be specific bid items or factors in negotiated work, while removal of runs or spills (3.04.B) is included in the contract price. Filling and finishing of test cores holes 3.04.D) shall be paid for by the owner. 3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL A. Core testing shall be used to verify resin penetration and bond strength. 1. The contractor/subcontractor shall obtain test core samples adequate in diameter (2 inch minimum) and alignment to intersect the crack for at least 75% of the length of the core. Cores used for splitting tensile testing should be a minimum of 3.7 inches in diameter. 2. In addition to the two demonstration test cores (3.01.C), two test cores samples shall be taken in the first one hundred lineal feet of repaired crack and one test core for each one hundred lineal feet thereafter. The test cores shall be taken from locations as selected by the Engineer. 3. At the direction of and at locations identified by the Engineer, contractor/subcontractor shall take two core samples of sound concrete/shotcrete representative of the structure. The cores shall be tested in accordance with the method specified in 3.05.A.6 and their average splitting tensile strength shall establish the reference strength required for test cores to be acceptable (see 3.05.A.7.b). 4. All core sampling and testing, including demonstration and verification core sampling and testing shall be performed at the owner's expense. 5. The contractor/subcontractor shall provide all following labor, materials and services for core sampling and testing as directed by the Engineer, including and not limited to: a. Preparation, handling, storage and transportation of epoxy injection test core specimens b. Providing suitable containers for the storage, curing and transportation of test specimens BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 4 OF 5 c. Providing a suitable storage area for test equipment, supplies and other items required for sampling and space for testing, if field tests are conducted. d. Making arrangements for core testing be an independent testing facility. 6. Methods of Test Core Testing. a. Adhesive Penetration: 1) Visual Inspection b. Bond Strength/Splitting Tensile Strength: 1) ASTM C 496/C 496M – 04 7. Test Requirements. a. Adhesive penetration: 1) A minimum of 90 % of the crack shall be filled with injection adhesive, as visible by inspection of the core surfaces. b. Bond Strength: 1) The splitting tensile strength of the core taken on the injected crack should be at least 90% of the reference splitting tensile strength at determined in 3.05.A.3. When testing, align the core so that the crack is in a plane as close to vertical as possible. 8. Test Evaluation and Acceptance. a. Cores taken from work area pass tests: 1) Work is acceptable as performed. b. Cores taken from work area fail in tests due to lack of adhesive penetration: 1) The work in this area shall be stopped until the crack area represented by the failing test core has been re-injected, re-cored (verification cores), as directed by the Engineer and satisfactorily re-tested. c. Cores taken from work area fail due to lack of bond strength: 1) The work shall be stopped in that area. Two additional test cores (verification cores) shall be taken at the direction of the Engineer and tested. Compliance of the verification cores with the test requirements of 3.05.A.7.b shall constitute permission to resume work. Upon failure of the verification cores to meet the test requirements of 3.05.A.7.b, the Engineer may authorize continuation of the work in the area, if in his judgment the actual bond strength of the verification cores is adequate, or he may order additional verification cores, both in the sound concrete and the work area or he may reject this work. B. Injection Equipment Tests. 1. Start of Work. Test the metering accuracy of injection equipment to demonstrate that the pump is capable of maintaining the ratio within the tolerances required in section 2.03.B.1. a. Conduct the test using a pump discharge pressure that ranges from the lowest to the highest discharge pressure at which the equipment is expected to be operated during the injection process. b. The device used to measure metering accuracy shall be capable of controlling the discharge pressure of each of the components separately as they are simultaneously discharged into separate containers. c. Conduct one test by discharging both adhesive components simultaneously into separate containers while maintaining a discharge pressure on both components equal to the lowest operating discharge pressure. Conduct a second test at he highest operating discharge pressure. d. Measure injection pressure with a gauge mounted upstream of and within 12 in. of the mixing chamber. e. Discharge a minimum of 7 oz. of each component into separate graduated containers or into containers that can be weighed, adjusted for specific gravity of each component. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 REPAIR OF CRACKS BY EPOXY INJECTION 13 11 24 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND PAGE 5 OF 5 2. Test Frequency. The ratio test shall be conducted at the beginning of every other shift the injection equipment is in use. The Engineer may direct the contractor/subcontractor to conduct additional ratio tests, if there is reason to believe that the equipment does not deliver the adhesive in the proper proportions. END OF SECTION 13 11 24 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING 13 11 25 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 1 of 3 SECTION 13 11 25 – SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 Description A. Work in this section. Principal Items include: 1. Application of polymer modified cement waterproofing. 2. Waterproofing Existing main Drain Sumps. 1.02 Submittals A. Comply with requirements of Shop Drawings, Product Data and Samples Section. B. Product Data: Manufacturer's specifications, data, and installation instructions. C. Submit list of project references as documented in this specification under Quality Assurance Article. Include contact name and phone number of the person charged with oversight of each project. D. Quality Control Submittals: 1. Provide protection plan of surrounding areas and non-work surfaces. 1.03 Quality Assurance: A. Qualifications: 1. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company with minimum 15 years of experience in manufacturing of specified products and systems. 2. Manufacturer Qualifications: Company shall be ISO 9001:2015 Certified. 3. Applicator Qualifications: Company with minimum of 5 years’ experience in application of specified products and systems on projects of similar size and scope and is acceptable to product manufacturer. 4. Successful completion of a minimum of 5 projects of similar size and complexity to specified Work. B. Field Sample: 1. Install field sample at project site or other pre-selected area of building, as directed by Architect/Engineer. 2. Apply material in strict accordance with manufacturer’s written application instructions. 3. Manufacturer’s representative or designated representative will review technical aspects; surface preparation, application and workmanship. 4. Field sample will be standard for judging workmanship on remainder of project. 5. Maintain field sample during construction for workmanship comparison. 6. Do not alter, move or destroy field sample until work is completed and approved by Architect/Engineer. 7. Obtain Architect/Engineer written approval of field sample before start of material application, including approval of aesthetics, color, texture and appearance. 8. Installer: Trained, certified, and monitored full time for duration of installation by membrane manufacturer. 1.04 Product Delivery and Storage A. Comply with manufacturer’s ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid construction delays. B. Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with identification labels intact. C. Transport and store in unopened containers and keep in clean, dry condition protected from rain, dew and humidity. If dry onsite storage of bags is unavailable or if project is located in a very wet, humid climate, purchase product in manufacturer's packaged metal pails. D. Do not stack bags more than two pallets high. E. Do not allow MasterEmaco® A660 modifying admixture (formerly Acryl 60) to freeze. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING 13 11 25 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 2 of 3 1.05 Job Conditions A. Do not apply in rain or when rain is expected within 24 hours. Do not apply above 90 degrees F (32 degrees C) or below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) or when temperatures are expected to fall below 40 degrees F (4 degrees C) within 24 hours. For hot and cold temperature applications, store materials and water at 50 degrees F (10 degrees C) to 70 degrees F (21 degrees C) before use. 1.06 Warranty A. Defects in material, workmanship, and installation of the pool cementitious finish against cracking and delamination for a period of three (3) years. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 Materials A. Waterproof Coating: MasterSeal 581 (Thoroseal) cement based, aggregate type, heavy duty, waterproof coating for concrete or masonry, as manufactured by Master Builders Solutions, or approved equal. Color shall be grey. 1. Bonding and Modifying Mixture: MasterEmaco A660 (formerly Acryl 60) liquid compound of acrylic polymers and modifiers, as manufactured by Thoro System Products, or approved equal. B. Water: Clean, fresh, from domestic potable source. 2.02 Proportions and Mixing A. Materials are specified on a volume basis and shall be measured in approved containers that will ensure that the specified proportions will be controlled and accurately maintained during progress of the work. Measuring materials with shovels (“shovel count”) is NOT permitted. B. Mixing: Perform mixing in approved mechanical mixers of the type in which quantity of water can be controlled accurately and uniformly. Mix to manufacturer’s recommendations for swimming pool applications. Discard material which has begun to set before it is used; re-tempering is not allowed. Do not use any caked or lumpy materials. Completely empty mixer and mixing boxes after each batch is mixed and keep free of old material. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 Preparation of Surfaces A. Surface Conditions Requirements: 1. Existing surfaces to be coated must be smooth and clean. Sandblast existing concrete (old) surface to remove projections, loose particles, foreign matter or construction debris, and make sufficiently rough to provide a strong mechanical bond to 1/16 in amplitude. 2. New concrete to be rough float finish 1/16 in amplitude chip, sandblast, or grind off all defective materials and foreign matter. B. Surface Repair Requirements: 1. Repair all cracks with “Waterplug” concrete patch or approved equal. 2. All areas of loose plaster discovered shall be completely removed down to rough concrete. C. Preparation: 1. Application of waterproofing constitutes acceptance of substrate. Contractor shall be responsible for properly preparing substrate. Any defects from resulting from substrate issues shall be covered under contractor’s warranty. 2. Prior to coating, thoroughly wash entire surface with 2,000 psi high-pressure water. 3. Wet cementitious base surfaces with fine fog water spray to produce a uniformly moist condition. 4. Check gutter grates and accessories for correct alignment before coating is started. 5. Do not apply coating to base surfaces containing frost. 6. Install temporary coverings as required to protect adjoining surfaces from staining or damage by waterproofing operations. 3.02 Application of Waterproofing BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL CEMENTITIOUS WATERPROOFING 13 11 25 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 3 of 3 A. General: Apply waterproof coating to the manufacturer’s minimum thickness at any location. Apply finish coating by manufacturer’s approved brushes (do not use a paint brush). B. Workmanship: 1. Apply waterproof coating in two coats with second coat applied the next day or before material has become too dry or glazed for good bond. 2. Dampen surface immediately ahead of application. 3. Brush on two coats of waterproof coating, each with a minimum thickness as recommended by the manufacturer. 4. Float final brushed on coat with damp sponge 15 minutes after application to provide a smoother finish without waves, cracks, ridges, pits, projections, or other imperfections. 5. Form coating carefully around curves and angles. C. Curing: 1. Cure waterproof coating with fine water mist spray applied to finish coat three or four times at 8-hour intervals or as drying conditions require to prevent premature drying. Do not fill with water for at least 8 days. D. Patching and Cleaning up: 1. Upon completion, cut out and patch loose, cracked, damaged, or defective waterproof coating; patches matching existing coating in texture, color, and finish, flush with adjoining coating. Remove waterproof coating droppings or spattering from all surfaces. Leave surfaces in clean unblemished condition ready for pool filling. Remove protective coverings from adjoining surfaces. Remove rubbish and debris from site. END OF SECTION 13 11 25 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SEALANTS AND CAULKING 13 11 30 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 4 SECTION 13 11 30 – SWIMMING POOL SEALANTS AND CAULKING PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work in this section. Principal Items include: 1. Labor, materials, and equipment to complete sealants and caulking as indicated and specified. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: 1. American Society for Testing Materials (ASTM): a. C920-11 Elastomeric Joint Sealants 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Certificates of Conformance or Compliance: Submit certificates from the manufacturers attesting that materials meet the specified requirements. B. Manufacturers' Descriptive Data: Submit complete descriptive literature for each type of material. Clearly mark data to indicate which type the Contractor intends to provide. Data shall state conformance to specified requirements. Data for sealant and caulking shall include application instructions, shelf life, mixing instructions for multi-component sealants, and recommended cleaning solvents. 1.04 SAMPLE JOINTS A. Before Sealant and Caulking Work starts, provide a sample of each type of finished joint where directed. The sample shall show the workmanship, bond, and color of sealant or caulking. The workmanship, bond, and color of work throughout the project shall match that of the approved sample joints. 1.05 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS A. The ambient temperature shall be within the limits of 40 °F and 100 °F when the sealant and caulking are applied, unless noted otherwise herein. 1.06 DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Materials shall be delivered to the job site in the manufacturer's original shipping containers with brand names, date of manufacture, color, and material designation clearly marked thereon. B. Containers of elastomeric sealant shall be labeled as to type, class, grade, and use. C. Carefully handle and store materials to prevent inclusion of foreign materials or subjection to sustained temperatures exceeding 100 °F or less than 40 °F. PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. General: Products shall conform to the reference documents listed for each use. Color of sealant shall match adjacent surface color unless specified otherwise. For ASTM C920 sealants, use a sealant that has been tested on the types of substrate to which it shall be applied. 1. Interior Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 12.5, Use NT. Color of sealant shall be as selected. 2. Exterior Sealant: For joints in vertical surfaces, provide ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade NS, Class 25, Use NT. For joints in horizontal surfaces, provide ASTM C920, Type S or M, Class 25, Use T. Color of sealant shall be as selected. 3. Floor Joint Sealant: ASTM C920, Type S or M, Grade P, Class 25, Use T. Color of sealant shall be as selected. 4. Primer for Sealant: Use a non-staining, quick-drying type and consistency recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the particular application. 5. Bond Breakers: Use the type and consistency recommended by the sealant manufacturer for the particular application. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SEALANTS AND CAULKING 13 11 30 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 2 of 4 6. Backstops: Use glass fiber roving or neoprene, butyl, polyurethane, or polyethlene foams free from oil or other staining elements as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Backstop material shall be compatible with the sealant. Do not use oakum and other types of absorptive materials as backstops. 2.02 POOL DECK EXPANSION JOINT SEALANT A. “Deck-O-Seal” gun grade 2-part joint sealant 2-part polysulfide 2-component chemically cured polysulfide rubber, color as selected by Owner’s representative. 1. Approved equal: a. Sika Corporation “Sikaflex 2C SL” 2-component chemically cured urethane sealant, color as selected by Owner’s representative. B. Manufacturer: Sonneborn Sonolastic "Two Part Polysulfide" 2-component chemically cured polysulfide rubber, color as selected by Owner’s representative. 2.03 POOL DECK EXPANSION JOINT BACKER ROD A. Backer rod shall be closed cell, non-absorbent compressible material manufactured for the specific purpose of controlling sealant depth. Manufactured by Sika, Quikrete or approved equal. B. #16 silica sand. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 GENERAL SURFACE PREPARATION A. Surfaces shall be clean, dry to the touch, and free from frost, moisture, grease, oil, wax, lacquer, paint, or other foreign matter that would tend to destroy or impair adhesion. Where adequate grooves have not been provided, clean out grooves to a depth of 1/2 in and grind to a minimum width of 1/4 in without damage to the adjoining Work. 3.02 SEALANT PREPARATION A. Do not modify the sealant by addition of liquids, solvents, or powders. Mix multi-component elastomeric sealants in accordance with manufacturer's printed instructions 3.03 GENERAL APPLICATION A. Backstops: Where joint cavities are constructed deeper than indicated, tightly pack the back or bottom with backstop material to provide a joint of the depth indicated. Install backstops dry and free of tears or holes. B. Primer: Just prior to application of sealant, clean out loose particles from joints. Apply primer in accordance with sealant manufacturer's directions. Do not apply primer to exposed finish surfaces. C. Bond Breaker: Provide bond breakers as recommended by the sealant manufacturer for each type of joint and sealant used. D. Sealant: Use a sealant that is compatible with the material to and against which it is applied. Do not use a sealant that has exceeded its shelf life or has become too jelled to be discharged in a continuous flow from the gun. Apply sealant in accordance with the manufacturer's printed instructions. Force sealant into joints with sufficient pressure to fill the joints solidly. Sealant shall be uniformly smooth and free of wrinkles. 1. Interior Sealant: Provide sealant at all exposed joints and at all joints indicated to receive sealant. 2. Exterior Sealant: Provide sealant at all joints around the perimeter of openings and at all exposed joints and at all joints indicated to receive sealant. 3. Floor Joint Sealant: Provide sealant in all control joints and in other floor joints indicated or specified. 3.04 POOL DECK EXPANSION JOINT SEALANT A. Joint Preparation 1. The number of joints and joint width should be designed for a maximum of ±25% movement. The depth of the sealant should be 1/2 the width of the joint with a maximum depth of 1/2” (12.7 mm) and a minimum of 1/4” (6.35 mm). 2. In joints of 1/4 in to 1/2 in (6.4 mm to 12.7 mm), the sealant depth at midpoint should be 1/4 in (6.4 mm). In joints of 1/2 in to 1 in (12.7 mm to 25.4 mm), the depth at midpoint should be 1.4 in to 1/2 in (6.4 mm to 12.7 mm). BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SEALANTS AND CAULKING 13 11 30 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 3 of 4 3. Control the sealant depth in deep joints with closed-cell backer rod or soft backer-rod. Where the joint depth does not permit the use of backer rod, a bond breaker (polyethylene strip) must be used to prevent three-point bonding. 4. To maintain the recommended sealant depth, install backer rod by compressing and rolling it into the joint channel without stretching it lengthwise. Backer rod should be about 1/8 in larger in diameter than the width of the joint to allow for compression. Backer rod becomes an integral part of the joint. The sealant does not adhere to it, and no separation bond breaker is required. Do not prime or puncture the backer rod. B. Surface Preparation 1. Remove any old joint sealing material by mechanical means. If joint surfaces have absorbed oils, sufficient concrete must be removed to ensure a clean surface. 2. Joint surfaces must be structurally sound, dry, clean, and free of all loose aggregate, laitance, oil, grease, asphalt, paint, wax, mastic compounds, waterproofing compounds, or form release materials. C. Priming 1. Prime Joint surfaces with manufacturer’s recommended primer for the substrate before sealing. If the surfaces are other than shotcrete or concrete, test first to determine adhesion. Seek technical assistance from manufacturer. 2. Apply primer in a thin uniform film. Avoid buildup of film. 3. Allow approximate 30 minutes drying time before applying sealant. 4. Reapply primer if not sealed the same day. 5. To minimize contamination of adjacent surfaces, apply masking tape and remove before sealant has begun to thicken and set. 6. Coverage rate of primers is approximately 35 ft2 per pint. D. Mixing 1. Two two-component systems must be thoroughly mixed before use. The oversize Part-A container allows for the addition and mixing of Part-B and the color pigment. 2. 1-1/3 gallon (5.67 L) unit: (1) Transfer Part-B to Part-A container using a spatula or knife. It is imperative that the entire contents of Part-B be combined with Part-A. (2) With a slow speed drill and a slotted mixing paddle, thoroughly mix for 3 minutes. The paddle blade must be kept below the sealants surface to avoid whipping in air. (3) Transfer the contents of the pigment can into the mixed Part-A and Part-B. Use a spatula or knife, removing the entire con tents to ensure consistent color. (4) Continue mixing with a slow speed drill and slotted paddle until color is uniform. During the process, the sides and bottom of the base can and the paddle itself several times. 3. 3 gallon (11.37 L) unit: Use 2 Part-B and 2 pigment container for each Part-A container. Mix as instructed under 1-1/2 gallon (5.69 L) unit. 4. Pot life of the sealant is dependent upon temperature./ E. Application 1. All caulking and sealing be should be performed when temperatures are above 40 °F (+4 °C) any moisture or frost on surfaces shall adversely affect adhesion. 2. Ideally, the temperature at the times of application should be the median of temperature extremes when the joint width opening is at its midpoint. 3. Fill joints from the bottom; avoid bridging of the joint that might form air voids. 4. For large joints, the self-leveling grade may be poured directly form the can. 5. For smaller joints and for all slope-grade applications, fill the joint by flowing the sealant from a bulk- loading gun. 6. Light tooling of the sealant is recommended to smooth out ripples. On sloped surfaces, tool from lowest point to highest. F. Clean Up BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL SEALANTS AND CAULKING 13 11 30 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 4 of 4 G. Immediately after use and before sealant has cured clean equipment with xylene. H. Curing 1. The cured sealant may be removed by cutting with a sharp-edged tool and thin films by abrading. 2. Protect joint from dirt and traffic overnight. Time for initial cure will vary with humidity and temperature. 3.05 BACKER ROD A. Installation 1. Closed-cell backer rod must be compressed in the joint at the time of installation. For joint widths up to 3/4 in (19.1 mm), the diameter of the rod should be 1/8 in (3.18 mm) larger than the width of the joint. For 3/4 in (19.1 mm) wide joints use 1 (25.4 mm) diameter rod. 2. Closed-cell backer rod may be easily installed with a blunt probe or a plain-faced roller to force the rod to the desired depth. A template or roller gauge may be used to control the depth at which the rod is placed. Do not puncture, fold, or crease backer-rod. Follow sealant manufacturer’s suggestions for joint sealant width and depth ratio. 3.06 PROTECTION A. Protection: Protect all areas adjacent to joints from sealant smears. Masking tape may be used for this purpose if removed 5 to 10 minutes after the joint is filled. B. Cleaning: Immediately scrape off fresh sealant that has been smeared on masonry and rub clean with a solvent as recommended by the sealant manufacturer. Upon completion of application, remove all remaining smears and stains resulting there from and leave the Work in a clean and neat condition. END OF SECTION 13 11 30 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 13 11 40 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 1 of 4 SECTION 13 11 40 – SWIMMING POOL PLASTER PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 REFERENCE A. Requirements in Addenda, Alternates and Conditions collectively apply to this work. 1.02 DESCRIPTION A. Principal Work Items Are: 1. Swimming pool plaster finish. 2. Swimming pool start-up and maintenance. B. Related Work Specified Elsewhere: 1. Section 131100 – Swimming Pool Contractor General Requirements 2. Section 131130 – Sealants and Caulking 3. Section 131145 – Swimming Pool Tile 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Samples: Prepare 12 in x 12 in square panel at the site showing color and texture for pool plaster. Finished plasterwork shall match the approved sample panel. B. Certificates: Submit certificates attesting that the materials furnished meet the requirements specified herein. C. Test Report: Submit results of domestic water analysis. 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver manufactured materials to site in manufacturers' original unbroken packages or containers bearing manufacturers' name and brand labels. Keep cementitious materials dry until ready to be used and stored off the ground, under cover, and away from damp surfaces. 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Apply plaster in exterior swimming pool only when ambient temperature is above 40 °F and below 90 °F, and protect applied plaster from rapid drying by sun or wind until curing is completed or pool is filled with water. B. Do not install plaster during rain. Do not begin plastering is there is a chance of rain within 24hrs of the plastering. If it begins to rain during the plastering process, see section 1.06 “Protecting plaster in unanticipated circumstances”. C. Do not install plaster if the wind conditions are greater than 10 MPH. Do not begin plastering is there is a chance of 10MPH or greater wind within 24hrs of the plastering. If the wind raises above 10MPH during the plastering process, see section 1.06 “Protecting plaster in unanticipated circumstances”. D. Make every effort to apply plaster as late in the construction schedule as possible to avoid staining or damage to the finish. E. Protect interior plaster applications from construction debris. Stains or damage occurring as a result of inadequate care may result in the rejection of the installation and require complete removal and re-installation at the contractor’s expense. 1.06 PROTECTING THE PLASTER DURING UNANTICIPATED WEATHER EVENTS A. If the weather becomes a threat to the plaster during the plastering process before the plaster has cured, the following steps shall be followed 1. Plaster already placed shall be protected until cured. 2. Plastering shall continue until the plaster abuts tilework. Plastering should then stop until the weather turns favorable. All plasterwork shall be protected until cured. a. There shall be no cold joints in the plaster BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 13 11 40 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 2 of 4 PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type I White Portland cement. Manufacturer, Federal Cement. B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C206, Type S. C. Aggregate: Georgia Marble Pool Aggregate, Riverside Premium Pool Aggregate, or approved equal. Mix per manufacturer’s recommendations for specific application. If an onsite mix is used, aggregate must be white marble dust uniformly graded within the following limits, all passing the No. 30 sieve: D. Color: Swimming Pool plaster shall be white in color. E. Water: Clean, fresh, from domestic potable source, free from injurious amounts of acid, alkali, and organics. 2.02 PROPORTIONS AND MIXING A. Materials are specified on a volume basis and shall be measured in approved containers that will insure that the specified proportions will be controlled and accurately maintained during the progress of the work. Measuring materials with shovels ("shovel count") is not permitted. B. White Marble Pool Plaster Finish Coat: Mix finish in proportion of one part by volume of White Portland cement to not more than two parts by volume of sand (specified white marble dust). C. Mixing: Perform mixing in approved mechanical mixers of the type in which quantity of water can be controlled accurately and uniformly. While mixer is in continuous operation, charge approximately 90% of estimated quantity of water, half of sand, all cement, and the other one-half of the sand into mixer in that sequence and mix thoroughly with remainder of water until mixture is uniform in color and consistency. Avoid excess mixing to prevent hasty solution of cement resulting in accelerated set. Discard plaster which has begun to set before it is used; re-tempering is not allowed. Do not use any caked or lumpy materials. Completely empty mixer and mixing boxes after each batch is mixed and keep free of old plaster. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION OF SURFACES A. Removal of existing plaster and tile 1. All surfaces to receive new plaster shall be stripped of all existing finishes, including plaster and tile, by use of a chipping gun or by picking down to the bare concrete. Expose a clean rough surface to receive new plaster. B. Clean base surfaces of projections, dust, loose particles, grease, bond breakers, and foreign matter; make sufficiently rough to provide a strong mechanical bond. 1. Do not apply plaster directly to the surfaces of masonry or concrete that is coated with any membrane- forming curing compound or similar agent until compound or agent is completely removed by sandblasting. 2. Thoroughly wash entire surface with 6,000 psi high-pressure water immediately prior to plastering. 3. Wet cementitious base surfaces with a fine fog water spray to produce a uniformly moist condition and check screeds, pool equipment, and accessories for correct alignment before plastering is started. 4. Do not apply plaster to base surfaces containing frost. 5. Install temporary coverings as required to protect adjoining surfaces from staining or damage by plastering operations. C. External project considerations 1. The pool mechanical equipment shall be operational 2. The health department and/or other governing agencies shall have approved the pools or spas for plaster 3. All chemicals required to balance the pool are onsite and ready to be used 4. All pool related piping have been flushed 5. Decking work is complete BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 13 11 40 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 3 of 4 6. The pool is protected from any cleaning or additional construction work to be completed that may introduce debris into the pool area 3.02 APPLICATION OF PLASTER A. General: Apply finish plaster to minimum 1/2 in thickness at any location. Apply finish plaster by hand or machine. If plastering machine is used, control fluidity of plaster to have a slump not exceeding 2-1/2 in when tested using a 2 in x 4 in x 6 in high slump cone. Do not add additional water to the mix subsequent to determining water content to meet this slump. Perform slump test according to following procedure: 1. Place cone on level, dry, non-absorptive base plate. 2. While holding cone firmly against base plate, fill cone with plaster taken directly from hose or nozzle of plastering machine, tamping with a metal rod during filling to release all air bubbles. 3. Screed off plaster level with top of cone. Remove cone by lifting it straight up with a slow and smooth motion. 4. Place cone in a vertical position adjacent to freed plaster sample using care not to disturb base plate. 5. Lay straightedge across top of cone being careful not to vibrate cone; measure slump in inches from bottom edge of straightedge to the top of slumped plaster sample. B. Workmanship: 1. Apply finish plaster in two coats by "double-back" method with second coat applied as soon as first coat is tamped and initially floated. Apply plaster with sufficient pressure to provide a good bond on bases. 2. Work plaster to screeds at intervals of from 5 ft to 8 ft, or closer as required on curved surfaces. 3. Finish plaster to tolerance of -0 to +1/8 inch in thickness on curved surfaces and to 1/8 in in 8 feet on straight surfaces. 4. Apply smooth trowel finish without waves, cracks, trowel marks, ridges, pits, crazing, discoloration, projections, or other imperfections. Form plaster carefully around curves and angles, well up to screeds. 5. Take special care to prevent sagging and consequent drooping of applications. Produce surfaces free of visible junction marks in finish coat where one day's work adjoins another. C. Curing: Cure plaster with fine fog water spray applied to finish coat as frequently as required to prevent dry- out of plaster. Keep plaster damp until pool is filled. Prevent damage or staining of plaster. D. Patching, Pointing, and Cleaning Up: 1. Upon completion, cut out and patch loose, cracked, damaged, or defective plaster; patches matching existing plaster in texture, color, and finish, flush with adjoining plaster. 2. Perform pointing and patching of surfaces and plasterwork abutting or adjoining any other finish work in a neat and workmanlike manner. If 10% or more of the pools plaster finish is found to be defective, the plaster shall be removed and replaced completely for the entire pool. 3. Remove plaster droppings, voids, holes or spattering from all surfaces. Leave plaster surfaces in clean, unblemished condition ready for pool filling. Remove protective coverings from adjoining surfaces. Remove rubbish and debris from the site. 3.03 START-UP SPECIFICATIONS A. Contractor shall employ a qualified water testing agency to analyze the domestic water with which the pool will be filled within 2 weeks of the plaster date, and shall employ a swimming pool experienced, water chemistry consultant to determine types and quantities of chemicals required to ensure calcium-balanced water immediately upon the completion of water filling. 1. Have on hand quantities of the chemicals as determined above, plus 25% overage for follow-up treatment. These chemicals, typically including calcium chloride, bicarbonate of soda, and muriatic acid, are in addition to standard chlorine/chlorine products and alkalizer/pH control products required elsewhere. B. Care shall be taken in filling the pool to assure that the water source is clean and potable and free of contaminants that could stain the fresh plaster. Flush all water lines that have not been in continuous operation before filling the pool. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL PLASTER 13 11 40 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND, INC. Page 4 of 4 C. The pool shall not be plastered until the filtration system and chlorination system are complete and ready for start-up. 1. Contractor shall notify the Owner in writing of start-up at least two weeks prior to the plaster date. 2. The Owner is responsible for supplying chlorine/chlorine products and alkalizer/pH control products for maintenance of the pool by the automatic treatment systems. 3. Should these automatic treatment systems fail or if the Contractor fails to notify the Owner as required, the Contractor shall supply all chemicals required for manual treatment of the pool water. D. Contractor shall maintain swimming pool for a minimum 14 consecutive days in conjunction with the mechanical system operational test. 1. This maintenance period shall be extended with the mechanical system operational test if required per specifications. 2. During this time, brush the entire pool plaster surface daily starting immediately after filling pool for a minimum of 5 days to remove plaster dust, periodically clean grates until no further accumulation of foreign material occurs, and add chemicals as required for acceptable water quality. 3. The pool shall be vacuumed to maintain a clean and new condition throughout the minimum 14-day period starting no sooner than 5 days after the date of plaster. 4. In no instance, shall the pool maintenance and cleaning responsibilities cease prior to gainful occupancy of the entire facility by the Owner. 5. After successful conclusion of the mechanical system operational testing, clean grates, vacuum pool, and leave the pool ready for use. E. Clean-Up 1. Before the contractor leaves the site, the site shall be cleaned of all debris created due to the work. The site shall be left in a presentable condition, as determined by the owner or owners representative. END OF SECTION 13 11 40 BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE 13 11 46 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 1 of 5 SECTION 13 11 46 – SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE PART 1 - GENERAL 1.01 DESCRIPTION A. Work in this Section: Principal items include: 1. Ceramic tile for the recreation pool and the slide pool. 1.02 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Reference Standards: Conform to the following standards unless otherwise required herein: 1. American Concrete Institute a. ACI 302 - Guide for Concrete and Floor Slab Construction 2. American National Standards Institute (ANSI): a. A108 - Glazed Wall Tile, Ceramic Mosaic Tile, Quarry Tile and Paver Tile Installed with Portland Cement Mortar. b. A137.1:2012 Standard Specifications for Ceramic Tile. 3. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM): a. C144-11 Aggregate for Masonry Mortar b. C150 Portland Cement c. C171-16 Sheet Materials for Curing Concrete d. C206-14 Finishing Hydrated Lime e. C207-06 (2011) Hydrated Lime for Masonry Purposes f. D5957-98 (2013) Standard Guide for Flood Testing Horizontal Waterproofing Installations g. F-1869-16a Standard Test Method for Measuring Moisture Vapor Emission Rate of Concrete Subfloor Using Anhydrous Calcium Chloride h. F-2170-16b Standard Test Method for Determining Relative Humidity in Concrete Floor Slabs Using In Situ Probes 4. Tile Council of North America (TCNA): Latest Edition, Handbook for Ceramic Tile Installation. B. Related Sections 1. 131100 – Swimming Pool Contractor General Requirements 2. 131125 - Swimming Pool Cementitious Waterproofing 3. 131130 – Swimming Pool Sealants and Caulking 4. 131140 - Swimming Pool Plaster 1.03 SUBMITTALS A. Refer to Division 1 for procedures. B. Product Data: Submit the tile manufacturer's printed data identifying each field tile unit and each trimmer and shaped unit by model or type number. C. Samples: Submit the following for selection and approval: 1. Each type, shape, and trimmer of tile in each required color. 2. Joint grout colors for each color of tile. D. Master Grade Certificates: Submit for each lot of tile before installing 1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY AND STORAGE A. Deliver tile materials to site in unopened factory containers sealed with Grade Seals bearing printed name of manufacturer and the words "Standard Grade". Keep the Grade Seals intact and containers dry until tiles are used. Keep cementitious materials dry until used. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE 13 11 46 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 2 of 5 1.05 JOB CONDITIONS A. Inspect and verify job conditions. Report all defects in base surfaces to Architect/Engineer for correction before proceeding. B. Maintain a temperature range of 40 degrees Fahrenheit to 90 degrees Fahrenheit during installation of tile and grout materials. Tile installation should cure for a minimum 14 days with average and temperature of 70 degrees, while maintaining the minimum 40 degrees and maximum 90 degrees Fahrenheit, prior to filling pool with water. C. Vent temporary heaters to outside to avoid carbon dioxide damage to the new tile work. 1.06 WARRANTIES A. The Contractor warrants to the Owner that materials and equipment furnished under the contract will be of good quality and new unless otherwise required or permitted by the contract documents, that the work will be free from defects not inherent in the quality required or permitted and that the work will conform to the requirements of the contract documents. Work not conforming to these requirements including substitutions not properly approved and authorized, may be considered defective. B. The Contractor’s warranty excludes remedy for damage or defect caused by abuse, improper or insufficient maintenance, improper operation, modifications not executed by the Contractor or improper wear and tear under normal usage. If required by the Owner, the Contractor shall furnish satisfactory evidence as to the kind and quality of materials and equipment. C. All warranties shall be for a period of five years, unless otherwise specified. D. All setting materials shall be provided by the same manufacturer. All mixing materials and application procedures shall be done in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and requirements. Documentation shall be provided to this effect by the contractor with verification from the manufacturer. This documentation shall be included in the operations and maintenance manual under warranties as documentation qualifying the project for a Lifetime Systems Warranty by Laticrete International, Inc. or approved equal. E. The Contractor shall agree to repair or replace any work at no cost to the Owner upon written notification from the Owner within the warranty period. Pro-rated warranties are not acceptable PART 2 - PRODUCTS 2.01 BASIC MATERIALS A. Portland Cement: ASTM C150, Type II, low alkali B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C207, Type S. C. Mortar sand: ASTM C144, at least 4% passing No. 100 sieve. D. Joint sand: Same as mortar sand, except all passing the No. 30 sieve. E. Water: From domestic potable source F. Color pigments: Pure ground mineral oxides, non-fading, alkali and lime proof, factory weighed and packaged. 2.02 TILE MATERIALS A. Manufacturer 1. Tile Products: Dal Tile, American Olean, Cepac, Agrob Buchtal or approved equal. B. Standard Grade conforming to ANSI A137.1. Additional Tile Requirements include: 1. Provide trim units as indicated and specified, including special shapes as detailed or required. 2. Tile patterns and colors shall be as indicated and specified, colors of approved shades. 3. Mesh mounted or perforated paper backed tile is not allowed where the mesh of paper remains as a permanent part of the installation. If dot mounting is used, a minimum of 67% of the depth of the tile shall be free from any dots to ensure proper grout curing. 4. All 1” x 1” tiles shall be face mounted as guaranteed suitable for pool use by the manufacturer. 5. All tile shall be “frost proof” and suitable for an outdoor pool installation in a freeze/thaw climate. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE 13 11 46 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 3 of 5 C. Ceramic Mosaic Tile 1. POOL FINISH TILE: a. Tile: Provide porcelain type glazed ceramic mosaic tile, with cushion or all-purpose edges. Use factory-made half-size units where required for tile numbers or make the half-size units by precision cutting on powered tile saw. Ease all cut tile edges prior to installation. b. Location and Size: Per the construction documents. c. Color: As selected and scheduled by Architect and Aquatic Designer. 2. POOL DEPTH MARKING AND WARNING SIGNS a. Universal No Diving Symbol shall be set on a single 6” x 6” tile. b. Vertical depth markings and warning signs shall be 6” x 6” with 4” high numbers and letters. c. Single tile abbreviations shall be used for ‘FT’ / ‘FEET’ and ‘IN’ / ‘INCHES’ by Dal Tile, approved tile manufacturer or Inlays, Inc. d. COLOR: All message tile shall contrast with the field tile. Refer to Architect for color selections. D. Trim Units: Provide tile trim units where indicated or necessary for complete and finished installation. Provide bullnose units for external corners and angles. Internal corners shall be squared. External corners shall be mitered. Provide trim units of material and finish identical to adjoining tile, except slip-resistant surfacing is not required for curved or vertical trim units. Provide special type slip-resistant tread nosing units as indicated. 2.03 SETTING BED MORTAR A. Manufacturer: LATICRETE International Inc., 3701 Fortified Mortar Bed, thick bed mortar. Polymer fortified blend of carefully selected polymers, Portland cement and graded aggregates. Exceeds ASTM C270 Requirements. Mix and Apply in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 1. Tile Setting Products: LATICRETE International Inc., Mapei Corporation or approved equal. 2.04 BOND COAT A. Manufacturer: LATICRETE International Inc., 254 Platinum one step, polymer-fortified thin-set mortar. Exceeds ANSI A118.4 Shear Bond Strength Requirements & ANSI A118.15 (ISO 13007 C2TES1). Mix and apply in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations as a Bond Coat (placed under setting bed mortar screeds at ‘horizontal surfaces’). 2.05 THINSET A. Manufacturer: LATICRETE International Inc., 254 Platinum one step, polymer-fortified thin-set mortar. Exceeds ANSI A118.4 Shear Bond Strength Requirements & ANSI A118.15 (ISO 13007 C2TES1). Mix and apply in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.06 TILE JOINT GROUT A. Manufacturer: LATICRETE International Inc. Spectra Lock Pro Premium Grout Exceeds ANSI A118.3 (ISO 13007-3 RG), patented high performance grout. Mix and Apply in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.07 ELASTOMERIC SEALANT A. Manufacturer: LATICRETE International Inc., Latasil sealant over Latasil 9118 primer to seal lighting and plumbing fixture penetrations and for all movement joints. Mix and Apply in accordance with Manufacturer’s recommendations. 2.08 MIXING AND APPLICATION PROCEDURES A. All mixing and application procedures shall be done in accordance with the manufacturer’s recommendations, requirements, and guidelines. A manufacturer’s representative shall visit the site to verify field conditions, confirm materials and application requirements, and confirm that all materials and systems are installed per the manufacturer’s recommendations, requirements, and guidelines. Documentation shall be provided to this effect for the Design Team’s records. PART 3 - EXECUTION 3.01 PREPARATION BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE 13 11 46 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 4 of 5 A. If required, confirm pool shells, competition pool gutter, and surge tank water tightness prior to tile, setting bed and any water proofing systems prior to tile installation. Refer to specification sections 131120 - Swimming Pool Cast-in-Place Concrete and 131122 - Swimming Pool Shotcrete for specific procedure. B. The pool surface shall be structurally sound and free of any foreign substances and debris that could reduce or impair adhesion. Sound and remove all loose concrete to firm substrate. Clean substrates of dust, dirt, oil, grease, and deleterious substances. Conform to applicable Reference Standards and to recommendations of manufacturers of materials used. Thoroughly wash/rinse with clean potable water. C. Surface defects or holes in the substrate shall be patched per manufacturer’s recommendations. D. Substrates To Receive Mortar Setting Beds: Keep cementitious backing damp for at least 8 hours and scrub with a neat Portland cement slurry just prior to placing setting bed mortar. E. Tile Wetting: Dampen tile according to above Reference Standards or tile manufacturer's instructions, as required. F. Screeds: Accurately set temporary screeds to control the finish plane of mortar-bed set tile and remove as soon as setting bed is sufficiently hardened. Fill void spaces from screeds with same mortar. 3.02 TILE INSTALLATION A. Arrange tile according to patterns detailed, set tile flush with well-fitted joints, finish in true planes, that are plumb and square, and with joints of uniform size. Provide approved trimmers as shown or required. Cut tile without marring. Carefully grind and joint tile edges and cuts. Set tiles to avoid puddles and ponding in large fields and arrange curved field joints at radiuses that minimize joints and tapered grout joints. B. Mortar Bed Set Tile: Apply bond coat under dry pack screed mortars at horizontal surfaces (vertical renders / leveling mortars are mixed to a more plastic / plaster like consistency and typically do not require a bond coat). While bond coat remains wet and tacky, apply specified setting bed mortar, tamp, and screed to required planes. Spread no more mortar than can be covered with tile before initial set. Do not use re- tempered mortar. Trowel 1/32" to 1/16" thick bond coat over plastic setting bed mortar just before setting tile or apply bond coat to back of each tile placed. Set tile in position and beat firmly into the setting bed mortar. Bring tile faces to a true and proper plane. Complete all beating and leveling before mortar sets and in no case later than one hour after first placing. When ready, wet and remove paper and glue avoiding excess water. Adjust any out-of-line or out-of-level tile. C. Ceramic Tile Joint Grouting: Grout tile joints full after washing out and saturating with clean water. Mix grout with water to a thick creamy consistency and force into joints for entire joint depth, flush with surface. Clean off all excess and fill skips and gaps before grout sets. Use white grout throughout. Provide dampness for minimum 3-day curing and polish with clean dry cloths. Unless otherwise approved, install tile with uniform 3/32 inch joint width. A maximum 1/8" joint width may be utilized to meet specific installation requirements, if required. D. Expansion Joints: Install tile with uniform 1/8" joint width. Place expansion joint per applicable TCNA Method P601MB, P601TB, or P602 and conforming to Method EJ171. Provide shop drawings showing backer rod and joint dimensions. All expansion, control, construction, cold, and seismic joints in the pool structure should continue through the tile work, including such joints at vertical surfaces. Movement joints shall be placed at all changes in direction and elevation. Refer to the structural engineer for additional required movement joints. Joint size shall be a minimum of 1/8”. Joints through tile work directly over structural joints shall not be narrower than the structural joint. The Contractor shall use cement compatible coatings when using chalk lines for joint layout purposes. 3.03 CLEANING AND PROTECTION A. Remove stains, cement, grout, and foreign matter after grouted joints are fully set as recommended by TCNA and manufacturers of proprietary materials. Do not use any acid for cleaning free of both sodium and potassium. Repair all defective joints until approved. B. Protect installed tile work with non-staining Kraft paper, polyethylene sheeting, or other approved heavy covering during the construction period to prevent damage. 3.04 TESTING AND INSPECTION A. Before filling of the pool, and its subsequent provisional acceptance at substantial completion, the tile installation shall be visually inspected and sounded in the presence of the Architects and/or the Owner’s representative to verify adhesion of the tile to its substrate as well as its overall compliance with the requirements of this Section. Any and all tile work found to be loose, improperly adhered, out of plane, misaligned or otherwise non-conforming shall be removed and replaced at no additional cost to the Owner. BLACKBERRY FARMS POOL IMPROVEMENTS JUNE 8, 2023 AQUATIC FACILITY RENOVATION 044.2301 SWIMMING POOL FINISH TILE 13 11 46 © 2023 ROGERS STRINGER & MCCLELLAND Page 5 of 5 3.05 POOL FILLING AND EMPTYING A. Use a fill and drain rate of 2 feet per 24 hours to minimize thermal shock and structural movement. Maintain a temperature differential of 10 degrees Fahrenheit or less between the pool water and the substrate during fill and drain cycles. 3.06 REPLACEMENT TILE A. Provide Owner with approximately 10% or 25 square feet (whichever is least) of each color and type tile used on the project for Owner’s repair and replacement requirements. END OF SECTION 13 11 46 Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements Project 2021 Form NOTICE OF POTENTIAL AWARD Project # 2022-07P Sent via email 8/8/2023 Debra Eula Adams Pool Solutions 3675 Old Santa Rita Rd Pleasanton, CA 94588 Debbie@adamspools.com Re: NOTICE OF POTENTIAL AWARD Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements Project Dear Ms. Eula, I am pleased to inform you of the intent to recommend that the City Council or its authorized designee award the Contract for the above-referenced Project (“Project”) to Adams Pool Solutions (“Contractor”) for the Contract Price of $320,610.00, based on Contractor’s Bid Proposal submitted on June 27, 2023. A copy of the Draft Contract accompanies this Notice. Also attached a copies of Payment and Performance Bonds. Contractor must return the wet-inked copies of Payment Bond and Performance Bond, and insurance certificates and endorsements, no later than ten days from the date of this Notice of Potential Award, above. Failure to return the required bonds and insurance documentation within the specified time could result in forfeiture of Contractor’s bid security. This Notice of Potential Award does not bind the City to award the Contract. The City, acting through its City Council or authorized designee, reserves the right to reject any or all bids, and the right to decline to award the Contract, notwithstanding any staff recommendation. Please acknowledge receipt of this Notice of Potential Award by signing the attached Acknowledgement of Notice of Potential Award, as indicated, and transmitting the Acknowledgement to my office via email at: joannej@cupertino.org Do not hesitate to contact me if you have any questions in this regard. Sincerely, Jo Anne Johnson Project Manager Powered by Site Accessibility Evaluation Evaluation of Existing Path of Travel Components to Determine Compliance with CBC 11B-202.4 for Planned Alterations to Facility Prepared By Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center 21979 San Fernando Ave Cupertino, CA 95014 Current Code Evaluation Inspection Date: 12/10/2021 Report Date: 12/15/2021 Updated: 2/8/2022 (214) 666 - 4619 terracon.com Powered by 12/15/2021 Updated 3/10/2022 City of Cupertino Re: Accessibility Assessment Report Blackberry Farm 21979 San Fernando Ave, Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Project Number BE206069 Dear Jo Anne, Terracon is pleased to submit this Accessibility Site Assessment Report of the above- referenced facility. This work was performed in general accordance with the scope of services outlined in Terracon Proposal No. PBE206069 dated November 12, 2021. We appreciate the opportunity to be of service to you on this project. In addition to Facilities Services, our professionals provide Geotechnical, Environmental, and Materials services on a wide variety of projects locally, regionally and nationally. For more detailed information on all of Terracon’s services please visit our web site at http://www.terracon.com. If you have any questions concerning this Report, or if we may be of further service, please contact us. Sincerely, Sean McNamara, CASp #983 Table of Contents Findings ................................................................................................................................................ 4 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points .......................................................................................................... 4 Pool House Men's Restroom (Room #101) ..................................................................................... 16 Pool House Women's Restroom (Room #102) ............................................................................... 39 Exterior Pool House Showers ......................................................................................................... 58 Pool House Men's Dressing Room (Room #104) ............................................................................ 62 Pool House Women's Dressing Room (Room #103) ...................................................................... 79 Pool Deck ....................................................................................................................................... 96 Public Men's Restroom (Room #201) ........................................................................................... 101 Public Women's Restroom (Room #202) ...................................................................................... 103 Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 4 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #1 The provided route of travel from the public way is not accessible. The running slope of the route of travel exceeds 5% (1:20) [CBC 11B-403.3] and the clear width of the walk is less than 48" [CBC 11B- 403.5.1 Exception 3]. Detectable warnings have not been provided between the walk and vehicular way [CBC 11B-406.5.12] At least one accessible route shall be provided within the site from accessible parking spaces and accessible passenger loading zones; public streets and sidewalks; and public transportation stops to the accessible building or facility they serve. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-206.2.1 As Built: The walk from right-of-way the pool facility is not accessible. The walk is approximately 36" wide opposed to the required 48” wide with a running slope of approximately 6-6.5%. Recommendation: Provide an accessible route from the public way to the facility entrance. View of the pedestrian route from the right of way to the aquatics center. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 5 of 85 Finding #1 Additional Photos View of the blended transition between the ROW and the pedestrian route missing detectable warnings View of non-compliant running slope (6.3%) along pedestrian walk from right of way to aquatics center. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 6 of 85 Finding #1 Additional Photos View of non-compliant running slope (6.0%) along pedestrian walk from right of way to aquatics center. View of non-compliant walk width (36") along pedestrian route from right of way to aquatics center. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 7 of 85 Finding #1 Additional Photos View of non-compliant walk width (36") along pedestrian route from right of way to aquatics center. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 8 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #2 The detectable warning surface is missing from the blended transition area between the on-site walk and parking area. Blended transitions between pedestrian ways and vehicular ways shall have detectable warnings or otherwise be physically separated. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-406.5.12 As Built: No detectable warnings, curb, or other means of separation have been provided for pedestrians entering parking area from the walkway. Recommendation: Install the detectable warning surface. View of blended transition between parking area and on-site walk that has not been delineate with detectable warnings or by other approved means. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 9 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #3 The access aisles for the accessible parking stalls are not properly marked. The words "NO PARKING" shall be painted on the ground within each loading and unloading access aisle. This notice shall be painted in white letters no less than 12 inches high and located so that it is visible to traffic enforcement officials. The loading and unloading access aisle shall be marked by a border painted blue. Within the blue border, hatched lines a maximum of 36 inches on center shall be painted in a color contrasting with the parking surface, preferably blue or white. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-502.3.3 As Built: Required blue perimeter of access aisle has only been provided on 3 sides and does not extend along head of access aisle. No parking lettering in access aisle is not 12 inches high minimum. Recommendation: Restripe the access aisles. View of access aisle, note missing blue perimeter at head end of stall and non- compliant "No Parking" letter height. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 10 of 85 Finding #3 Additional Photos View of the head end of an access aisle missing the required blue perimeter stripe. View of non-compliant 8" letter height Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 11 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #4 The access aisle serving the 8 foot wide van space is not a minimum of 8 feet wide when measured centerline to centerline. The access aisles serving the car/standard accessible spaces are not a minimum of 5 feet wide when measured centerline to centerline. An 8 foot wide van accessible parking stall's access aisle must be a minimum of 8 feet wide, measured from centerline to centerline and a minimum 18 feet long. All other access aisles must be a minimum of 5 feet wide measured centerline to centerline. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-502.2, 11B-502.2 Exception: As Built: The access aisles do not meet the minimum 60" width (standard) or 96" width (van) when measured centerline to centerline. The standard access aisles are approximately 56" wide and the van access aisle is approximately 92" wide. Recommendation: Restripe the access aisle. Perspective view of van access aisle. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 12 of 85 Finding #4 Additional Photos View of van access aisle centerline to centerline dimension of 92" View of car/standard access aisle centerline to centerline dimension of 56". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 13 of 85 Finding #4 Additional Photos Perspective view of standard/car access aisle. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 14 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #5 The parking signs are mounted too low. Parking space identification signs shall include the International Symbol of Accessibility. Signs identifying van parking spaces shall contain the designation "van accessible." Signs shall be 60 inches minimum above the finish floor or ground surface measured to the bottom of the sign. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-502.6 As Built: Required parking signage is installed along the top of the split rail fence with the bottom of the lowest portion of the signs located at approximately 37.5" above ground surface. Recommendation: Raise signage to required height. View of parking signage mounted at approximate 37.5" along top rail of fence. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 15 of 85 Parking Lot/Site Arrival Points Finding #6 The tow-away sign is missing. There must be a tow-away sign posted in a conspicuous place at each entrance, or immediately adjacent to each space. The sign shall not be less than 17 inches by 22 inches in size with 1 inch high minimum lettering which clearly and conspicuously states the following: “Unauthorized vehicles parked in designated accessible spaces not displaying distinguishing placards or special license plates issued for persons with disabilities will be towed away at owner's expense. Towed vehicles may be reclaimed at or by telephoning .” Blank spaces are to be filled in with appropriate information as a permanent part of the sign. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-502.8 As Built: No tow away sign was located on site or at the parking facility entrance. Recommendation: Provide required tow-away signage. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 16 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #7 The floor drain is set too low in the floor which causes a slope over 2 percent. Changes in level are not permitted in clear floor or ground spaces or surfaces of a turning spaces and shall not slope greater than 1:48. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-303.3, 11B-304.2, 11B-304.2 Exception: As Built: Floor slope of approximately 3.8% found toward the floor drain. Recommendation: Reset the floor drain and/or re-slope the floor to be within a 2% (1:48) maximum slope. View of non-compliant floor slope (3.8%). Perspective of non-compliant slope. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 17 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #8 The toilet in the accessible water closet compartment is not located within the range allowed from the side wall or partition. The centerline of the toilet must be 17 to 18 inches from the side wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.2 As Built: Toilet centerline from side partition is located 18.5" at rear of seat and 19" at front of fixture. Recommendation: Relocate the toilet to provide compliant offset from side wall/partition. View of front of toilet centerline located at 19" from side partition. View of rear of toilet seat centerline located at 18.5" from side partition. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 18 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #9 The toilet seat in the accessible water closet compartment is not located within the range allowed off the floor. The height of accessible water closets shall be a minimum of 17 inches and a maximum of 19 inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. The seat itself shall be a maximum of 2 inch high. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.4 As Built: Seat height is approximately 19.5-19.75" AFF Recommendation: Replace the seat or water closet to provide a compliant height. View of non-compliant seat height at approximately 19.5". View of non-compliant seat height at approximately 19.75". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 19 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #10 The side grab bar in the accessible water closet compartment has been installed in a horizontal position. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches minimum and 36 inches maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface and the space between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be 1-1/2 inches minimum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-609.4 As Built: Side grab bar is not level/horizontal. Installed at approximate 3.9% slope Recommendation: Reinstall the grab bar in a compliant position. Perspective view of grab bar not installed horizontal (level). View of grab bar installed at an approximate 3.9% slope from horizontal. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 20 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #11 The toilet paper dispenser in the accessible water closet compartment is not correctly located in front of the toilet. Toilet tissue dispensers shall be located on the wall or partition closest to the water closet, 7 inches minimum and 9 inches maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser, mounted below the grab bar, with the outlet of the dispenser 19 inches minimum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.7.1 As Built: Dispenser located approximately 5" from front of water closet to centerline of dispenser Recommendation: Relocate the toilet paper dispenser. View of toilet paper dispenser centerline located approximately 5" from front of water closet. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 21 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #12 The accessible water closet compartment door does not have an unobstructed clear opening width of 32 inches. The water closet compartment shall be equipped with a door that has an automatic-closing device, and must have a clear, unobstructed opening width 32 inches. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.8.1.2 As Built: Doorstop encroaches into 32"clear opening reducing the clear opening to approximately 31.5" clear Recommendation: Replace the stall door or hardware to provide the required clear opening width. View of door stop encroaching into required 32" clear width. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 22 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #13 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 23 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #14 The locking/latching hardware at the accessible water closet compartment door is not accessible. Hand-activated door opening hardware, handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds maximum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.8.1.2 As Built: Privacy latch operation requires approximately 12 pounds of force to unlatch. Recommendation: Adjust the door hardware to comply. View of latching hardware remaining in closed position with pressure gauge at approximately 12lbs. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 24 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #15 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 25 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #16 The top rim of the lavatory is set too high. All lavatories that are designated to be accessible shall be a minimum 17 inches in horizontal depth and mounted with the rim or counter edge no higher than 34 inches above the finished floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.3 As Built: Lavatory rim height proximately 34.25" AFF Recommendation: Reposition lavatory at required height. View of lavatory front lip height at approximately 34.25" AFF Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 26 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #17 The lavatory's clear floor space obstructed by the trash can and paper towel dispenser. The wall mounted trash can projects (5.5”) from the wall and dispenser (8.5”) and encroaches into the required 30 inches by 48 inches clear floor space. The maximum projection that a dispenser may project at this location is (2.5”) inches before it encroaches into the required clear floor space. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.2 As Built: The combination trash can/paper towel dispenser unit encroaches into the required lavatory clear floor space. Recommendation: Relocate the combination paper towel dispenser / receptacle unit or the lavatory to provide the required clear floor space for the lavatory. If relocating the lavatory, coordinate with required floor space for the adjacent urinal. Perspective view of garbage can/dispenser unit encroaching in required lavatory clear floor space (shown in red). View of garbage can located within required 48" clear floor space depth. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 27 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #18 The water supply lines under the lavatory are not adequately insulated. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Water supply lines have not been insulated Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insulation. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 28 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #19 The toe space is partially obstructed at the bottom of the lavatory. Space under an element between the finish floor and 9 inches above the finish floor shall be considered toe clearance. Space extending greater than 6 inches beyond the available knee clearance at 9 inches above the finish floor or ground shall not be considered toe clearance. Toe clearance shall be 30 inches wide minimum and shall extend not less than 17 inches beneath the lavatory. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-306.2.4 As Built: Clean out encroaches into required toe clearance within the required 30" width. Recommendation: Replace lavatory with deeper unit to provide required 17” toe clearance for full 30" width. View of the cleanout located within the required lavatory toe space. View of cleanout extending approximately 2.5"-3" from the wall surface thus encroaching into the required toe space. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 29 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #20 The paper towel dispenser and the soap dispenser are mounted too high. Dispensers must have all operable parts a maximum of 40 inches above the floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-603.5 As Built: Paper towel dispenser operable parts are located 41" AFF and soap dispenser operable parts at 44" AFF. Recommendation: Relocate the soap dispenser and paper towel dispenser or provide additional units within allowable reach range. View of paper towel dispenser operable part at 41" AFF. View of soap dispenser operable part at 44" AFF. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 30 of 85 Pool House Men's Restroom #101 Finding #21 The water flow from the drinking fountain spouts does not meet minimum height requirements. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches high minimum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-602.6 As Built: The low drinking fountain located outside of the pool house men's restroom along the walk to the pool entry is inoperable. Recommendation: Repair/replace the inoperable drinking fountain unit. View of the inoperable low drinking fountain. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 31 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #22 The wall sign is mounted too close to the door. Mounting location shall be determined so that a person may approach within 3 inches of signage without encountering protruding objects and shall be located so that a clear floor space of 18 inches minimum by 18 inches minimum, centered on the tactile Characters, is provided beyond the arc of any door swing between the closed position and 45 degree open position. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-703.4.1 As Built: Centerline of tactile characters are approximately 8" from the door swing, and as such the minimum 18 x 18 clear floor space beyond door swing centered on sign is not provided. Recommendation: Relocate sign to comply. View of wall sign centerline located approximately 8" from door opening. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 32 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #23 The maneuvering clearance on the pull side of the door does not extend beyond the latch side of the door, and the entire 60 inch required depth is not level. Maneuvering clearance for exterior doors on the pull side must be flat (2% max. slope in any direction) for a minimum distance of 60 inches in the direction of travel. The width of the landing must be as wide as the door plus an additional 24 inches on the latch side. This latch side clearance must also be flat (2% max. slope in any direction) and clear of obstructions. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-404.2.4.1 As Built: Maneuvering clearance only extends approximately 22" beyond the latch side of the door. Concrete around base of wood post is sloped for drainage in excess of 2% and is located within the required 60" depth of the door maneuvering clearance. Recommendation: Extend the landing and modify the slope around the base of the wood post to provide the required level door maneuvering clearance or relocate the door in order to comply. View of landing at door extending only 22" beyond latch side of door. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 33 of 85 Finding #23 Additional Photos View of non-compliant floor/ground surface located within door maneuvering clearance (shown in red). View of built up sloped concrete at post base located within required door maneuvering clearance. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 34 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #24 The floor drains are set too low in the floor which causes a slope over 2 percent. Changes in level are not permitted in clear floor or ground spaces or surfaces of a turning spaces and shall not slope greater than 1:48. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-303.3, 11B-304.2, 11B-304.2 Exception: As Built: Floor slope of approximately 4.2% found within accessible water closet compartment, slope of approximately 4.6% found within ambulatory compartment. Recommendation: Reset the floor drains and/or re-slope the floor to be within a 2% (1:48) maximum slope View of 4.2% slope found within accessible stall. Perspective view of excessive floor slope within ambulatory stall. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 35 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #25 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 36 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #26 The toilet seat in the accessible water closet compartment is not located within the range allowed off the floor. The height of accessible water closets shall be a minimum of 17 inches and a maximum of 19 inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. The seat itself shall be a maximum of 2 inches high. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.4 As Built: Seat height is approximately 16" AFF Recommendation: Replace the seat or water closet to provide a compliant height. View of non-compliant toilet seat height at approximately 16" AFF. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 37 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #27 The rear grab bar within the accessible stall does not extend adequately past the centerline of the toilet on the wall side. The rear grab bar must be a minimum of 36 inches long and extend from the centerline of the toilet 12 inches minimum on one side and 24 inches minimum on the other side. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches minimum and 36 inches maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface and the space between the grab bar and the top of the tank shall be 1-1/2 inches minimum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.5.2 As Built: Rear grab bar extends approximately 9.5-10" beyond centerline of the toilet to towards the side wall. Recommendation: Relocate the grab bar. View of rear grab bar extending 10" beyond centerline of water closet towards side wall. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 38 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #28 The side wall grab bar within the accessible stall is not correctly spaced from the wall or partition. Grab bars shall have a 1 1/2" clearance from the side wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-609.3 As Built: Side wall grab bar 1.5" clearance has not been maintained. Clearance is reduced to 1" at dispenser unit. Recommendation: Replace the grab bar. View of dispenser unit encroaching into the required 1.5" grab bar clearance. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 39 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #29 The toilet paper dispenser in the accessible water closet compartment is not correctly located in front of the toilet. Toilet tissue dispensers shall be located on the wall or partition closest to the water closet, 7 inches minimum and 9 inches maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser, mounted below the grab bar, with the outlet of the dispenser 19 inches minimum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.7.1 As Built: Dispenser located approximately 2.5" from front of water closet to centerline of dispenser. Recommendation: Relocate the toilet paper dispenser. View of toilet paper dispenser centerline located approximately 2.5" from front of water closet. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 40 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #30 The locking/latching hardware at the accessible water closet compartment door is not accessible. Hand-activated door opening hardware, handles, pulls, latches, locks, and other operating devices on accessible doors shall have a shape that is easy to grasp with one hand and does not require tight grasping, tight pinching or twisting of the wrist to operate. The force required to activate operable parts shall be 5 pounds maximum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.8.1.2 As Built: Privacy latch operation requires approximately 12 pounds of force to unlatch Recommendation: Adjust the door hardware to comply. View of latching hardware remaining in closed position with pressure gauge at approximately 12lbs. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 41 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #31 The accessible water closet compartment door does not have an unobstructed clear opening width of 32 inches. The water closet compartment shall be equipped with a door that has an automatic-closing device, and must have a clear, unobstructed opening width 32 inches. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.8.1.2 As Built: Door stop encroaches into 32"clear opening reducing the clear opening to approximately 31.5" clear. Recommendation: Replace the stall door or hardware to provide the required clear opening width. View of door stop encroaching into required 32" clear width. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 42 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #32 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 43 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #33 The toilet seat in the ambulatory water closet compartment is not located within the range allowed off the floor. The height of accessible water closets shall be a minimum of 17 inches and a maximum of 19 inches measured to the top of the toilet seat. The seat itself shall be a maximum of 2 inch high. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.4 As Built: Seat heat located approximately 16" AFF. Recommendation: Replace the seat or water closet to provide a compliant height. View of non-compliant seat height at approximately 16" AFF. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 44 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #34 The toilet paper dispenser in the ambulatory water closet compartment is not correctly located in front of the toilet. Toilet tissue dispensers shall be located on the wall or partition closest to the water closet, 7 inches minimum and 9 inches maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser, mounted below the grab bar, with the outlet of the dispenser 19 inches minimum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.7.1 As Built: Dispenser located approximately 5" from front of water closet to centerline of dispenser Recommendation: Relocate the toilet paper dispenser. View of toilet paper dispenser centerline located approximately 5" from front of water closet Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 45 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #35 The ambulatory water closet compartment door is not self closing. The water closet compartment shall be equipped with a door that has an automatic-closing device. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.8.2 As Built: The door closer on the ambulatory water closet compartment is no longer properly functioning and doesn't fully close the door. Recommendation: Adjust the current closer to function as required or replace. View of stall door in the full open position with self-closer not functioning. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 46 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #36 The water supply lines under the lavatory are not adequately insulated. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Water supply lines have not been insulated Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insultation. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 47 of 85 Pool House Women's Restroom #102 Finding #37 The paper towel dispenser is mounted too high. Dispensers must have all operable parts a maximum of 40 inches above the floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-603.5 As Built: Paper towel dispenser height is approximately 41" AFF. Recommendation: Relocate the paper towel dispenser, or provide additional unit within allowable reach range. View of the paper towel dispenser operable parts located at approximately 41" AFF. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 48 of 85 Exterior Pool House Showers Finding #38 The shower spray unit location exceeds 27 inches from the seat wall. In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and the shower spray unit shall be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat wall 16 inches minimum and 27 inches maximum from the seat wall; and shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches above the shower floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.5.2 As Built: Shower spray unit vertical bar located approximately 34" from seat wall Recommendation: Relocate spray unit location to comply. View of shower spray unit located at 34" from seat wall beyond max 27" permitted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 49 of 85 Exterior Pool House Showers Finding #39 The hand held sprayer unit in the exterior shower area is not equipped with a non-positive on/off control. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shutoff. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.6 As Built: Hand help sprayer unit does not include a non-positive shutoff control. Recommendation: Replace the hand held sprayer with a unit that includes a non-positive shutoff control. View of hand held spray unit without non-positive shut-off control. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 50 of 85 Exterior Pool House Showers Finding #40 The grab bar is not spaced from the wall correctly. Grab bars shall be 1-1/2 inches from wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-609.3 As Built: Grab bar spaced approximately 1.75" from the wall surface. Recommendation: Adjust grab bar mounting to provide correct clearance to wall surface. View of grab bar spaced at approximately 1.75" from adjacent wall. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 51 of 85 Exterior Pool House Showers Finding #41 The grab bar is not positioned correctly and exceeds 36 inches in height in locations. Grab bars shall be installed in a horizontal position, 33 inches minimum and 36 inches maximum above the finish floor measured to the top of the gripping surface and the space between the grab bar and projecting objects below and at the ends shall be 1-1/2 inches minimum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-609.4 As Built: Top of grab bar gripping surface approximately 36.25" AFF near shower control Recommendation: Adjust grab bar mounting to be located within allowable ranges. View of grab bar height exceeding maximum 36" to top surface. Grab bar near shower control is located approximately 36.25" AFF Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 52 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #42 The beam supporting the roof system above the ramp to the men’s dressing room extends down too close to the route of travel. Any obstruction that overhangs a circulation route must be a minimum of 80 inches above the walking surface as measured from the bottom of the obstruction. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-307.4 As Built: Beam is approximately 78.75” above the ramp surface. Recommendation: Raise or modify the support system to provide the required overhead clearance at the ramp. View of beam above ramp surface that is located <80" above the walking surface. View of measurement from walking surface to underside of beam at approximately 78.75" Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 53 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #43 The floor drain is set too low in the floor which causes a slope over 2 percent. Changes in level are not permitted in clear floor or ground spaces or surfaces of a turning spaces and shall not slope greater than 1:48. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-303.3, 11B-304.2, 11B-304.2 Exception. As Built: Floor slope of approximately 3% found toward the floor drain. Recommendation: Reset the floor drain and/or reslope the floor to be within a 2% (1:48) maximum slope. Perspective view of non-compliant floor slope toward drain. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 54 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #44 The operable parts of controls and/or faucets are not located correctly in the shower located in the men's dressing room. In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and the shower spray unit shall be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat wall 16 inches minimum and 27 inches maximum from the seat wall; and shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches above the shower floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.5.2 As Built: Controls are located approximate 32.5" and spray unit located approximately 40" from the back wall of the seat wall. Recommendation: Reconfigure shower layout and/or control and spray unit locations to comply. View of shower controls and spray unit located beyond maximum allowed 27" from seat wall (shown with red arrow). Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 55 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #45 The hand held sprayer unit in the men's dressing room shower is not equipped with a non-positive on/off control. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shutoff. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.6 As Built: Hand help sprayer unit does not include a non-positive shutoff control. Recommendation: Replace the hand held sprayer with a unit that includes a non-positive shutoff control. View of handheld spray unit that is not equipped with non- positive shut-off control Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 56 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #46 The grab bar is not spaced from the shower wall correctly in the men's dressing room. Grab bars shall be installed 1-1/2 inches from wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-609.3 As Built: Grab bars are approximately 1.75-2” from shower wall. Recommendation: Reset grab bars to provide the correct clearance from the wall. View of grab bar spacing exceeding the required 1.5" from the wall surface. Grab bar spaced approximately 1.75 - 2". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 57 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #47 The shower seat as located does not extend to a point 3 inches from the men's dressing room shower compartment entry. A seat in a standard roll-in shower compartment shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the side wall adjacent to the controls, and shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches of the compartment entry. The top of the seat shall be 17 inches minimum and 19 inches maximum above the bathroom finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-610.3 As Built: Seat is currently located approximate 31.5" from shower entry. Recommendation: Either provide a longer seat extending to within 3" of the shower entry as required by 11B-610.3 or reconfigure the shower and/or entry to allow for the required 36"x60" clear floor space required by 11B-608.2.2.1 to be located adjacent to the seat within the larger shower enclosure space. View of edge of seat located approximately 31.5" from shower entry. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 58 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #48 The rear edge of the seat is located greater than 1 1/2 inches maximum from the adjacent wall within the men's dressing room shower. The non-compliant spacing also results in the front edge of the "L" portion being located greater than 15 inches from the adjacent wall. The rear edge of the “L” portion of the L-shaped seat shall be 1 1/2 inches maximum from the wall and the front edge shall be 14 inches minimum and 15 inches maximum from the wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-610.3.2 As Built: Seat edge is located approximately 5" from the adjacent wall and front edge of "L" portion is located approximately 19" from adjacent wall. Recommendation: Relocated seat to comply with spacing and dimensional requirements. View of seat spaced approximately 5" from adjacent wall in shower, exceeding the maximum 1.5" allowed View of side of "L" portion of seat located at approximately 19" from the wall, beyond the maximum 15" permitted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 59 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #49 The shower floor drain is not flush with the shower floor and is recessed approximately 3/4-1 inch. Where drains are provided, cover/grate openings shall be a maximum of 1/4 inch and located flush with the floor surface. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.9 As Built: Drain is recessed approximate .75-1" Recommendation: Modify the shower drain or provide a cover complying with changes in elevation and opening limitations. View of the non-compliant recessed drain in the shower floor. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 60 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #50 The men's dressing room bench seat is not within compliant height range. The top of the bench seat must be 17 inches minimum to 19 inches maximum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-903.5 As Built: Changing bench seat is located 19.5” AFF Recommendation: Replace the bench seat at a compliant height. View of changing bench seat located at approximately 19.5" AFF. Maximum permitted height is 19" AFF. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 61 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #51 The bench provided in the men's dressing room exceeds the maximum depth. Benches shall have seats that are 48 inches long minimum and 20 inches deep minimum and 24 inches deep maximum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-903.3 As Built: Bench is approximately 24.25” deep Recommendation: Replace the bench, reduce the width of the bench, or provide additional back support at the wall to effectively reduce the bench depth to the allowable 20"-24" range. View of the bench seat depth at 24.25" exceeding the maximum permitted 24" depth. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 62 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #52 The top of the changing table located within the men's dressing room is not within the compliant height range. The tops of the table must be 28 inches to 34 inches from the floor or ground. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-902.3 As Built: Top lip of the table is located at approximately 34.5" AFF Recommendation: Reposition changing table to be within acceptable dimension range. View of the front lip of the changing table located at approximately 34.5" AFF, beyond maximum permitted 34". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 63 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #53 The toilet seat cover dispenser within the accessible water closet compartment is not on an accessible route. Toilet seat covers must be on an accessible route. An accessible route of travel is 36 inches wide minimum and provides a 30 inch by 48 inch clear floor space that allows a side or forward approach. Dispensers must have all operable parts a maximum of 40 inches above the floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-603.5 As Built: Toilet seat cover is inaccessible, as no clear floor space has been provided (water closet encroaches on dispenser clear floor space). Recommendation: Relocate toilet seat cover dispenser or provide an additional unit that is on an accessible route and provided with a compliant clear floor space. View of toilet seat cover location positioned such that the required clear floor space is obstructed by the water closet Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 64 of 85 Pool House Men's Dressing Room #104 Finding #54 The water supply pipes under the lavatories in the men's dressing room have not been insulated. The drains have been partially insulated however sections are either missing or falling off. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Water supply lines have not been insulated and drain insulation is missing in areas. Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insulation. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 65 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #55 The beam supporting the roof system above the ramp to the women’s dressing room extends down too close to the route of travel. Any obstruction that overhangs a circulation route must be a minimum of 80 inches above the walking surface as measured from the bottom of the obstruction. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-307.4 As Built: Beam is approximately 78” above the ramp surface Recommendation: Raise or modify the support system to provide the required overhead clearance at the ramp. View of measurement from underside of beam to ramp surface at approximately 78". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 66 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #56 The floor drain is set too low in the floor which causes a slope over 2 percent. Changes in level are not permitted in clear floor or ground spaces or surfaces of a turning spaces and shall not slope greater than 1:48. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-303.3, 11B-304.2, 11B-304.2 Exception: As Built: Floor slope of approximately 3% found toward the floor drain. Recommendation: Reset the floor drain and/or re-slope the floor to be within a 2% (1:48) maximum slope View of non-compliant 3% floor slope to drain. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 67 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #57 The operable parts of controls and/or faucets are not located correctly in the shower located in the women's dressing room. In standard roll-in type shower compartments, the controls, faucets, and the shower spray unit shall be located on the back wall of the compartment adjacent to the seat wall 16 inches minimum and 27 inches maximum from the seat wall; and shall be located above the grab bar, but no higher than 48 inches above the shower floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.5.2 As Built: Shower controls are located approximately 32 inches from seat wall. Recommendation: Reconfigure shower layout and/or control location to comply. View of shower control centerline located at approximately 32" from seat wall, beyond 27" maximum permitted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 68 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #58 The hand held sprayer unit in the women's dressing room shower is not equipped with a non-positive on/off control. The shower spray unit shall have an on/off control with a non-positive shutoff. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.6 As Built: Hand help sprayer unit does not include a non-positive shutoff control. Recommendation: Replace the hand held sprayer with a unit that includes a non-positive shutoff control. View of hand held shower spray unit not equipped with non- positive shut-off control Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 69 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #59 The shower seat as located does not extend to a point 3 inches from the women's dressing room shower compartment entry. A seat in a standard roll-in shower compartment shall be a folding type, shall be installed on the side wall adjacent to the controls, and shall extend from the back wall to a point within 3 inches of the compartment entry. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-610.3 As Built: Seat is currently located approximate 32.5" from shower entry. Recommendation: Either provide a longer seat extending to within 3" of the shower entry as required by 11B-610.3 or reconfigure the shower and/or entry to allow for the required 36"x60" clear floor space required by 11B-608.2.2.1 to be located adjacent to the seat within the larger shower enclosure space. View of edge of seat located approximately 32.5" from shower entry. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 70 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #60 The rear edge of the seat is located greater than 1 1/2 inches maximum from the adjacent wall within the women's dressing room shower. The non-compliant spacing also results in the front edge of the "L" portion being located greater than 15 inches from the adjacent wall. The rear edge of the “L” portion of the L-shaped seat shall be 1 1/2 inches maximum from the wall and the front edge shall be 14 inches minimum and 15 inches maximum from the wall. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-610.3.2 As Built: Seat edge is located approximately 4.5" from the adjacent wall and front edge of "L" portion is located approximately 18" from adjacent wall. Recommendation: Relocate seat to comply with spacing and dimensional requirements. View of seat spaced approximately 4.5" from adjacent wall in shower, exceeding the maximum 1.5" allowed View of side of "L" portion of seat located at approximately 18" from the wall, beyond the maximum 15" permitted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 71 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #61 The shower floor drain is not flush with the shower floor and is recessed approximately 1 inch. Where drains are provided, cover/grate openings shall be a maximum of 1/4 inch and located flush with the floor surface. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-608.9 As Built: Drain recessed approximately 1". Recommendation: Modify the shower drain or provide a cover complying with changes in elevation and opening limitations. View of the non-compliant recessed drain in the shower floor. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 72 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #62 The baby changing table located in the women's dressing room is too high when folded down. The top lip of the table is located approximately 35" above the finish floor surface. The tops of baby changing surfaces shall be 28 inches minimum and 34 inches maximum above the finish floor or ground. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-226.4 As Built: Top lip of changing table is approximately 35" AFF when deployed. Recommendation: Lower the changing table as needed to comply with surface height requirements. View of the front lip of the changing table located at approximately 35" AFF, beyond maximum permitted 34". Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 73 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #63 The baby changing table located in the women's dressing room is located along a circulation path and when deployed the table projects more than 4 inches into the circulation path with the bottom of the table located higher than 27" above finish floor. Wall-mounted objects that have leading edges between 27 inches and 80 inches from the floor must not project more than 4 inches into the circulation path. Protruding objects that extend to the floor or within 27 inches of the floor are cane detectable and are therefore not hazardous. Where it is necessary or desirable to have objects protrude from the wall, a manner of cane detection must be provided. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-307.2 As Built: Leading edge is greater than 27" AFF and projects greater than 4" into the circulation path. Recommendation: Lower the changing table such that the bottom edge when deployed is 27" or less AFF and the top surface is not less than 28" AFF in order to provide both cane detection and a compliant changing surface height. View of baby changing table located between entry door and changing areas projecting into circulation path. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 74 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #64 The toilet paper dispenser is not correctly located in front of the toilet. Toilet tissue dispensers shall be located on the wall or partition closest to the water closet, 7 inches minimum and 9 inches maximum in front of the water closet measured to the centerline of the dispenser, mounted below the grab bar, with the outlet of the dispenser 19 inches minimum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.7.1 As Built: The centerline of the toilet paper dispenser is located approximately 5 inches from front edge of water closet. Recommendation: Relocate the toilet paper dispenser. View of toilet paper dispenser centerline located approximately 5" from front of water closet. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 75 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #65 The sanitary napkin disposal units opening is not located correctly between the rear wall and the toilet paper dispenser. Sanitary napkin disposal units, if provided, shall be wall mounted and located on the sidewall between the rear wall of the toilet and the toilet paper dispenser, adjacent to the toilet paper dispenser. The disposal unit shall be located below the grab bar with the opening of the disposal unit 19 inches minimum above the finish floor. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-604.7.2 As Built: Disposal unit is located beyond toilet paper dispenser opposed to between the dispenser and the rear wall of the toilet as required. Recommendation: N/A - Refer to Finding View of sanitary napkin disposal unit located beyond the toilet paper dispenser. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 76 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #66 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 77 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #67 Deleted. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 78 of 85 Pool House Women's Dressing Room #103 Finding #68 The water supply pipes under the lavatories in the women's dressing room have not been insulated. The drains have been partially insulated however sections are either missing or falling off. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Water supply lines have not been insulated and drain insulation is missing in areas. Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insulation. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 79 of 85 Pool Deck Finding #69 The accessible path of travel along the pool deck has cross slopes greater than 2%. Surface cross slopes shall not exceed one unit vertical in 48 units horizontal (2-percent slope). When the slope in the direction of travel of any walk exceeds 1 unit vertical in 20 units horizontal (5-percent slope), it must be constructed as a ramp. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-403.3 As Built: Several locations throughout the pool deck have slopes exceeding 2%. Non-compliant slopes range from approximately 2.5%-3.5% and are generally located in the vicinity of the deck drains. Recommendation: Repair/replace portions of deck exceeding 2% (1:48) cross slope. Excessive slope to drain. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 80 of 85 Pool Deck Finding #70 The water flow from the spout does not meet minimum height requirements. The spout shall provide a flow of water 4 inches high minimum. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-602.6 As Built: The low accessible drinking fountain located adjacent to the pool with the water slide is inoperable. Recommendation: Repair/replace the inoperable drinking fountain unit. View of the inoperable low drinking fountain adjacent to the pool with water slide. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 81 of 85 Public Men's Restroom #201 Finding #71 The geometric sign for the men's public restroom is missing. A triangle symbol shall be located at entrances to men’s toilet and bathing facilities. The triangle symbol shall be an equilateral triangle 1/4 inch thick with edges 12 inches long and a vertex pointing upward. The color of the triangle symbol shall contrast with the color of the door or surface on which the triangle symbol is mounted, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-703.7.2.6.1 As Built: Geometric sign not provided Recommendation: Provide signage. View of men's restroom door missing triangle geometric sign. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 82 of 85 Public Men's Restroom #201 Finding #72 The water supply pipes under the lavatory in the men's public restroom have not been insulated. The drain has been partially insulated however sections are either missing or falling off. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Water supply lines have not been insulated and drain insulation is missing in areas. Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insulation. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 83 of 85 Public Women's Restroom #202 Finding #73 The geometric sign for the women's public restroom is missing. A circle symbol shall be located at entrances to women’s toilet and bathing facilities. The circle symbol shall be 1/4 inch thick and 12 inches in diameter. The color of the circle symbol shall contrast with the color of the door or surface on which the circle symbol is mounted, either light on a dark background or dark on a light background. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-703.7.2.6.2 As Built: Geometric sign has not been provided. Recommendation: Provide signage. View of the women's restroom door missing the circle geometric sign. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 84 of 85 Public Women's Restroom #202 Finding #74 The floor drain is set too low in the floor which causes a slope over 2 percent. Changes in level are not permitted in clear floor or ground spaces or surfaces of a turning spaces and shall not slope greater than 1:48. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-303.3, 11B-304.2, 11B-304.2 Exception: As Built: Slope to floor drain exceeds 2% in some locations, slope found as high as 3.9%. Recommendation: Reset the floor drain and/or re-slope the floor to be within a 2% (1:48) maximum slope. View of 3.9% floor slope to drain. Blackberry Farm Aquatic Center - 21979 San Fernando Ave. Cupertino, CA 95014 Terracon Consultants, Inc. 85 of 85 Public Women's Restroom #202 Finding #75 The water supply lines under the lavatory are not adequately insulated. Water supply and drain pipes under lavatories and sinks shall be insulated or otherwise configured to protect against contact. There shall be no sharp or abrasive surfaces under lavatories and sinks. Citation: 2019 CBC 11B (CA 7/1/21) Section: 11B-606.5 As Built: Supply lines have not been insulated. Recommendation: Provide pipe insulation or cover panel. View of missing insulation. Adams Pool for Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements Final Audit Report 2023-10-10 Created:2023-09-21 By:City of Cupertino (webmaster@cupertino.org) Status:Signed Transaction ID:CBJCHBCAABAAhmb5WpSGjFGlgYq5MqAA4_O7yCexTAYq "Adams Pool for Blackberry Farm Pool Improvements" History Document created by City of Cupertino (webmaster@cupertino.org) 2023-09-21 - 4:42:09 PM GMT- IP address: 35.229.54.2 Document emailed to Julia Kinst (juliak@cupertino.org) for approval 2023-09-21 - 4:47:49 PM GMT Document approved by Julia Kinst (juliak@cupertino.org) Approval Date: 2023-09-21 - 4:56:58 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 216.198.111.214 Document emailed to Araceli Alejandre (aracelia@cupertino.org) for approval 2023-09-21 - 4:57:04 PM GMT Document approved by Araceli Alejandre (aracelia@cupertino.org) Approval Date: 2023-09-21 - 6:23:50 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 71.204.144.228 Document emailed to tony@adamspool.com for signature 2023-09-21 - 6:23:56 PM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-09-26 - 6:38:14 PM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-09-28 - 3:13:24 AM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-09-29 - 0:49:29 AM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-09-29 - 11:04:34 PM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-09-30 - 11:39:30 PM GMT City of Cupertino (webmaster@cupertino.org) added alternate signer tony@adamspools.com. The original signer tony@adamspool.com can still sign. 2023-10-02 - 9:14:31 PM GMT- IP address: 216.198.111.214 Email viewed by tony@adamspools.com 2023-10-03 - 2:52:41 PM GMT- IP address: 50.242.127.89 Signer tony@adamspools.com entered name at signing as Tony adams 2023-10-03 - 4:37:34 PM GMT- IP address: 50.242.127.89 Document e-signed by Tony adams (tony@adamspools.com) Signature Date: 2023-10-03 - 4:37:40 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 50.242.127.89 Document emailed to debbie@adamspool.com for signature 2023-10-03 - 4:37:43 PM GMT Email sent to tony@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-10-07 - 9:24:49 PM GMT Email sent to debbie@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-10-08 - 4:58:19 PM GMT Email sent to Tony adams (tony@adamspools.com) bounced and could not be delivered 2023-10-08 - 4:59:29 PM GMT City of Cupertino (webmaster@cupertino.org) added alternate signer Debra Eula (debbie@adamspools.com). The original signer debbie@adamspool.com can still sign. 2023-10-09 - 11:10:56 PM GMT- IP address: 216.198.111.214 Email viewed by Debra Eula (debbie@adamspools.com) 2023-10-09 - 11:11:54 PM GMT- IP address: 73.223.35.1 Document e-signed by Debra Eula (debbie@adamspools.com) Signature Date: 2023-10-09 - 11:13:10 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 73.223.35.1 Document emailed to christopherj@cupertino.org for signature 2023-10-09 - 11:13:13 PM GMT Email viewed by christopherj@cupertino.org 2023-10-09 - 11:13:48 PM GMT- IP address: 104.47.73.254 Signer christopherj@cupertino.org entered name at signing as Christopher D. Jensen 2023-10-09 - 11:14:17 PM GMT- IP address: 136.24.22.111 Document e-signed by Christopher D. Jensen (christopherj@cupertino.org) Signature Date: 2023-10-09 - 11:14:19 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 136.24.22.111 Document emailed to Pamela Wu (pamelaw@cupertino.org) for signature 2023-10-09 - 11:14:25 PM GMT Email sent to debbie@adamspool.com bounced and could not be delivered 2023-10-10 - 3:54:44 AM GMT Email viewed by Pamela Wu (pamelaw@cupertino.org) 2023-10-10 - 3:22:55 PM GMT- IP address: 146.75.154.1 Document e-signed by Pamela Wu (pamelaw@cupertino.org) Signature Date: 2023-10-10 - 5:58:49 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 64.165.34.3 Document emailed to Kirsten Squarcia (kirstens@cupertino.org) for signature 2023-10-10 - 5:58:56 PM GMT Email viewed by Kirsten Squarcia (kirstens@cupertino.org) 2023-10-10 - 6:02:42 PM GMT- IP address: 104.47.73.126 Document e-signed by Kirsten Squarcia (kirstens@cupertino.org) Signature Date: 2023-10-10 - 6:03:00 PM GMT - Time Source: server- IP address: 64.165.34.3 Agreement completed. 2023-10-10 - 6:03:00 PM GMT